that_o this_o shoemaker_n do_v pull_v out_o his_o eye_n by_o this_o mean_n he_o have_v hear_v many_o timâ—s_n this_o say_n in_o the_o gospel_n if_o thy_o eye_n offend_v thou_o pull_v it_o out_o and_o cast_v it_o from_o thou_o he_o be_v a_o simple_a man_n thought_n that_o so_o corporal_o and_o material_o the_o scripture_n shall_v be_v understand_v for_o it_o chance_v on_o a_o time_n there_o come_v a_o maid_n into_o his_o shop_n to_o bespeak_v a_o pair_n of_o shoe_n and_o to_o take_v the_o measure_n of_o his_o foot_n put_v off_o her_o hose_n and_o he_o withal_o be_v tempt_v to_o lie_v with_o she_o remember_v himself_o and_o â—hinking_v upon_o his_o sin_n and_o ill_a intent_n send_v she_o away_o without_o discover_v any_o thing_n of_o his_o ill_a think_v and_o intent_n and_o remember_v the_o say_n of_o the_o holy_a gospel_n be_v overcome_v with_o zeal_n and_o yet_o not_o have_v the_o true_a knowledge_n pluck_v out_o his_o eye_n and_o so_o this_o shoemaker_n be_v so_o desire_v by_o the_o bishop_n and_o other_o christian_n do_v grant_v and_o promise_v to_o pray_v unto_o our_o lord_n god_n for_o the_o say_a cause_n and_o the_o time_n of_o the_o xu_o day_n be_v come_v that_o the_o calipho_n have_v appoint_v he_o cause_v to_o come_v together_o all_o the_o christian_n which_o come_v in_o procession_n with_o their_o cross_n into_o a_o fair_a plain_n hard_a by_o the_o hill_n and_o mountain_n and_o to_o that_o place_n come_v the_o calipho_n with_o much_o people_n arm_v with_o intention_n that_o straight_o way_n if_o the_o mountain_n do_v not_o remove_v to_o kill_v they_o all_o incontinente_fw-la the_o shoemaker_n kneel_v down_o upon_o the_o earth_n upon_o his_o bare_a knee_n and_o very_o devoute_o pray_v to_o our_o lord_n lift_v up_o his_o heart_n and_o hand_n to_o heaven_n pray_v to_o jesus_n christ_n to_o succour_n and_o help_v they_o his_o christian_n that_o they_o shall_v not_o perish_v and_o for_o that_o his_o faith_n be_v clear_a make_v a_o end_n of_o his_o prayer_n the_o power_n of_o the_o almighty_a god_n jesus_n do_v cause_v the_o mountain_n to_o remove_v and_o go_v from_o the_o place_n it_o stand_v moor_n into_o the_o place_n the_o calipho_n and_o his_o council_n have_v command_v and_o the_o moor_n see_v this_o great_a and_o manifest_a miracle_n stand_v wonderful_o amaze_v say_v great_a be_v the_o god_n of_o the_o christian_n and_o the_o calipho_n with_o a_o great_a number_n of_o the_o same_o moor_n become_v christen_v and_o after_o this_o calipho_n die_v the_o moor_n that_o be_v not_o christen_v will_v not_o consent_v that_o this_o calipho_n shall_v be_v bury_v whereas_o the_o other_o caliphoes_n be_v bury_v for_o because_o that_o after_o that_o miracle_n he_o live_v and_o die_v like_o a_o true_a and_o faithful_a christian._n of_o persia_n and_o of_o the_o country_n of_o the_o magos_n and_o of_o other_o good_a thing_n that_o be_v in_o they_o chap._n 13._o persia_n be_v a_o noble_a province_n or_o country_n although_o it_o be_v much_o more_o in_o the_o old_a time_n than_o it_o be_v at_o this_o present_a for_o it_o be_v destroy_v by_o the_o tartar_n in_o persia_n be_v a_o city_n call_v sabba_n from_o the_o which_o the_o say_n be_v the_o three_o king_n depart_v bury_v that_o go_v to_o jesus_n christ_n that_o be_v new_o bear_v in_o bethleem_n in_o this_o city_n there_o be_v sepulcher_n very_o fair_a and_o beautiful_a and_o i_o marcus_n paulus_n be_v in_o that_o city_n and_o ask_v of_o the_o people_n of_o that_o country_n what_o they_o can_v say_v or_o know_v of_o the_o three_o king_n to_o the_o which_o they_o can_v say_v nothing_o but_o that_o they_o be_v bury_v in_o those_o three_o sepulcher_n but_o the_o other_o people_n out_o of_o the_o city_n three_o day_n journey_n talk_v of_o this_o matter_n in_o this_o manner_n follow_v for_o the_o which_o you_o shall_v understand_v that_o three_o day_n journey_n from_o the_o city_n sabba_n be_v a_o town_n which_o be_v call_v calassa_n tapeziston_n which_o in_o our_o language_n be_v as_o much_o as_o to_o say_v the_o town_n of_o they_o that_o worship_v the_o fire_n for_o their_o god_n and_o these_o people_n say_v that_o when_o the_o three_o king_n depart_v from_o the_o province_n for_o to_o go_v to_o the_o land_n of_o the_o jew_n which_o be_v bethleem_n to_o worship_v the_o great_a prophet_n there_o new_o bear_v they_o carry_v with_o they_o gold_n myrrh_n incense_n and_o myrrh_n and_o when_o they_o come_v to_o bethleem_n in_o judea_n find_v a_o child_n late_o bear_v and_o do_v worship_v he_o for_o god_n and_o present_v to_o he_o the_o foresay_a three_o thing_n and_o that_o the_o say_a child_n do_v give_v they_o a_o little_a box_n close_v or_o shut_v fast_o command_v they_o they_o shall_v not_o open_v it_o but_o they_o after_o they_o have_v travel_v a_o long_a journey_n it_o come_v in_o their_o mind_n to_o see_v what_o they_o carry_v in_o the_o say_a box_n and_o open_v it_o and_o find_v nothing_o in_o it_o but_o only_o a_o stone_n and_o they_o take_v it_o in_o ill_a part_n that_o they_o see_v nothing_o else_o do_v cast_v it_o into_o a_o well_o and_o by_o and_o by_o descend_v fire_n from_o heaven_n and_o burn_v all_o the_o well_o with_o the_o stone_n true_a and_o the_o king_n see_v this_o each_o of_o they_o take_v of_o the_o same_o fire_n and_o carry_v it_o into_o their_o country_n and_o for_o this_o cause_n they_o do_v worship_v the_o fire_n as_o god_n and_o when_o it_o chance_v in_o any_o place_n in_o that_o country_n that_o they_o lack_v fire_n they_o go_v to_o seek_v it_o in_o another_o place_n where_o they_o can_v get_v of_o it_o and_o so_o do_v light_v their_o lamp_n and_o sometime_o they_o go_v and_o seek_v it_o eight_o or_o ten_o day_n journey_n and_o not_o find_v of_o it_o they_o go_v ofttimes_o to_o the_o well_o aforesaid_a to_o have_v of_o the_o same_o fire_n of_o all_o this_o before_o write_v you_o shall_v take_v that_o which_o do_v agree_v with_o the_o holy_a gospel_n in_o say_v the_o three_o king_n go_v to_o worship_v our_o lord_n jesus_n and_o do_v offer_v those_o gift_n aforesaid_a all_o that_o be_v declare_v beside_o that_o be_v error_n and_o reach_v not_o to_o the_o truth_n but_o augment_v with_o lie_n upon_o lie_n as_o the_o vulgar_a people_n without_o knowledge_n be_v accustom_v to_o do_v of_o eight_o kingdom_n in_o persia_n and_o the_o commodity_n of_o they_o chap._n 14._o in_o the_o province_n of_o persia_n be_v eight_o kingdom_n the_o first_o be_v call_v casun_n the_o second_o which_o be_v towards_o the_o south_n be_v curdistan_n the_o three_o lore_n the_o four_o ciestan_n the_o five_o justanth_n the_o six_o iciagi_n the_o seven_o corchara_n the_o eight_o tunchay_n all_o these_o kingdom_n be_v in_o persia_n in_o the_o part_n towards_o the_o south_n save_v tunchay_n in_o these_o kingdom_n be_v very_o fair_a horse_n and_o moil_n &_o courser_n of_o great_a value_n and_o ass_n the_o great_a in_o the_o world_n ass_n &_o of_o great_a price_n that_o will_v go_v and_o run_v very_o swift_o and_o these_o the_o merchant_n of_o india_n do_v common_o buy_v in_o the_o city_n of_o atrisâ—_n &_o of_o arcones_n which_o do_v join_v by_o sea_n upon_o the_o india_n and_o do_v sell_v they_o as_o merchandise_n in_o this_o kingdom_n tunchay_n be_v very_o cruel_a man_n that_o will_v kill_v one_o another_o if_o it_o be_v not_o for_o fear_v of_o the_o tartar_n of_o the_o east_n which_o be_v their_o lord_n and_o king_n neither_o merchant_n nor_o other_o can_v pass_v but_o shall_v be_v either_o rob_v or_o take_v prisoner_n they_o be_v strong_a people_n and_o be_v of_o the_o sect_n of_o mahomet_n there_o they_o do_v work_v and_o make_v great_a plenty_n of_o cloth_n of_o gold_n and_o silk_n in_o great_a abundance_n and_o rich_a in_o that_o country_n grow_v great_a plenty_n of_o cotten_n wool_n silk_n also_o there_o be_v grâ—ate_a abundance_n of_o wheat_n barley_n date_n and_o â—ther_o grain_n and_o wine_n and_o oil_n and_o fruit_n of_o jasoy_n and_o of_o many_o marvelous_a thing_n there_o chap._n 15._o iasoy_n be_v a_o goodly_a city_n and_o big_a full_a of_o merchant_n silk_n there_o they_o do_v make_v great_a abundance_n of_o cloth_n of_o gold_n and_o silk_n they_o be_v call_v accord_v to_o the_o city_n jasoy_fw-fr the_o people_n of_o this_o country_n be_v of_o the_o sect_n of_o martin_n pinol_n that_o be_v mahomet_n and_o do_v speak_v another_o language_n than_o the_o persian_n and_o go_v forward_o eight_o day_n journey_n from_o this_o city_n through_o a_o plain_a country_n but_o not_o people_v or_o any_o town_n save_v mountain_n where_o be_v great_a plenty_n of_o partridge_n and_o wild_a ass_n at_o the_o end_n of_o this_o be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o crerina_n that_o be_v a_o
very_o good_a for_o â—ll_a traveller_n what_o be_v find_v in_o that_o country_n chap._n 18._o depart_v from_o the_o foresay_a castle_n you_o shall_v come_v into_o â—_o very_o fair_a plain_n full_a of_o grâ—sse_n with_o all_o thing_n in_o it_o fit_n for_o man_n sustenance_n and_o this_o plain_n do_v last_o â—ixe_v day_n journey_n in_o the_o which_o there_o be_v manâ—_n fair_a city_n and_o town_n the_o â—â—â—ple_n of_o that_o country_n speak_v the_o persian_a language_n and_o have_v great_a lack_n of_o water_n and_o sometime_o they_o shall_v fortune_n to_o go_v .40_o mile_n and_o not_o find_v water_n therefore_o it_o shall_v be_v needful_a for_o those_o that_o do_v travel_v that_o way_n to_o carry_v wâ—ter_n with_o they_o from_o placâ—â—o_o place_n and_o be_v past_o these_o six_o day_n iournâ—y_n there_o be_v a_o city_n call_v sempergayme_v fair_a and_o pleasant_a with_o abundance_n of_o victual_n there_o be_v excellence_n good_a melon_n and_o the_o best_a hunter_n for_o wild_a beast_n and_o take_v of_o wild_a fowl_n that_o be_v in_o the_o world_n of_o the_o city_n of_o baldach_n and_o of_o many_o other_o thing_n chap._n 19_o travel_v forward_o in_o this_o country_n you_o shall_v come_v to_o a_o city_n call_v baldach_n in_o the_o which_o king_n alexander_n marry_v with_o the_o daughter_n of_o darius_n king_n of_o the_o persian_n this_o city_n be_v of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o persia_n &_o they_o do_v tâ—â—re_o speak_v the_o persian_a tongue_n and_o be_v all_o of_o the_o sect_n of_o mahomet_n and_o this_o country_n do_v join_v with_o the_o bohemian-tartar_n of_o the_o east_n between_o the_o north-east_n and_o the_o east_n and_o depart_v from_o this_o city_n towards_o the_o country_n of_o the_o say_a bohemian-tartar_n you_o shall_v go_v two_o day_n journey_n without_o find_v any_o town_n because_o the_o people_n of_o that_o country_n do_v covet_v to_o the_o strong_a mountain_n because_o of_o the_o ill_a people_n that_o be_v there_o in_o that_o country_n be_v many_o water_n by_o reason_n whereof_o be_v great_a plenty_n of_o wild_a fowl_n and_o of_o wild_a beast_n and_o there_o be_v manâ—_n lion_n it_o be_v needful_a for_o the_o traveller_n that_o way_n to_o carry_v provision_n with_o they_o that_o shall_v be_v needful_a for_o themselves_o and_o for_o their_o horse_n those_o two_o day_n journey_n and_o be_v past_o that_o you_o shall_v come_v to_o a_o town_n call_v thaychan_n a_o pleasant_a place_n and_o well_o provide_v of_o all_o victual_n needful_a and_o the_o hill_n be_v towards_o the_o south_n fair_a and_o large_a that_o province_n be_v xxx_o day_n journey_n and_o there_o be_v great_a plenty_n of_o salt_n that_o all_o the_o city_n and_o town_n thereabouts_o have_v their_o salt_n from_o thence_o salt_n of_o that_o country_n chaâ—_n â–ª_o 20._o depart_v from_o that_o town_n and_o travel_v north-east_n and_o to_o the_o east_n for_o the_o space_n of_o three_o day_n journey_n you_o shall_v come_v to_o fair_a city_n and_o town_n well_o provide_v and_o victual_n and_o fruit_n in_o great_a abundance_n and_o these_o people_n do_v speak_v the_o persian_a language_n and_o be_v mahomet_n there_o be_v singular_a good_a wine_n drinker_n and_o great_a drinker_n and_o ill_a people_n they_o go_v bareheaded_a have_v a_o towel_n knit_v â—_z their_o brow_n they_o wear_v nothing_o but_o skin_n that_o they_o do_v dress_v of_o the_o city_n echasen_n chap._n 12._o after_o that_o you_o have_v travel_v forward_o four_o day_n journey_n you_o shall_v come_v to_o a_o city_n call_v echasen_a on_o a_o plain_n and_o there_o be_v not_o far_o from_o it_o many_o city_n and_o town_n and_o great_a plenty_n of_o wood_n about_o it_o there_o go_v through_o the_o midst_n of_o this_o city_n a_o great_a river_n there_o be_v in_o that_o country_n many_o wild_a beast_n and_o when_o they_o be_v dispose_v to_o take_v any_o of_o they_o they_o will_v cast_v dart_n and_o shootâ—_n they_o into_o the_o flank_n and_o into_o the_o side_n the_o people_n of_o that_o country_n do_v speak_v the_o persian_a tongue_n and_o the_o husbandman_n with_o their_o cattle_n do_v live_v in_o the_o field_n and_o in_o the_o wood_n of_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o country_n chap._n 22._o depart_v from_o this_o city_n you_o shall_v travail_v three_o day_n journey_n without_o come_v to_o any_o town_n or_o find_v any_o victual_n either_o to_o eat_v or_o drink_v and_o for_o this_o cause_n the_o traveller_n do_v provide_v themselves_o for_o the_o time_n &_o at_o the_o end_n of_o these_o three_o day_n journey_n you_o shall_v come_v to_o a_o province_n call_v ballasia_n of_o the_o province_n call_v ballasia_n and_o of_o the_o commodity_n there_o chap._n 23._o ballasia_n be_v a_o great_a province_n &_o they_o do_v speak_v the_o persian_a tongue_n &_o be_v mahomet_n and_o it_o be_v a_o great_a kingdom_n and_o ancient_a there_o do_v reign_v the_o successor_n of_o king_n alexander_n and_o of_o darius_n king_n of_o persia._n and_o their_o king_n be_v call_v culturi_fw-la which_o be_v as_o much_o to_o say_v as_o alexander_n and_o be_v for_o remembrance_n of_o the_o great_a king_n alexander_n in_o this_o country_n grow_v the_o precious_a stone_n call_v ballass_n of_o great_a value_n and_o these_o stone_n you_o can_v not_o carry_v out_o of_o the_o country_n without_o special_a licence_n of_o the_o king_n on_o pain_n of_o léese_a life_n and_o good_n and_o those_o that_o he_o do_v let_v pass_v be_v either_o he_o do_v forgive_v tribute_n of_o some_o king_n or_o else_o that_o he_o do_v sell_v and_o if_o they_o be_v not_o so_o straight_o keep_v they_o will_v be_v little_a worth_n there_o be_v such_o great_a plenty_n of_o they_o this_o country_n be_v very_o cold_a and_o there_o be_v find_v great_a plenty_n of_o silver_n there_o be_v very_o good_a courser_n or_o horse_n that_o be_v never_o shod_a because_o they_o breed_v in_o the_o mountain_n and_o wood_n there_o be_v great_a plenty_n of_o wild_a foul_a and_o great_a plenty_n of_o corn_n and_o mylâ—_n and_o loliâ—_n kill_v in_o this_o kingdom_n be_v great_a wood_n &_o narrow_a way_n strong_a man_n and_o good_a archer_n and_o for_o this_o cause_n they_o fear_v no_o body_n there_o be_v no_o cloth_n they_o apparel_n themselves_o with_o skin_n of_o beast_n that_o they_o kill_v the_o woman_n do_v wear_v wrap_v about_o their_o body_n like_o the_o nether_a part_n of_o garment_n some_o a_o hundred_o fathom_n &_o some_o fourscore_o of_o linen_n very_o fine_a and_o thin_a mâ—de_v of_o flax_n and_o cotton_n wool_n for_o to_o seem_v great_a and_o fair_a and_o they_o do_v wear_v breeches_n very_o fine_a of_o silk_n with_o musk_n put_v in_o they_o of_o the_o province_n of_o abassia_n where_o the_o people_n be_v black_a chap._n 24._o after_o you_o be_v depart_v from_o ballasia_n eight_o day_n journey_n towards_o the_o south_n you_o have_v a_o province_n calâ—ed_v abassia_n who_o people_n be_v black_a and_o do_v speak_v the_o persian_a tongue_n and_o do_v worship_n idol_n there_o they_o do_v use_v negromancy_n the_o man_n do_v wear_v at_o their_o hair_n jewel_n of_o gold_n silver_n and_o precious_a stone_n they_o be_v malicious_a people_n and_o lecherous_a by_o reason_n of_o the_o great_a heat_n of_o that_o country_n and_o they_o eat_v nothing_o but_o flesh_n and_o rice_n of_o the_o province_n call_v thassimur_fw-la and_o of_o many_o thing_n there_o chap._n 25._o within_o the_o jurisdiction_n of_o this_o country_n between_o the_o east_n and_o the_o south_n there_o be_v a_o province_n call_v thassymur_v and_o the_o people_n do_v speak_v the_o persian_a tongue_n they_o be_v idolater_n and_o great_a negromancer_n and_o do_v call_v to_o the_o spirit_n nâ—gromancers_n and_o make_v they_o to_o speak_v in_o the_o idol_n and_o do_v make_v their_o temple_n seem_v to_o move_v they_o do_v trouble_v the_o air_n and_o do_v many_o other_o devilish_a thing_n from_o hence_o they_o may_v go_v to_o the_o indian_a sea._n the_o people_n of_o that_o country_n be_v black_a and_o lean_a and_o do_v eat_v nothing_o but_o flesh_n and_o rice_n the_o country_n be_v temperate_a in_o this_o country_n be_v many_o city_n and_o town_n and_o round_o about_o many_o hill_n and_o strong_a way_n to_o pass_v and_o for_o this_o cause_n they_o fear_v no_o body_n and_o their_o king_n do_v maintain_v they_o in_o peace_n and_o justice_n there_o be_v also_o hermit_n that_o do_v keep_v great_a abstinence_n in_o eat_v &_o drink_v and_o there_o be_v monastery_n and_o many_o abbey_n with_o monk_n very_o devout_a in_o their_o idolatry_n and_o naughtiness_n of_o the_o say_a province_n of_o thassymur_n chap._n 26._o i_o mind_v not_o now_o to_o pass_v further_o in_o this_o province_n for_o in_o pass_v of_o it_o i_o shall_v enter_v into_o the_o indea_n whereof_o for_o this_o time_n i_o will_v not_o declare_v any_o thing_n but_o at_o the_o return_n i_o will_v
three_o part_n of_o the_o world_n beforesaid_a to_o which_o it_o may_v be_v most_o proper_o judge_v to_o be_v and_o lie_v near_a unto_o ethiopia_n moreover_o you_o must_v note_v that_o ethiopia_n be_v a_o common_a name_n to_o many_o province_n and_o country_n inhabit_v with_o black_a people_n call_v negro_n and_o to_o begin_v with_o the_o most_o west_n part_n the_o first_o be_v 〈◊〉_d that_o be_v to_o say_v from_o cabâ—_n verde_z or_o the_o green_a cape_n and_o follow_v the_o coâ—st_n of_o the_o sea_n to_o the_o mouth_n or_o streite_z of_o the_o red_a sea._n albina_n those_o province_n be_v call_v ethiopian_n and_o of_o these_o ethiopian_n from_o guinea_n unto_o casâ—_n mansa_fw-la that_o be_v to_o say_v the_o king_n palace_n they_o be_v of_o the_o sect_n of_o mahomet_n circumcise_v the_o most_o part_n of_o they_o and_o the_o chief_a and_o most_o principal_a of_o these_o people_n be_v the_o jolofos_n and_o mandingo_n and_o be_v most_o part_n under_o the_o government_n of_o a_o king_n call_v mandimansa_n for_o mansa_fw-la be_v as_o much_o to_o say_v as_o senior_n or_o lord_n and_o mandy_n mandinga_n so_o by_o this_o his_o title_n he_o be_v lord_n mandinga_n this_o king_n be_v black_a and_o his_o abide_n be_v in_o the_o province_n of_o sertano_n four_o hundred_o league_n within_o the_o land_n in_o a_o city_n compass_v about_o with_o a_o wall_n call_v jaga_n which_o be_v rich_fw-fr of_o gold_n and_o silver_n and_o of_o all_o such_o merchandise_n as_o be_v occupy_v in_o adem_n and_o in_o mecca_n and_o from_o thence_o forward_o the_o ethiopian_n be_v idolator_n to_o the_o cape_n call_v buona_n esperanca_n and_o there_o turn_v again_o to_o the_o sect_n of_o mahomet_n beyond_o these_o province_n follow_v up_o into_o the_o land_n of_o sartanâ—_n be_v great_a and_o high_a mountain_n or_o hill_n call_v mountain_n of_o the_o moon_n the_o top_n of_o they_o be_v always_o cover_v with_o snow_n &_o at_o the_o foot_n of_o they_o spring_v the_o river_n nilus_n and_o this_o country_n be_v call_v ethiopia_n beside_o egâ—pt_n and_o in_o arabia_n it_o be_v call_v abas_n and_o the_o inhabitant_n â—â—hâ—ssmâ—s_n and_o be_v christian_n and_o do_v use_v to_o be_v mark_v with_o a_o iron_n in_o the_o face_n they_o be_v not_o baptize_v with_o fire_n as_o some_o do_v say_v but_o as_o we_o be_v but_o they_o be_v heretic_n jacobite_n and_o hebeyonites_n they_o do_v hold_v on_o the_o old_a law_n with_o the_o new_a and_o be_v circumcise_v and_o do_v keep_v the_o sabaoth_n day_n and_o do_v eat_v no_o poâ—ke_n and_o some_o of_o they_o do_v take_v many_o wife_n and_o be_v also_o baptize_v and_o do_v say_v that_o their_o king_n come_v and_o descend_v of_o king_n solomon_n and_o of_o the_o queen_n saba_n and_o this_o king_n have_v continual_a war_n with_o the_o moor_n there_o be_v another_o ethiopia_n call_v asiatica_fw-la interior_a which_o the_o arabian_n call_v zenium_fw-la and_o these_o do_v extend_v from_o the_o say_a hill_n of_o the_o moon_n nâ—lus_n and_o of_o nilus_n to_o the_o border_n of_o barbary_n and_o the_o say_n be_v that_o among_o all_o river_n only_a nilus_n enter_v into_o two_o sea_n that_o be_v to_o say_v one_o branch_n into_o the_o east_n sea_n and_o another_o branch_n into_o the_o west_n sea._n all_o these_o ethiopian_n be_v moor_n and_o their_o labour_n and_o occupation_n be_v dig_v of_o gold_n out_o of_o the_o ground_n where_o they_o do_v find_v great_a plenty_n there_o be_v also_o another_o ethiopia_n call_v tragodytica_n and_o this_o do_v reach_v or_o extend_v from_o the_o foresay_a ethiopia_n to_o the_o straight_a or_o mouth_n of_o the_o red_a sea_n sea._n and_o these_o be_v somewhat_o white_a and_o the_o king_n and_o people_n be_v moor_n and_o come_v out_o of_o arabia_n foelix_fw-la for_o the_o arabian_n come_v over_o the_o straight_a of_o the_o red_a sea_n and_o get_v that_o country_n of_o the_o jacobite_n by_o force_n and_o at_o this_o day_n there_o be_v rob_v and_o steal_v among_o they_o secret_o for_o the_o king_n of_o the_o jacobite_n be_v of_o so_o great_a power_n that_o the_o sultan_n of_o babylon_n do_v give_v he_o tribute_n sultan_n arabia_n that_o which_o we_o do_v call_v arabia_n the_o arabian_n do_v call_v arab_n and_o be_v call_v gesyrdelaab_n that_o which_o be_v between_o the_o red_a sea_n and_o sinus_n perficus_fw-la be_v call_v the_o island_n of_o arabia_n and_o this_o be_v call_v arabia_n foelix_n by_o reason_n of_o the_o incense_n that_o grow_v there_o felix_n there_o be_v other_o two_o arabia_n beside_o this_o the_o one_o of_o they_o extend_v from_o the_o mount_n sinai_n to_o the_o dead_a sea_n where_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n go_v forty_o year_n and_o this_o be_v call_v arabia_n petrea_fw-la take_v that_o name_n of_o a_o city_n that_o be_v there_o the_o other_o do_v extend_v between_o syria_n and_o euphrates_n towards_o the_o city_n of_o lepâ—_n and_o this_o they_o do_v call_v arabia_n desan_n aleppo_n which_o be_v as_o much_o to_o say_v as_o of_o syria_n and_o our_o latin_n do_v call_v it_o arabia_n deserta_fw-la and_o whereas_o the_o vulgar_a people_n and_o man_n for_o the_o most_o part_n do_v think_v that_o antilla_n or_o those_o island_n late_o find_v out_o by_o commandment_n of_o the_o catholic_a king_n don_n fernando_n and_o lady_n isabella_n queen_n be_v in_o the_o india_n they_o be_v deceive_v therein_o to_o call_v it_o by_o the_o name_n of_o the_o india_n and_o for_o because_o that_o in_o spaniola_fw-es or_o new_a spain_n they_o do_v find_v gold_n some_o do_v not_o let_v to_o say_v it_o be_v tharsis_n and_o ophin_n and_o sethin_n from_o whence_o in_o the_o time_n of_o solomon_n solomon_n they_o bring_v gold_n to_o jerusalem_n and_o thus_o augment_v error_n upon_o error_n let_v not_o to_o say_v that_o the_o prophet_n when_o they_o say_v that_o the_o name_n of_o our_o lord_n god_n shall_v be_v pronounce_v to_o people_n that_o have_v not_o hear_v of_o it_o and_o in_o place_n and_o country_n very_o far_o off_o and_o apart_v which_o be_v say_v to_o be_v understand_v by_o those_o that_o be_v call_v indian_n and_o by_o these_o island_n and_o furthermore_o do_v not_o let_v to_o say_v to_o this_o day_n that_o it_o be_v to_o be_v understand_v by_o the_o place_n mention_v in_o the_o holy_a scripture_n and_o the_o catholic_a doctor_n and_o that_o this_o secret_a god_n have_v keep_v hide_v all_o this_o time_n and_o by_o find_v out_o these_o land_n do_v reveal_v it_o i_o see_v how_o they_o be_v deceive_v in_o their_o vain_a invention_n and_o great_a simplicity_n for_o zeal_n and_o good_a will_n of_o the_o truth_n and_o to_o kill_v this_o canker_n that_o it_o creep_v no_o more_o nor_o engender_v great_a error_n will_v give_v light_n to_o this_o error_n answer_v to_o the_o say_v mutter_v talker_n according_a as_o to_o every_o of_o they_o do_v require_v and_o first_o you_o shall_v understand_v that_o this_o name_n india_n according_a to_o all_o cosmographer_n as_o well_o christian_n as_o infidel_n of_o old_a time_n and_o of_o late_a year_n the_o name_n do_v come_v of_o a_o river_n name_v hind_n or_o hyndo_n that_o go_v towards_o the_o east_n be_v the_o begin_n of_o the_o india_n which_o be_v three_o in_o number_n india_n that_o be_v to_o say_v the_o first_o be_v call_v the_o low_a or_o nether_a india_n the_o second_o be_v call_v the_o middle_a india_n and_o the_o three_o be_v call_v the_o high_a or_o upper_a india_n the_o first_o or_o low_o india_n be_v renamed_a caysar_n and_o these_o do_v extend_v towards_o the_o east_n from_o the_o river_n india_n unto_o a_o porte_fw-fr or_o haven_n on_o the_o sea_n side_n of_o great_a traffic_n and_o trade_n call_v cambaya_n and_o the_o king_n of_o this_o india_n and_o also_o the_o most_o part_n of_o the_o people_n be_v moor_n and_o the_o rest_n idolater_n the_o second_o or_o middle_a india_n be_v surname_v mynbar_n spice_n and_o do_v reach_v to_o the_o border_n of_o colchico_n and_o this_o have_v very_o fair_a haven_n and_o port_n of_o great_a traffic_n where_o they_o do_v lade_v pepper_n ginger_z and_o other_o spice_n and_o drug_n the_o port_n or_o haven_n be_v call_v colocud_n coulen_n hely_n fatenâ—r_n colnugur_n and_o here_o be_v many_o christian_n heretic_n nestorian_n and_o many_o indian_n although_o towards_o the_o north_n they_o be_v idolater_n the_o third_o india_n which_o be_v the_o high_a india_n be_v surname_v mahabar_n and_o do_v extend_v unto_o cauch_n worship_v which_o be_v the_o river_n gange_n here_o grow_v plenty_n of_o cinnamon_n and_o pearl_n the_o king_n and_o people_n of_o this_o country_n worship_v the_o ox_n beside_o these_o three_o india_n which_o lie_v towards_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o sun_n there_o can_v not_o be_v find_v neither_o author_n nor_o man_n that_o have_v travel_v the_o firm_a land_n neither_o
that_o the_o two_o brethren_n and_o m._n paulus_n find_v to_o return_v to_o venice_n cap._n 2._o how_o they_o sail_v to_o java_n cap._n 3._o how_o the_o say_a nâ—cholas_n and_o mapheo_n and_o marcus_n paulus_n return_v to_o venice_n after_o that_o they_o have_v see_v many_o thing_n cap._n 4._o of_o armenia_n the_o lesser_a and_o many_o thing_n that_o be_v there_o make_v cap._n 5._o of_o the_o turchomanos_fw-la in_o armenia_n the_o less_o cap._n 6._o of_o armenia_n the_o great_a and_o of_o the_o ark_n of_o noe._n cap._n 7._o of_o georgiania_n cap._n 8._o of_o the_o party_n of_o armenia_n which_o lie_n towards_o the_o south_n and_o of_o the_o kingdom_n mosul_n cap._n 9_o of_o baldach_n and_o of_o many_o thing_n that_o be_v there_o cap._n 10._o of_o the_o city_n totis_fw-la cap._n 11._o of_o a_o great_a miracle_n which_o happen_v in_o mosul_n cap._n 12._o of_o persia_n and_o of_o the_o country_n of_o the_o magos_n and_o of_o other_o good_a thing_n cap._n 13._o of_o eight_o kingdom_n of_o persia_n and_o of_o thing_n that_o be_v find_v there_o cap._n 14._o of_o the_o city_n jasor_n cap._n 15._o of_o the_o city_n of_o cormoe_n cap._n 16._o of_o the_o city_n of_o crerina_n and_o of_o the_o death_n of_o the_o old_a man_n of_o the_o mountain_n cap._n 17._o of_o that_o which_o be_v find_v in_o the_o same_o country_n cap._n 18._o of_o the_o city_n of_o baldach_n and_o of_o many_o other_o thing_n cap._n 19_o of_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o same_o country_n cap._n 20._o of_o the_o city_n of_o hechasem_n cap._n 21._o â—f_n the_o manner_n of_o the_o same_o land_n cap._n 22._o of_o the_o province_n of_o bâ—llasia_n and_o of_o their_o thing_n cap._n 23._o of_o the_o province_n abassia_n whereof_o the_o people_n be_v black_a cap._n 24._o of_o the_o province_n chassimuru_n and_o of_o many_o thing_n cap._n 25._o of_o the_o say_a province_n cap._n 26._o of_o the_o province_n name_v vochanu_fw-la cap._n 27._o of_o the_o novelty_n of_o this_o country_n cap._n 28._o of_o the_o desert_n bosor_n and_o of_o many_o novelty_n cap._n 29._o of_o the_o province_n caschar_n cap._n 30._o of_o sumartha_n and_o of_o a_o miracle_n cap._n 31._o of_o the_o province_n cartham_n cap._n 32._o of_o the_o province_n chota_n and_o of_o their_o custom_n cap._n 33._o of_o the_o province_n poyn_n cap._n 34._o of_o the_o province_n ciâ—rtham_n be_v in_o the_o great_a turkey_n ca._n 35._o of_o a_o great_a desert_n and_o of_o the_o city_n name_v job._n cap._n 36._o of_o the_o province_n name_v tanguith_n and_o of_o the_o city_n sanguethia_n cap._n 37._o of_o the_o province_n name_v chamul_n and_o of_o their_o naughty_a custom_n cap._n 38._o of_o the_o province_n hinguitalas_n and_o of_o the_o salamandra_n that_o be_v find_v there_o cap._n 39_o of_o the_o city_n which_o be_v call_v campion_n and_o of_o many_o beastly_a custom_n that_o they_o use_v cap._n 40._o of_o the_o city_n call_v eâ—cinâ—_n and_o of_o many_o noble_a thing_n of_o tartary_n cap._n 41._o of_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o signiory_n of_o the_o tartarian_n and_o of_o many_o thing_n cap._n 42._o of_o the_o custom_n ordinance_n &_o honour_v of_o the_o great_a cane_n and_o how_o he_o go_v unto_o the_o war_n cap._n 43_o of_o the_o plain_n of_o berga_n and_o of_o the_o custom_n of_o the_o people_n there_o cap._n 44._o of_o the_o great_a sea_n which_o be_v call_v ocean_n cap._n 45._o of_o the_o kingdom_n erguil_v and_o of_o many_o other_o kingdom_n &_o of_o the_o musk_n which_o be_v there_o find_v and_o many_o novelty_n ca._n 46_o of_o the_o city_n callacia_n and_o of_o many_o thing_n that_o be_v make_v there_o cap._n 47_o â–ª_o of_o the_o province_n call_v taâ—guith_n which_o be_v subject_a to_o prester_n john_n and_o of_o the_o stone_n lagulus_n which_o be_v find_v there_o and_o of_o goâ—h_n and_o maggot_n cap._n 48._o of_o the_o city_n sindatoy_n in_o cataya_n where_o there_o be_v find_v silver_n cap._n 49_o â–ª_o of_o the_o city_n gianorum_fw-la cap._n 50._o of_o the_o city_n liander_n cap._n 51._o of_o the_o sacrifice_n and_o other_o manner_n of_o the_o live_n of_o the_o great_a cane_n cap._n 52._o of_o a_o victory_n that_o the_o great_a cane_n get_v cap._n 53._o of_o the_o great_a thing_n belong_v to_o the_o great_a cane_n cap._n 54._o of_o the_o great_a city_n name_v cambalu_n and_o of_o all_o the_o fair_a and_o marvelous_a thing_n that_o be_v in_o the_o signiory_n of_o the_o great_a cane_n cap._n 55._o of_o the_o manner_n that_o the_o great_a cane_n use_v in_o hunt_v cap._n 56._o of_o the_o manner_n of_o their_o hawk_v cap._n 57_o of_o the_o manner_n that_o the_o great_a cane_n use_v in_o ride_v through_o his_o country_n and_o be_v in_o the_o field_n in_o pavilion_n cap._n 58._o of_o the_o money_n that_o be_v use_v in_o that_o land_n cap._n 59_o of_o the_o order_n and_o government_n which_o the_o great_a cane_n use_v in_o his_o dominion_n cap._n 60._o of_o the_o same_o order_n cap._n 61._o of_o the_o say_a city_n cambalu_n cap._n 62._o of_o many_o marvelous_a thing_n which_o be_v find_v in_o that_o country_n cap._n 63._o of_o the_o city_n gâ—igu_n and_o of_o many_o marvelous_a thing_n cap._n 64._o of_o the_o way_n lead_v to_o the_o province_n of_o the_o magos_n cap._n 65._o of_o the_o city_n of_o tarasu_n cap._n 66._o of_o the_o city_n name_v paymphu_n cap._n 67._o of_o a_o king_n name_v bor._n cap._n 68_o of_o the_o city_n call_v caciomphur_n cap._n 69._o of_o the_o city_n gengomphu_n cap._n 70._o of_o the_o province_n of_o chinchy_n cap._n 71._o of_o the_o province_n and_o city_n callâ—d_v cinilith_n mangi_n and_o of_o many_o other_o thing_n that_o be_v there_o find_v cap._n 72._o of_o the_o province_n and_o city_n call_v sindariffa_n cap._n 73._o of_o the_o province_n chelethi_n cap._n 74._o of_o the_o province_n thebeth_n cap._n 75._o of_o the_o province_n mangi_n cap._n 76._o of_o the_o province_n chandu_fw-fr cap._n 77._o of_o another_o province_n cap._n 78._o of_o the_o province_n caraya_n cap._n 79._o of_o the_o province_n joci_fw-la and_o of_o their_o beastly_a custom_n cap._n 80._o of_o the_o province_n cheriaâ—_n and_o of_o many_o serpent_n that_o be_v there_o cap._n 81._o of_o the_o province_n cingui_n &_o of_o the_o city_n call_v canchasu_n ca._n 82_o of_o the_o province_n machay_n where_o there_o be_v find_v unicorn_n &_o elephant_n and_o many_o other_o novelty_n cap._n 83._o of_o the_o province_n call_v cingui_n and_o of_o the_o city_n name_v canchasu_n cap._n 84._o of_o the_o city_n name_v cianglu_n cap._n 85._o of_o the_o city_n candrafra_fw-mi and_o of_o the_o city_n singuimat_n cap._n 86._o of_o the_o river_n coromoran_n and_o of_o the_o city_n coygangui_n and_o of_o another_o city_n call_v cayni_n cap._n 87._o of_o the_o noble_a province_n of_o mangi_n cap._n 88_o of_o the_o city_n coygangui_n cap._n 89._o of_o the_o city_n pangay_a of_o another_o which_o be_v call_v cayni_n ca._n 90._o of_o the_o city_n call_v thingui_n cap._n 91._o of_o the_o city_n nangni_n which_o have_v seven_o and_o twenty_o city_n under_o it_o and_o of_o a_o other_o name_v saymphu_n which_o have_v under_o it_o twelve_o city_n cap._n 92._o how_o this_o province_n be_v make_v subject_a to_o the_o great_a cane_n cap._n 93._o of_o the_o city_n call_v cingus_n and_o of_o many_o other_o thing_n cap._n 94._o of_o the_o city_n call_v ciangui_n cap._n 95._o of_o the_o city_n pingranphu_n and_o of_o other_o thing_n which_o be_v in_o that_o country_n cap._n 96._o of_o the_o city_n singui_n and_o of_o a_o bridge_n of_o marble_n stone_n under_o the_o which_o city_n be_v eighteen_o great_a city_n and_o of_o rhubarb_n and_o other_o spice_n that_o grow_v there_o cap._n 97._o of_o the_o city_n gynusay_n which_o in_o compass_n 100_o mile_n cap._n 98._o of_o the_o city_n gansu_n cap._n 99_o of_o the_o division_n which_o the_o great_a cane_n make_v of_o the_o province_n of_o mangi_n cap._n 100_o of_o the_o rent_n which_o the_o great_a cane_n have_v of_o the_o province_n of_o gynâ—say_n cap._n 101._o of_o the_o city_n thampinguy_a cap._n 102._o of_o the_o city_n cinanguari_n and_o of_o the_o cruelty_n of_o the_o man_n that_o dwell_v there_o and_o of_o other_o thing_n cap._n 103._o of_o the_o city_n frigui_fw-la and_o of_o many_o other_o thing_n cap._n 104._o of_o the_o city_n which_o they_o call_v jaython_n and_o of_o many_o other_o thing_n cap._n 105._o of_o the_o isle_n which_o they_o call_v ciampagu_n and_o the_o marvelous_a thing_n which_o be_v find_v there_o and_o how_o the_o great_a cane_n will_v have_v conquer_v it_o cap._n 106._o of_o the_o province_n call_v ciabam_fw-la and_o of_o the_o lord_n that_o have_v 325._o son_n and_o daughter_n and_o there_o be_v many_o elephant_n and_o much_o spice_n cap._n 107._o of_o the_o i_o will_v call_v java_n
&_o of_o many_o spice_n that_o grow_v there_o ca._n 108._o of_o the_o island_n jocath_n and_o of_o the_o other_o two_o land_n and_o of_o their_o condition_n cap._n 109._o of_o the_o kingdom_n malenir_fw-fr and_o of_o the_o island_n pencera_n and_o of_o java_n the_o less_o cap._n 110._o of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o baxina_n and_o of_o the_o unicorn_n and_o other_o beast_n cap._n 111._o of_o the_o kingdom_n samara_n cap._n 112._o of_o the_o kingdom_n lambri_n and_o of_o the_o kingdom_n â—amphur_n and_o of_o thing_n find_v there_o cap._n 113._o of_o two_o land_n and_o of_o their_o sluttish_a and_o beastly_a live_n cap._n 114._o of_o the_o i_o will_v saylan_n cap._n 115._o of_o the_o province_n moahar_n in_o the_o which_o there_o be_v five_o kingdom_n cap._n 116._o of_o the_o kingdom_n masuli_fw-la where_o adamant_n and_o many_o serpent_n be_v find_v cap._n 117._o of_o the_o province_n labe._n cap._n 118._o of_o the_o kingdom_n orbay_n cap._n 119._o of_o the_o province_n châ—man_n and_o of_o the_o people_n and_o very_o strange_a beast_n cap._n 120._o of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o hely_n and_o of_o the_o strange_a beast_n which_o be_v there_o find_v cap._n 121._o of_o the_o kingdom_n malibar_n &_o of_o the_o thing_n that_o be_v find_v there_o cap._n 122._o of_o the_o kingdom_n giesurath_n and_o of_o their_o evil_a custom_n cap._n 123._o of_o the_o kingdom_n thoma_n and_o of_o the_o kingdom_n semebelech_n which_o be_v in_o india_n the_o great_a cap._n 124_o a_o rehearsal_n of_o the_o thing_n already_o speak_v of_o cap._n 125._o of_o two_o land_n one_o of_o man_n and_o the_o other_o woman_n christian_n and_o how_o there_o be_v much_o amber_n cap._n 126._o of_o the_o island_n call_v escorsia_n which_o be_v christian_n and_o of_o thing_n that_o be_v find_v there_o cap._n 127._o of_o the_o island_n maydegastar_n where_o elephant_n and_o other_o great_a novelty_n be_v find_v and_o a_o bird_n call_v nichia_n which_o have_v the_o quill_n of_o his_o wing_n of_o twelve_o pace_n in_o length_n cap._n 128._o of_o the_o island_n tanguibar_n where_o there_o be_v man_n like_o giant_n ca._n 129_o a_o epilog_n cap._n 130._o of_o abaxia_n cap._n 131._o of_o the_o province_n aden_n cap._n 132._o of_o a_o very_a mighty_a king_n in_o the_o north_n part_n cap._n 133._o how_o the_o armyne_n and_o other_o beast_n be_v buy_v cap._n 134._o of_o the_o province_n of_o russia_n and_o of_o the_o thing_n that_o be_v find_v there_o cap._n 135._o finis_fw-la tabulae_fw-la the_o prologue_n to_o all_o prince_n lord_n knight_n and_o all_o other_o person_n that_o this_o my_o book_n shall_v see_v hear_v or_o read_v health_n prosperity_n and_o pleasure_n in_o this_o book_n i_o do_v mind_n to_o give_v knowledge_n of_o strange_a and_o marvelous_a thing_n of_o the_o world_n and_o special_o of_o the_o part_n of_o armenia_n persia_n india_n tartary_n and_o of_o many_o other_o province_n and_o country_n which_o shall_v be_v declare_v in_o this_o work_n as_o they_o be_v see_v by_o i_o marcus_n paulus_n of_o the_o noble_a city_n of_o venice_n and_o that_o which_o i_o see_v not_o i_o declare_v by_o report_n of_o those_o that_o be_v wise_a discrete_a and_o of_o good_a credit_n but_o that_o which_o i_o see_v i_o declare_v as_o i_o see_v it_o and_o that_o which_o i_o know_v by_o other_o i_o declare_v as_o i_o hear_v it_o and_o for_o that_o this_o whole_a work_n shall_v be_v faithful_a and_o true_a my_o intent_n be_v not_o to_o write_v any_o thing_n but_o that_o which_o be_v very_o certain_a i_o do_v give_v you_o all_o to_o understand_v that_o sithence_o the_o birth_n of_o our_o saviour_n and_o lord_n jesus_n christ_n there_o have_v be_v no_o man_n christian_n nor_o heathen_a that_o have_v come_v to_o the_o knowledge_n and_o sight_n of_o so_o many_o diverse_a marvelous_a and_o strange_a thing_n as_o i_o have_v see_v and_o hear_v which_o i_o will_v take_v in_o hand_n the_o labour_n to_o write_v as_o i_o do_v see_v and_o hear_v it_o for_o i_o think_v i_o shall_v do_v a_o great_a injury_n to_o the_o world_n in_o not_o manifest_v or_o declare_v the_o truth_n and_o for_o better_a information_n to_o they_o that_o shall_v read_v or_o hear_v this_o work_n i_o do_v give_v you_o to_o understand_v that_o i_o travel_v in_o the_o foresay_a province_n and_o country_n and_o do_v see_v those_o thing_n that_o i_o will_v declare_v the_o space_n of_o six_o and_o twenty_o year_n &_o cause_v they_o to_o be_v write_v to_o master_n vstacheo_n of_o pisa_n the_o year_n of_o our_o lord_n god_n .1298_o he_o and_o i_o then_o be_v prisoner_n in_o janua_fw-la 1298_o reign_v in_o constantinople_n the_o emperor_n baldovino_n and_o in_o his_o time_n in_o the_o year_n of_o our_o lord_n .1250_o 1250_o nicholas_n my_o father_n and_o mapheo_n my_o uncle_n his_o brother_n citizen_n of_o venice_n go_v to_o constantinople_n with_o their_o merchandise_n and_o be_v there_o a_o certain_a time_n with_o council_n of_o their_o friend_n pass_v with_o such_o ware_n and_o jewel_n as_o they_o have_v buy_v in_o the_o country_n of_o the_o sultan_n where_o they_o be_v a_o long_a time_n determine_v to_o go_v forward_o and_o travel_v a_o long_a journey_n come_v to_o a_o city_n of_o the_o lord_n of_o the_o tartarian_n which_o be_v call_v barcacan_n who_o be_v lord_n of_o a_o great_a part_n of_o tartary_n â—urgaria_fw-la and_o asia_n and_o this_o lord_n barcacan_n take_v great_a pleasure_n to_o see_v my_o father_n nicholas_n and_o my_o uncle_n mapheo_n and_o show_v they_o great_a friendship_n and_o they_o present_v to_o he_o such_o jewel_n as_o they_o bring_v with_o they_o from_o câ—nstantinople_n who_o receive_v they_o thankful_o and_o give_v they_o gift_n double_v the_o value_n which_o they_o send_v into_o divers_a part_n to_o sell_v and_o they_o remain_v in_o his_o court_n the_o space_n of_o one_o year_n in_o which_o time_n war_n begin_v between_o the_o say_a barcacan_n and_o alan_n lord_n of_o the_o tartar_n of_o the_o east_n and_o there_o be_v between_o they_o many_o great_a battle_n and_o much_o shed_n of_o blood_n but_o in_o the_o end_n the_o victory_n fall_v to_o alan_n and_o because_o of_o these_o war_n my_o father_n and_o uncle_n can_v not_o return_v the_o way_n they_o go_v but_o determine_v to_o go_v forward_o to_o the_o eastward_o and_o so_o to_o have_v return_v to_o constantinople_n and_o follow_v their_o way_n come_v to_o a_o city_n in_o the_o east_n part_n call_v buccata_n which_o be_v within_o the_o precinct_n of_o the_o east_n kingdom_n and_o depart_v from_o this_o city_n pass_v the_o river_n which_o be_v call_v tigris_n which_o be_v one_o of_o the_o four_o that_o come_v out_o of_o paradise_n terrenall_a and_o go_v seventeen_o day_n journey_n through_o a_o desert_n not_o find_v anya_n city_n or_o town_n yet_o meeting_n with_o many_o company_n of_o tartar_n that_o go_v in_o the_o field_n with_o their_o cattle_n be_v past_o this_o desert_n they_o come_v to_o a_o great_a &_o noble_a city_n call_v bocora_n and_o the_o same_o name_n have_v that_o province_n which_o the_o king_n of_o that_o country_n have_v and_o the_o city_n be_v call_v barache_fw-la and_o this_o be_v the_o great_a city_n in_o persia._n in_o this_o country_n be_v these_o two_o brother_n thrâ—e_v year_n and_o in_o this_o time_n come_v a_o ambassador_n from_o hamil_n lord_n of_o the_o east_n which_o go_v to_o the_o great_a alan_n lord_n of_o the_o tartar_n that_o before_o be_v speak_v of_o this_o alan_n be_v otherwise_o call_v the_o great_a cane_n this_o ambassador_n marvel_v much_o to_o see_v these_o two_o brother_n be_v christian_n and_o take_v great_a pleasure_n at_o they_o because_o they_o have_v never_o before_o that_o time_n see_v any_o christian_n and_o say_v to_o they_o friends_z if_o you_o will_v follow_v or_o take_v my_o council_n i_o will_v show_v you_o way_n or_o mean_n whereby_o you_o shall_v get_v great_a riches_n and_o renoun_n our_o lord_n the_o king_n of_o the_o tâ—rtares_n do_v never_o see_v any_o christian_n and_o have_v great_a desire_n to_o see_v of_o they_o if_o you_o will_v go_v with_o i_o i_o will_v bring_v you_o to_o his_o presence_n where_o you_o shall_v â—ave_n great_a profit_n and_o friendship_n of_o he_o they_o hear_v this_o determine_v to_o go_v with_o he_o and_o travel_v the_o space_n of_o one_o year_n towards_o the_o east_n southeast_n and_o after_o turn_v to_o the_o left_a hand_n towards_o the_o north-east_n and_o after_o towards_o the_o north_n in_o fine_a they_o come_v to_o the_o city_n of_o the_o great_a cane_n in_o the_o which_o travel_n they_o see_v many_o strange_a and_o marvellous_a thing_n which_o shall_v be_v declare_v in_o this_o bâ—â—ke_n and_o these_o two_o brother_n be_v present_v to_o the_o great_a cane_n be_v receive_v by_o he_o very_o favourable_o show_v
armenia_n he_o less_o and_o of_o many_o thing_n that_o there_o be_v make_v chap._n 5._o first_o and_o foremost_a i_o will_v begin_v to_o declare_v of_o the_o province_n of_o armenia_n note_v such_o commodity_n as_o there_o be_v you_o shall_v understand_v there_o be_v two_o armenia_n the_o great_a and_o the_o lesser_a in_o the_o lesser_a there_o be_v a_o king_n subject_a to_o the_o bohemian-tartar_n and_o he_o do_v maintain_v the_o country_n in_o peace_n and_o justice_n in_o this_o country_n be_v many_o city_n and_o town_n and_o great_a abundance_n of_o all_o thing_n in_o this_o country_n they_o take_v great_a pleasure_n and_o pastime_n in_o hawk_v and_o hunt_v as_o well_o of_o wild_a beast_n hunt_v as_o of_o fowl_n of_o all_o sort_n in_o that_o country_n be_v many_o infirmity_n by_o reason_n the_o air_n be_v ill_a there_o and_o for_o that_o cause_n the_o man_n of_o that_o country_n that_o be_v wont_a to_o be_v valiant_a and_o strong_a in_o arm_n be_v turn_v now_o to_o be_v vile_a and_o give_v to_o idleness_n and_o drunkenness_n in_o this_o province_n upon_o the_o sea_n side_n there_o be_v a_o city_n call_v gloza_n whereunto_o be_v great_a trade_n of_o merchandise_n and_o all_o merchant_n that_o do_v traffic_v thither_o gloza_n have_v their_o cellar_n and_o warehouse_n in_o that_o city_n as_o well_o venetian_n and_o janovey_n and_o all_o other_o that_o do_v occupy_v into_o levant_n of_o the_o torchomanos_fw-la in_o armenia_n the_o lesser_a chap._n 6._o i_o have_v declare_v unto_o you_o of_o armenia_n the_o lesser_a and_o now_o i_o will_v show_v you_o of_o torchomania_n which_o be_v a_o part_n of_o armenia_n in_o the_o which_o there_o be_v three_o manner_n of_o people_n the_o one_o call_v torchomanos_fw-la and_o those_o be_v mahomet_n and_o speak_v the_o persian_a language_n and_o they_o live_v in_o the_o mountain_n and_o field_n whereas_o they_o may_v find_v pasture_n for_o their_o cattle_n for_o those_o people_n live_v by_o the_o gain_n of_o their_o cattle_n martyr_v there_o be_v very_o good_a horse_n call_v torchomani_n and_o good_a mail_n of_o great_a value_n the_o other_o or_o second_o manner_n of_o people_n be_v armenian _n and_o greek_n and_o those_o dwell_v and_o live_v together_o and_o live_v by_o occupation_n and_o trade_n of_o merchandises_n there_o they_o do_v make_v very_o goodly_a and_o rich_a carpet_n large_a and_o fair_a as_o you_o shall_v find_v in_o any_o place_n also_o they_o work_v there_o cloth_n of_o crimson_n silk_n and_o other_o goodly_a colour_n the_o chief_a city_n in_o that_o country_n be_v chemo_n isiree_n and_o sebasto_n whereas_o saint_n blaze_v be_v martyr_v there_o be_v also_o many_o town_n of_o which_o i_o make_v no_o mention_n and_o they_o be_v subject_n to_o the_o bohemian-tartar_n of_o the_o east_n and_o he_o set_v governor_n there_o of_o armenia_n the_o great_a and_o of_o the_o ark_n of_o noe._n chap._n 7._o armenia_n the_o great_a be_v a_o great_a province_n or_o country_n in_o the_o beginning_n thereof_o be_v a_o great_a city_n call_v armenia_n where_o they_o do_v make_v excellent_a bochachims_n or_o buckram_n in_o this_o city_n be_v very_o good_a bath_n natural_o and_o this_o country_n be_v subject_a to_o the_o bohemian-tartar_n &_o there_o be_v in_o it_o many_o city_n &_o town_n and_o the_o most_o noble_a city_n be_v call_v archinia_n which_o have_v join_v to_o it_o two_o province_n the_o one_o call_v archeten_n the_o other_o arzire_n in_o this_o city_n be_v a_o bishop_n the_o people_n of_o this_o country_n in_o the_o summer_n time_n be_v in_o the_o pasture_n &_o meadow_n but_o in_o the_o winter_n they_o can_v not_o by_o reason_n of_o the_o great_a cold_a snow_n &_o water_n for_o than_o it_o be_v so_o cold_a the_o scant_o the_o cattle_n and_o beast_n can_v live_v there_o â—ound_n and_o for_o this_o cause_n they_o do_v drive_v their_o cattle_n into_o warm_a place_n where_o they_o have_v grass_n plenty_n in_o this_o great_a armenia_n be_v the_o ark_n of_o no_n on_o a_o high_a mountain_n towards_o the_o south_n which_o do_v join_v to_o a_o province_n towards_o the_o east_n call_v mausill_a and_o in_o that_o province_n devil_n christian_n which_o be_v call_v jacobite_n and_o nestorian_n heretic_n of_o the_o which_o hereafter_o shall_v be_v speak_v purpose_n this_o country_n towards_o the_o north_n do_v join_v upon_o the_o georgians_n of_o the_o which_o shall_v be_v speak_v in_o the_o next_o chapter_n in_o this_o part_n towards_o the_o georgians_n there_o be_v a_o well_o the_o water_n whereof_o be_v like_a oil_n and_o be_v of_o great_a abundance_n &_o quantity_n that_o sometime_o they_o lade_v .100_o ship_n with_o it_o and_o this_o oil_n be_v not_o good_a to_o eat_v but_o for_o lamp_n and_o candle_n and_o to_o anoint_v camel_n horse_n and_o other_o beast_n that_o be_v gall_v scabby_a and_o have_v other_o infirmity_n and_o for_o this_o cause_n it_o be_v fetch_v into_o diverse_a place_n of_o the_o georgians_n and_o of_o the_o tower_n and_o gate_n of_o iron_n chap._n 8._o in_o georgiania_n be_v a_o king_n call_v nand_n maliche_n which_o be_v as_o much_o to_o say_v as_o dawnid_v and_o be_v subject_a to_o the_o tartar._n the_o say_n be_v that_o in_o the_o old_a time_n the_o king_n of_o that_o province_n be_v bear_v with_o a_o token_n or_o sign_n under_o their_o right_a shoulder_n in_o this_o country_n the_o man_n be_v fair_a of_o body_n venturous_a &_o valiant_a in_o arm_n and_o good_a archer_n and_o be_v christian_n &_o greek_n mingle_v together_o &_o they_o go_v all_o with_o their_o hair_n like_o priest_n this_o be_v the_o province_n that_o king_n alexander_n can_v not_o pass_v pass_v when_o he_o will_v have_v come_v towards_o the_o west_n part_n because_o that_o way_n be_v dangerous_a &_o narrow_a &_o compass_v on_o the_o one_o side_z with_o that_o sea_n &_o on_o the_o other_o side_n with_o high_a mountain_n that_o no_o horse_n can_v pass_v or_o go_v for_o the_o space_n of_o four_o league_n for_o the_o way_n be_v so_o narrow_a &_o strong_a that_o a_o few_o man_n be_v able_a to_o keep_v it_o against_o all_o the_o host_n of_o the_o world_n and_o k._n alexander_n perceive_v that_o by_o no_o mean_n he_o can_v pass_v silk_n will_v likewise_o make_v provision_n that_o the_o people_n of_o that_o country_n may_v not_o pass_v to_o he_o and_o make_v there_o a_o great_a &_o strong_a tower_n which_o be_v call_v the_o tower_n and_o gate_n of_o iron_n in_o this_o province_n of_o the_o georgians_n be_v many_o city_n and_o town_n &_o there_o they_o do_v make_v great_a plenty_n of_o cloth_n of_o gold_n &_o of_o silk_n in_o great_a abundance_n for_o they_o have_v great_a plenty_n of_o silk_n and_o there_o do_v breed_v the_o goodly_a and_o best_a hawk_n in_o the_o world_n merchandise_n and_o the_o country_n be_v plentiful_a of_o all_o thing_n needful_a they_o live_v there_o by_o the_o trade_n of_o merchandise_n and_o by_o labour_n of_o the_o country_n through_o all_o this_o country_n be_v great_a mountain_n and_o the_o way_n narrow_a and_o strong_a and_o many_o well_n and_o for_o this_o cause_n the_o tartar_n can_v never_o have_v the_o upper_a hand_n of_o they_o there_o be_v a_o monastâ—rie_n of_o monk_n of_o the_o order_n of_o saint_n bernarde_n euphrates_n and_o hard_o by_o the_o monastery_n there_o be_v a_o water_n that_o descend_v from_o the_o mountain_n in_o the_o which_o they_o find_v no_o fish_n but_o in_o lent_n and_o then_o they_o do_v take_v it_o in_o great_a plenty_n from_o the_o first_o day_n of_o lent_n till_o easter_n even_o the_o place_n be_v call_v geluchelan_n and_o have_v six_o hundred_o mile_n compass_v and_o it_o be_v from_o the_o sea_n twelve_o day_n journey_n and_o this_o water_n enter_v into_o euphrates_n which_o be_v one_o of_o the_o four_o principal_a river_n which_o come_v from_o paradise_n terrenall_a and_o come_v out_o of_o india_n and_o be_v divide_v into_o many_o branch_n and_o do_v compass_v those_o hill_n from_o thence_o they_o bring_v a_o silk_n call_v gella_n now_o i_o have_v declare_v unto_o you_o the_o part_n of_o armenia_n which_o be_v towards_o the_o north_n and_o now_o i_o will_v declare_v unto_o you_o of_o other_o their_o neighbour_n which_o be_v towards_o the_o south_n and_o west_n of_o the_o party_n of_o armenia_n towards_o the_o south_n and_o of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o mosull_n chap._n 9_o mosull_n be_v a_o great_a kingdom_n in_o the_o which_o dwell_v many_o generation_n of_o people_n call_v araby_n and_o all_o be_v of_o the_o sect_n of_o mahomet_n although_o there_o be_v some_o christian_n call_v jacobite_n and_o nestorian_n and_o these_o have_v by_o themselves_o a_o patriarch_n call_v jacobia_n and_o he_o do_v institute_v bishop_n archbishop_n abbot_n priest_n and_o other_o religious_a man_n mosulinus_n there_o be_v make_v cloth_n of_o gold_n and_o of_o silk_n which_o
declare_v of_o it_o large_o as_o well_o of_o the_o commodity_n there_o as_o also_o of_o their_o manner_n and_o usage_n of_o a_o province_n call_v vochaym_n chap._n 27._o depart_v from_o balassia_n you_o shall_v go_v three_o day_n journey_n between_o the_o north-east_n and_o by_o a_o river_n that_o be_v near_o to_o balassia_n in_o this_o province_n be_v many_o city_n and_o town_n the_o man_n of_o this_o province_n be_v valiant_a in_o arm_n and_o speak_v the_o persian_a language_n and_o be_v mahomet_n at_o the_o end_n of_o this_o three_o day_n journey_n be_v a_o city_n call_v vochayn_n very_o long_o of_o three_o day_n journey_n on_o either_o side_n long_o the_o people_n of_o this_o province_n be_v subject_n to_o the_o king_n of_o balassia_n and_o there_o be_v great_a hunter_n of_o wild_a beast_n and_o take_v of_o wild_a fowl_n in_o great_a number_n of_o the_o novelty_n of_o this_o country_n chap._n 28._o three_o day_n journey_n go_v forward_a you_o shall_v go_v up_o a_o hill_n upon_o the_o which_o be_v a_o river_n and_o goodly_a fruitful_a pasture_n that_o if_o you_o put_v in_o your_o cattle_n there_o very_o lean_a within_o ten_o day_n they_o will_v be_v fat_a there_o be_v great_a plenty_n of_o wild_a beast_n and_o among_o they_o wild_a sheep_n that_o some_o of_o they_o have_v their_o horn_n of_o four_o and_o some_o of_o seven_o long_o and_o some_o of_o ten_o span_n long_o and_o of_o these_o horn_n thâ—_z herdsman_n there_o do_v make_v dish_n and_o spoon_n in_o the_o valley_n of_o this_o mountain_n call_v plavor_n you_o shall_v travel_v ten_o day_n journey_n without_o come_v to_o any_o town_n or_o any_o grass_n therefore_o it_o shall_v be_v needful_a for_o the_o traveylour_n that_o way_n to_o carry_v provision_n with_o they_o as_o well_o for_o themselves_o as_o for_o their_o horse_n there_o be_v great_a cold_n in_o that_o country_n that_o the_o fire_n have_v not_o the_o strength_n to_o séethe_v thâ—ir_a victual_n as_o in_o other_o country_n of_o the_o desert_n bosor_n and_o of_o many_o marvelous_a thing_n there_o chap._n 39_o after_o that_o you_o be_v depart_v from_o thence_o within_o thréâ—_n day_n journey_n you_o shall_v be_v fain_o to_o travel_v forty_o day_n journey_n continual_o upon_o mountain_n heathe_n and_o valley_n between_o the_o north-east_n and_o east_n and_o pass_v over_o diverse_a river_n and_o desert_n and_o in_o all_o this_o way_n you_o shall_v come_v to_o no_o town_n nor_o habitation_n nor_o grass_n habitation_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v needful_a for_o those_o that_o do_v travel_v that_o way_n to_o carry_v with_o they_o provision_n and_o victual_n for_o themselves_o and_o their_o horse_n and_o this_o country_n be_v call_v bosor_n the_o people_n there_o live_v on_o the_o high_a hill_n &_o be_v call_v people_n of_o the_o mountain_n they_o be_v idolater_n and_o live_v by_o their_o cattle_n and_o be_v cruel_a people_n of_o the_o province_n caschar_n and_o of_o other_o novelty_n chap._n 40._o leave_v this_o province_n and_o let_v we_o go_v to_o another_o call_v caschar_n that_o in_o old_a time_n be_v a_o kingdom_n although_o now_o it_o be_v subject_a to_o the_o great_a cane_n in_o this_o province_n be_v many_o fair_a city_n and_o town_n the_o best_a be_v caschar_n they_o be_v all_o mahomates_n this_o province_n be_v between_o the_o north-east_n &_o the_o east_n in_o it_o be_v many_o great_a merchant_n fair_a possession_n and_o vine_n they_o have_v much_o cottenwooll_n there_o and_o very_o good_a the_o merchant_n of_o that_o country_n be_v near_o and_o covetous_a in_o this_o province_n which_o endure_v five_o day_n journey_n be_v christian_n call_v nestorian_n and_o have_v church_n and_o speak_v the_o persian_a tongue_n of_o sumarthan_a and_o of_o a_o miracle_n chap._n 31._o svmarthan_a be_v a_o city_n great_a and_o fair_a in_o the_o which_o dwell_v christian_n and_o moor_n that_o be_v subject_a to_o the_o great_a cane_n but_o this_o king_n bear_v thâ—m_v no_o good_a will._n in_o this_o city_n chance_v a_o marvelous_a thing_n a_o brother_n of_o the_o great_a cane_n that_o be_v lord_n of_o that_o country_n become_v a_o christian_a by_o mean_n whereof_o the_o christian_n there_o receive_v great_a comfort_n and_o build_v they_o a_o church_n in_o the_o name_n of_o saint_n john_n baptist._n and_o it_o be_v build_v in_o such_o sort_n that_o one_o pillar_n of_o marble_n stand_v in_o the_o midst_n do_v bear_v up_o all_o the_o roof_n of_o the_o church_n and_o the_o christian_n do_v put_v under_o the_o say_a pillar_n a_o goodly_a marble_n stone_n which_o be_v the_o moor_n and_o for_o because_o the_o king_n be_v a_o christian_a they_o dare_v say_v nothing_o of_o it_o this_o king_n die_v and_o one_o of_o his_o son_n succeed_v he_o in_o the_o kingdom_n which_o be_v no_o christian_n and_o on_o a_o time_n the_o moor_n demand_v their_o stone_n of_o the_o christian_n think_v that_o in_o take_v away_o that_o stone_n the_o whole_a roof_n of_o the_o church_n will_v fall_v down_o and_o the_o christian_n do_v offer_v to_o pay_v the_o moor_n for_o the_o stone_n what_o they_o will_v demand_v but_o they_o will_v not_o by_o any_o mean_n but_o have_v their_o stone_n and_o in_o the_o end_n the_o new_a king_n command_v the_o christian_n to_o restore_v the_o stone_n to_o the_o moor_n and_o the_o time_n appoint_v be_v come_v that_o the_o moor_n will_v have_v it_o the_o say_a pillar_n lift_v itself_o up_o three_o span_n above_o the_o stone_n and_o so_o hang_v in_o the_o air_n that_o the_o moor_n may_v take_v away_o their_o stone_n and_o yet_o the_o church_n fall_v not_o and_o so_o do_v thâ—_z pillar_n remain_v till_o this_o day_n of_o the_o province_n of_o carcham_n chap._n 32._o go_v forward_o you_o shall_v come_v to_o a_o province_n call_v carcham_n which_o be_v five_o day_n journey_n long_o and_o be_v subject_a to_o the_o great_a cane_n and_o be_v mahomet_n but_o there_o be_v among_o they_o christian_n nestorians_n there_o be_v in_o this_o province_n abundance_n of_o all_o thing_n of_o the_o province_n chota_n and_o of_o their_o manner_n chap._n 33._o chota_n be_v a_o province_n between_o the_o north-east_n and_o the_o east_n and_o be_v of_o five_o day_n journey_n subject_a to_o the_o great_a cane_n and_o be_v mahomet_n in_o this_o province_n there_o be_v diverse_a city_n and_o town_n but_o the_o chief_a be_v chota_n in_o this_o province_n be_v goodly_a possession_n and_o fair_a garden_n and_o vine_n plenty_n of_o wine_n and_o fruit_n and_o oil_n wheat_n barley_n and_o all_o other_o victual_n great_a plenty_n of_o cotton-wâ—oll_a in_o this_o country_n be_v rich_a merchant_n good_a and_o valiant_a man_n of_o arm_n of_o the_o province_n of_o poym_n and_o of_o their_o usage_n chap._n 34._o poym_n be_v a_o small_a province_n of_o five_o day_n journey_n it_o be_v between_o the_o northeast_n and_o the_o east_n and_o be_v subject_a to_o the_o great_a cane_n and_o be_v mahomet_n and_o the_o principal_a city_n be_v call_v poym_n calcedonies_n in_o this_o province_n there_o be_v a_o river_n in_o the_o which_o there_o be_v find_v precious_a stone_n call_v jaspes_n and_o calcedony_n there_o be_v great_a plenty_n of_o all_o kind_n of_o victual_n and_o great_a trade_n of_o merchandize_n in_o this_o province_n there_o be_v this_o custom_n that_o when_o the_o husband_n depart_v from_o his_o house_n for_o fifteen_o or_o thirty_o day_n or_o more_o or_o less_o if_o the_o wife_n can_v get_v another_o husband_n for_o the_o time_n she_o take_v he_o and_o the_o husband_n take_v another_o wife_n till_o he_o return_v home_o to_o his_o house_n of_o the_o province_n of_o ciarchan_n be_v in_o great_a turkey_n chap._n 35._o all_o the_o province_n beforesaid_a from_o caschar_n to_o this_o be_v subject_n to_o the_o great_a cane_n and_o be_v of_o great_a turkey_n in_o the_o which_o there_o be_v a_o great_a city_n call_v ciarchan_n in_o a_o province_n also_o call_v ciarcham_n set_v between_o the_o north-east_n &_o the_o east_n and_o the_o people_n of_o that_o country_n speak_v the_o persian_a tongue_n and_o be_v mahomet_n in_o this_o province_n be_v many_o city_n town_n and_o river_n wherein_o be_v find_v many_o precious_a stone_n call_v calcedony_n which_o merchant_n carry_v all_o the_o world_n over_o to_o sell_v and_o get_v much_o money_n by_o they_o in_o this_o country_n be_v abundance_n of_o all_o thing_n needful_a and_o this_o province_n for_o the_o most_o part_n be_v sandy_a and_o the_o water_n there_o for_o the_o most_o part_n pleasant_a and_o sweet_a yet_o in_o some_o place_n brackish_a and_o the_o people_n of_o that_o country_n fear_v the_o ill_a people_n do_v fly_v with_o their_o household_n stuff_n and_o cattle_n two_o or_o three_o day_n journey_n till_o they_o may_v come_v to_o some_o good_a place_n whereas_o be_v water_n and_o grass_n for_o their_o
child_n that_o die_v do_v take_v hand_n together_o and_o be_v always_o after_o friend_n and_o grandfather_n and_o grandmother_n and_o cousens_n even_o as_o though_o they_o have_v be_v marry_v alive_a of_o a_o plain_a call_v barga_n and_o of_o the_o custom_n of_o the_o people_n of_o that_o country_n chap._n 44._o depart_v from_o the_o city_n call_v cuthogora_n aforesade_n and_o the_o mountain_n call_v acay_v where_o they_o bury_v their_o king_n of_o the_o tartar_n which_o be_v the_o great_a cane_n you_o shall_v travel_v through_o a_o great_a plain_o call_v the_o plain_a of_o barga_n forty_o day_n journey_n towards_o the_o north._n the_o people_n of_o that_o country_n be_v call_v mecrith_n they_o be_v savage_a people_n and_o do_v live_v the_o most_o part_n by_o kill_v of_o red_a dear_n call_v stag_n and_o other_o wild_a beast_n and_o do_v ride_v and_o travail_v upon_o heart_n or_o stags_n as_o they_o do_v in_o other_o place_n upon_o horse_n they_o have_v neither_o bread_n nor_o wine_n and_o be_v subject_n to_o the_o great_a cane_n of_o the_o great_a sea_n call_v the_o ocean_n chap._n 45._o after_o you_o have_v travail_v forty_o day_n journey_n you_o shall_v come_v to_o a_o great_a sea_n call_v the_o ocean_n sea_n and_o also_o great_a mountain_n in_o the_o which_o you_o shall_v have_v goodly_a hawk_n great_a plenty_n and_o special_a good_a call_v peregrinos_fw-la and_o in_o the_o island_n of_o the_o sea_n breed_v great_a plenty_n of_o gerfalcon_n in_o this_o sea_n be_v two_o great_a island_n which_o shall_v be_v speak_v of_o hereafter_o and_o lie_v towards_o the_o north_n and_o have_v the_o sea_n out_o of_o the_o south_n of_o the_o kingdom_n erguyl_n and_o of_o many_o other_o kingdom_n and_o of_o musk_n and_o other_o sweet_a and_o pleasant_a thing_n that_o be_v there_o find_v and_o many_o other_o thing_n chap._n 46._o i_o have_v declare_v unto_o you_o of_o the_o province_n of_o the_o north_n till_o you_o come_v to_o the_o mountain_n and_o the_o ocean_n sea_n and_o now_o i_o will_v compte_fw-fr to_o you_o of_o the_o other_o province_n belong_v to_o the_o great_a cane_n till_o you_o come_v to_o his_o country_n return_v to_o the_o country_n call_v campion_n where_o you_o shall_v pass_v .5_o day_n journey_n in_o length_n in_o the_o which_o many_o time_n you_o shall_v hear_v the_o voice_n of_o evil_a spirit_n at_o the_o end_n of_o these_o five_o day_n journey_n towards_o the_o east_n hear_v there_o be_v a_o kingdom_n call_v erguil_v of_o the_o province_n of_o tanguth_n subject_n to_o the_o great_a cane_n and_o in_o this_o province_n there_o live_v three_o sort_n of_o people_n that_o be_v to_o say_v christian_n that_o be_v nestorian_n and_o idolator_n and_o mahomet_n and_o there_o be_v many_o city_n and_o town_n but_o the_o principal_a city_n be_v call_v erguyl_n from_o this_o city_n travel_v east_n southeast_n you_o shall_v come_v to_o a_o country_n which_o be_v a_o great_a province_n in_o the_o which_o there_o be_v a_o great_a city_n call_v syrygay_n that_o have_v near_o unto_o it_o many_o city_n and_o town_n all_o subject_n to_o the_o great_a cane_n and_o there_o be_v in_o it_o christian_n idolator_n and_o mahomet_n there_o be_v wild_a ox_n as_o big_a as_o elephant_n very_o fair_a beast_n to_o see_v white_a and_o black_a elephant_n all_o cover_v with_o hair_n save_v a_o span_n long_o upon_o the_o neck_n which_o be_v call_v del_n espinazo_n which_o be_v bare_a and_o have_v no_o hair_n and_o many_o of_o these_o ox_n they_o do_v make_v tame_a and_o do_v labour_n and_o till_o the_o ground_n with_o they_o they_o will_v carry_v great_a weight_n by_o reason_n they_o be_v so_o great_a body_a there_o be_v the_o best_a musk_n in_o the_o world_n the_o beast_n that_o â—hey_n have_v it_o off_o world_n be_v body_a like_o a_o cat_n with_o four_o tooth_n two_o above_o and_o two_o beneath_o of_o three_o finger_n long_o they_o be_v slender_a of_o body_n a_o have_v hear_v like_o a_o red_a dear_a and_o foot_n like_o a_o cat_n and_o they_o have_v a_o thing_n like_o a_o poshe_fw-mi or_o bag_n of_o blood_n gather_v together_o near_o to_o their_o navel_n between_o the_o skin_n and_o the_o flesh_n which_o they_o cut_v and_o take_v away_o and_o that_o be_v the_o musk_n and_o there_o be_v many_o of_o those_o beast_n there_o the_o people_n of_o that_o country_n do_v live_v by_o their_o occupation_n and_o trade_n of_o merchandise_n and_o have_v good_a plenty_n of_o corn_n this_o country_n be_v long_o of_o .25_o day_n journey_n peacock_n there_o be_v plenty_n of_o feysant_n and_o very_o great_a for_o one_o of_o they_o be_v as_o big_a as_o two_o of_o we_o with_o tail_n of_o eight_o nine_o and_o ten_o span_n long_o the_o people_n of_o that_o country_n be_v fat_a and_o of_o low_a brow_n and_o black_a hear_a and_o have_v no_o beard_n but_o a_o few_o hear_v about_o the_o mouth_n the_o woman_n be_v fair_a and_o white_a and_o well_o body_a the_o people_n fot_o that_o country_n be_v give_v much_o to_o the_o pleasure_n of_o the_o body_n for_o a_o rich_fw-fr man_n to_o obtain_v the_o favour_n of_o a_o woman_n will_v give_v she_o a_o jointer_z they_o be_v all_o idolater_n â–ª_o of_o the_o city_n call_v calacia_n and_o of_o many_o thing_n they_o do_v make_v there_o chap._n 47._o depart_v from_o erguill_n and_o travel_v towards_o the_o east_n eight_o day_n journey_n you_o shall_v come_v to_o a_o province_n call_v egregia_fw-la that_o have_v under_o it_o many_o city_n and_o be_v of_o the_o province_n of_o tanguthe_n and_o the_o principal_a city_n of_o it_o be_v call_v chalacia_n and_o be_v subject_n to_o the_o great_a cane_n in_o the_o which_o be_v three_o church_n of_o christian_n nestorian_n and_o all_o the_o rest_n be_v idolater_n make_v there_o they_o make_v excellent_a good_a chamlet_n of_o camel_n hear_v of_o white_a wool_n and_o from_o thence_o merchant_n carry_v they_o to_o sell_v into_o other_o country_n of_o the_o province_n call_v tanguthe_n which_o be_v subject_a to_o prester_n john_n and_o of_o a_o stone_n call_v lapis_fw-la laguli_fw-la that_o be_v there_o find_v and_o of_o gog_n and_o magog_n chap._n 48._o depart_v from_o arguill_n and_o enter_v into_o the_o kingdom_n of_o prester_n john_n you_o shall_v come_v to_o a_o province_n call_v tanguthe_n which_o be_v under_o a_o king_n of_o the_o lineage_n of_o prester_n john_n which_o be_v call_v george_n by_o his_o proper_a name_n and_o he_o hold_v that_o country_n of_o the_o great_a cane_n especial_o those_o that_o be_v take_v of_o prester_n john_n and_o the_o great_a cane_n do_v always_o take_v the_o chief_a daughter_n of_o this_o king_n common_o since_o that_o chenchis_n the_o first_o king_n of_o the_o tartar_n slay_v prester_n john_n in_o battle_n as_o before_o be_v declare_v in_o this_o country_n be_v find_v lapis_fw-la laguli_fw-la which_o be_v a_o stone_n blow_n that_o make_v a_o fine_a blue_a the_o most_o part_n of_o this_o province_n be_v christian_n and_o they_o be_v governor_n and_o chief_a of_o the_o country_n there_o be_v also_o mahomet_n which_o do_v live_v by_o cattle_n and_o labour_v of_o the_o ground_n in_o this_o province_n be_v another_o kind_n of_o people_n call_v argarones_n or_o galmulos_fw-la this_o they_o do_v say_v for_o because_o they_o do_v descend_v of_o two_o several_a nation_n that_o be_v to_o say_v of_o the_o christian_n of_o tanguthe_n &_o the_o mahomet_n john_n they_o be_v fair_a man_n wise_a and_o discreet_a more_o than_o the_o other_o of_o that_o country_n in_o this_o province_n be_v the_o imperial_a chair_n or_o seat_n of_o prester_n john_n when_o he_o reign_v over_o the_o tartar_n and_o yet_o there_o do_v reign_v in_o that_o province_n of_o the_o stock_n of_o prester_n john_n of_o who_o come_v this_o george_n king_n of_o this_o province_n here_o be_v that_o place_n that_o the_o holy_a scripture_n speak_v of_o call_v gog_n and_o magog_n of_o the_o city_n sindathoy_n in_o cataya_n where_o silver_n be_v find_v chap._n 49._o have_v pass_v seven_o day_n journey_n in_o this_o province_n towards_o the_o east_n you_o shall_v come_v to_o cataya_n a_o broad_a country_n in_o the_o which_o there_o be_v many_o christian_n and_o many_o idolator_n and_o many_o of_o the_o sect_n of_o mahomet_n and_o they_o be_v all_o handi-craft_n man_n and_o merchant_n there_o they_o make_v great_a plenty_n of_o cloth_n of_o gold_n and_o also_o of_o cloth_n of_o silk_n very_o fine_a in_o this_o province_n be_v a_o city_n of_o the_o great_a cane_n call_v sindathoy_n where_o they_o do_v work_v and_o make_v all_o manner_n and_o kind_n of_o armour_n for_o the_o war_n and_o in_o the_o mountain_n of_o this_o province_n be_v vein_n of_o fine_a silver_n and_o plenty_n call_v there_o idica_n of_o a_o city_n call_v giannorum_fw-la and_o of_o many_o novelty_n chap._n
make_v great_a pastime_n say_v the_o great_a cane_n be_v bless_v and_o fortunate_a and_o so_o do_v desire_v a_o joyful_a year_n and_o on_o that_o day_n there_o be_v present_v to_o the_o great_a cane_n more_o than_o .10000_o horse_n and_o mare_n all_o white_a cane_n and_o more_o than_o five_o thousand_o elephant_n with_o two_o great_a basket_n upon_o they_o full_a of_o provision_n necessary_a for_o his_o court_n and_o beside_o this_o there_o be_v present_v to_o he_o a_o great_a number_n of_o camel_n cover_v all_o with_o white_a cloth_n of_o silk_n for_o service_n of_o their_o k._n and_o when_o they_o give_v these_o present_n they_o do_v all_o pass_v by_o where_o the_o great_a cane_n do_v stand_v and_o see_v they_o on_o the_o same_o day_n that_o this_o feast_n be_v in_o the_o morning_n betimes_o before_o the_o table_n be_v cover_v all_o the_o king_n duke_n marquess_n lord_n captain_n governor_n and_o justice_n of_o his_o country_n &_o other_o officer_n come_v into_o the_o hall_n before_o y_fw-es presence_n of_o the_o great_a cane_n and_o those_o that_o can_v not_o come_v in_o be_v in_o another_o place_n where_o as_o the_o great_a cane_n may_v see_v they_o all_o and_o thus_o be_v altogether_o as_o though_o they_o will_v make_v some_o request_n there_o go_v one_o up_o upon_o a_o building_n or_o scaffold_n that_o be_v make_v for_o the_o same_o purpose_n idol_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o hall_n &_o with_o a_o loud_a or_o high_a voice_n bid_v they_o all_o kneel_v down_o upon_o their_o knee_n and_o give_v land_n and_o thanks_n to_o their_o lord_n and_o straight_a way_n every_o one_o do_v honour_v he_o as_o if_o he_o be_v a_o idol_n and_o this_o they_o do_v four_o time_n and_o this_o be_v do_v every_o one_o go_v and_o sit_v down_o in_o his_o place_n and_o afterwards_o do_v rise_v one_o after_o a_o other_o and_o go_v to_o a_o altar_n which_o be_v set_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o hall_n and_o upon_o it_o be_v a_o table_n set_v write_v on_o with_o letter_n of_o gold_n and_o garnish_v with_o precious_a stone_n of_o great_a value_n and_o the_o writing_n be_v the_o proper_a name_n of_o the_o great_a cane_n and_o with_o sensor_n of_o fine_a gold_n full_a of_o incense_n and_o fire_n they_o incense_v that_o table_n in_o honour_n of_o the_o great_a cane_n and_o after_o that_o every_o one_o in_o presence_n of_o the_o great_a cane_n offering_n do_v offer_v great_a and_o precious_a gift_n according_a to_o his_o state_n condition_n and_o ability_n and_o this_o be_v do_v they_o go_v all_o and_o sit_v down_o at_o the_o table_n to_o dinner_n and_o the_o great_a cane_n thirteen_o time_n in_o the_o year_n do_v give_v apparel_n to_o his_o baron_n colour_n in_o thirtéen_a great_a feast_n he_o do_v make_v and_o at_o every_o time_n he_o do_v change_v this_o apparel_n and_o this_o apparel_n that_o he_o do_v give_v be_v of_o great_a and_o lesser_a value_n according_a to_o the_o degree_n of_o he_o that_o he_o give_v it_o unto_o and_o to_o every_o one_o he_o give_v a_o girdle_n or_o a_o pair_n of_o hose_n or_o a_o hat_n garnish_v with_o gold_n and_o set_v with_o pearl_n and_o precious_a stone_n according_a to_o the_o degree_n of_o the_o party_n and_o of_o this_o apparel_n be_v every_o year_n 1â—6000_n and_o this_o he_o do_v for_o to_o honour_n and_o magnify_v his_o feast_n and_o at_o every_o such_o feast_n the_o great_a cane_n have_v lie_v at_o his_o foot_n a_o tame_a lion_n upon_o a_o rich_a carpet_n and_o the_o great_a cane_n be_v resident_a during_o the_o say_v three_o month_n in_o camballo_n camballo_n that_o be_v to_o say_v december_n januarie_n and_o february_n and_o during_o the_o say_v three_o month_n the_o whole_a country_n thereabout_o to_o say_v thirty_o day_n journey_n be_v keep_v for_o hawk_v hunt_a and_o foul_n only_o for_o to_o serve_v the_o court_n and_o what_o they_o do_v take_v and_o kill_v be_v present_v and_o bring_v to_o the_o great_a cane_n court_n city_n and_o such_o as_o dwell_v further_o of_o in_o other_o province_n that_o kill_v wild_a beast_n not_o able_a to_o be_v bring_v to_o the_o court_n they_o do_v trim_a and_o dress_v the_o skin_n thereof_o and_o bring_v they_o to_o the_o court_n for_o to_o dress_v make_v and_o trim_a armour_n and_o munition_n for_o the_o war_n which_o he_o have_v infinite_a number_n of_o the_o manner_n the_o great_a cane_n do_v use_v in_o his_o hunt_n chap._n 56._o this_o cublay_n cane_n or_o great_a cane_n have_v with_o he_o two_o noble_a man_n that_o be_v his_o brethren_n the_o one_o call_v baian_a and_o the_o other_o mytigan_n and_o they_o be_v call_v cinicil_n apiece_o which_o be_v as_o much_o to_o say_v as_o master_n or_o governor_n of_o the_o dog_n or_o mastiff_n of_o their_o lord_n either_o of_o these_o two_o noble_a man_n have_v ten_o thousand_o man_n all_o apparel_v in_o one_o livery_n of_o white_a and_o red_a and_o every_o one_o of_o these_o twenty_o thousand_o man_n have_v charge_n and_o government_n of_o two_o mastye_n or_o at_o the_o leâ—st_a one_o and_o when_o the_o great_a cane_n will_v go_v on_o hunt_v these_o two_o noble_a man_n go_v with_o he_o with_o their_o twenty_o thousand_o man_n or_o with_o the_o most_o part_n of_o they_o and_o so_o begin_v their_o hunt_n with_o those_o man_n and_o dog_n who_o be_v well_o use_v to_o it_o and_o the_o great_a cane_n go_v into_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o field_n have_v his_o two_o lord_n with_o their_o man_n and_o dog_n on_o each_o side_n of_o he_o and_o divide_v they_o into_o company_n in_o such_o sort_n that_o there_o shall_v no_o game_n rise_v that_o shall_v escape_v they_o what_o kind_n of_o beast_n so_o ever_o it_o be_v of_o the_o manner_n of_o his_o hawk_v for_o wildefoule_n chap._n 57_o the_o first_o day_n of_o march_n the_o great_a cane_n depart_v from_o cambalu_n and_o go_v with_o his_o court_n and_o baron_n gerfaulcon_n towards_o the_o south_n sea_n name_v the_o ocean_n that_o lie_v two_o day_n journey_n from_o cambalu_n and_o he_o carry_v with_o he_o ten_o thousand_o falcon_n five_o thousand_o gerfaulcon_n and_o other_o kind_n of_o hawk_n a_o great_a number_n which_o be_v very_o singular_a and_o good_a above_o all_o other_o and_o be_v breed_v in_o his_o seniory_n and_o all_o those_o that_o they_o take_v in_o his_o country_n be_v present_v to_o the_o great_a cane_n for_o his_o own_o use_n court_n and_o baron_n that_o always_o keep_v his_o company_n which_o be_v never_o less_o than_o 15000._o and_o they_o be_v call_v tâ—stores_v which_o be_v as_o much_o to_o say_v as_o the_o lord_n guard_v &_o all_o these_o do_v practice_v hawk_v and_o every_o one_o of_o they_o do_v carry_v his_o reclaim_v or_o lewer_n and_o hawk_n hood_n that_o when_o he_o have_v need_n he_o may_v take_v up_o his_o hawk_n gerfaulcon_n they_o do_v never_o lose_v one_o of_o these_o falcon_n for_o every_o one_o of_o they_o have_v fasten_v unto_o his_o bell_n a_o scutcheon_n of_o gold_n wherein_o be_v write_v the_o name_n of_o his_o master_n and_o when_o soever_o one_o of_o they_o be_v lose_v he_o that_o find_v he_o straight_a way_n do_v present_v he_o unto_o the_o great_a cane_n or_o to_o one_o of_o those_o baron_n his_o brethren_n and_o he_o cause_v he_o to_o be_v deliver_v again_o to_o he_o that_o before_o have_v charge_n of_o he_o for_o he_o be_v know_v by_o the_o scutcheon_n that_o the_o hawk_n have_v upon_o his_o bell_n of_o the_o manner_n that_o the_o great_a cane_n have_v in_o travel_v in_o his_o country_n and_o how_o he_o abide_v in_o the_o field_n in_o his_o tent_n and_o pavilion_n chap._n 58._o when_o the_o great_a cane_n make_v any_o journey_n in_o his_o country_n he_o go_v in_o a_o fair_a lodge_n or_o edification_n have_v a_o very_a fair_a chamber_n make_v upon_o four_o elephant_n which_o be_v cover_v with_o the_o skin_n of_o lion_n and_o in_o this_o chamber_n he_o have_v twelve_o gerfaulcon_n hawk_v and_o certain_a of_o the_o baron_n in_o his_o company_n to_o give_v he_o pleasure_n and_o pastime_n and_o round_o about_o these_o elephant_n there_o be_v on_o horseback_n very_o many_o baron_n and_o as_o soon_o as_o they_o see_v any_o foul_a or_o crane_n fly_v they_o declare_v it_o unto_o their_o lord_n and_o he_o immediate_o let_v these_o gerfaulcons_n fly_n â—nd_v after_o this_o sort_n he_o go_v through_o his_o country_n and_o when_o the_o great_a cane_n come_v to_o any_o broad_a and_o fair_a field_n which_o they_o do_v call_v caziamâ—n_o which_o he_o do_v find_v ready_a set_v with_o tent_n and_o pavilion_n for_o he_o and_o his_o wife_n and_o for_o his_o child_n and_o baron_n and_o these_o tent_n and_o pavilion_n be_v at_o the_o least_o .10000_o and_o the_o tent_n of_o the_o great_a cane_n be_v so_o large_a field_n
much_o discord_n that_o look_v what_o the_o one_o will_v have_v do_v the_o other_o do_v again_o say_v it_o and_o through_o this_o mean_v they_o take_v neither_o city_n nor_o town_n but_o only_o one_o and_o they_o kill_v all_o they_o that_o they_o find_v therein_o for_o that_o they_o will_v not_o yield_v save_v eight_o man_n which_o can_v not_o be_v kill_v with_o any_o iron_n club_n for_o that_o each_o of_o they_o have_v a_o precious_a stone_n enchant_v in_o his_o right_a arm_n between_o the_o flesh_n and_o the_o skin_n and_o these_o stone_n do_v defend_v they_o from_o death_n to_o be_v kill_v with_o iron_n and_o know_v of_o it_o these_o two_o captain_n procure_v to_o kill_v these_o eight_o man_n with_o club_n of_o wood_n and_o take_v those_o stone_n for_o themselves_o and_o in_o that_o instant_n there_o arise_v such_o a_o tempest_n of_o wind_n of_o septentrion_n or_o north_n so_o terrible_a and_o doubt_v that_o their_o ship_n will_v break_v they_o hoist_v up_o sail_n and_o go_v unto_o another_o island_n ten_o mile_n distant_a off_o from_o this_o and_o the_o wind_n be_v so_o terrible_a that_o it_o open_v many_o of_o their_o ship_n and_o many_o be_v force_v to_o make_v back_o towards_o their_o own_o country_n again_o and_o about_o .30000_o of_o they_o flee_v by_o land_n of_o these_o they_o think_v that_o they_o be_v all_o kill_v and_o as_o soon_o as_o it_o be_v calm_n on_o the_o sea_n the_o king_n of_o this_o island_n which_o have_v be_v so_o spoil_v go_v with_o a_o great_a army_n of_o ship_n unto_o the_o other_o island_n where_o as_o they_o be_v go_v to_o have_v take_v they_o that_o be_v flee_v and_o as_o soon_o as_o he_o be_v on_o land_n with_o his_o man_n the_o tartar_n like_o wise_a and_o politic_a man_n retire_v back_o by_o the_o island_n and_o go_v unto_o the_o ship_n of_o this_o king_n which_o they_o have_v leave_v without_o strength_n enter_v in_o hoist_v up_o the_o sail_n with_o the_o ancient_n and_o flag_n of_o that_o king_n which_o they_o leave_v behind_o in_o the_o island_n and_o sail_v unto_o the_o first_o island_n where_o they_o be_v receive_v mean_n and_o the_o gate_n open_v think_v it_o have_v be_v their_o own_o king_n and_o in_o this_o manner_n the_o tartar_n take_v that_o city_n wherein_o the_o king_n have_v his_o habitation_n and_o ransack_v it_o and_o as_o soon_o as_o the_o king_n of_o this_o island_n know_v of_o it_o he_o cause_v many_o other_o ship_n to_o be_v prepare_v and_o with_o the_o man_n that_o he_o have_v and_o many_o of_o she_o that_o he_o take_v of_o new_a environ_v his_o proper_a city_n have_v it_o besiege_v seven_o month_n and_o final_o the_o abovesaid_a tartar_n hope_v for_o no_o succour_n deliver_v up_o the_o city_n unto_o the_o right_a king_n conditional_o to_o let_v they_o go_v with_o their_o life_n bag_n and_o baggage_n this_o happen_v in_o the_o year_n of_o our_o lord_n .1248_o in_o this_o island_n there_o be_v idol_n that_o some_o have_v head_n like_o wolf_n some_o head_n like_o hog_n some_o like_a sheep_n some_o like_a dog_n some_o have_v one_o head_n and_o four_o face_n some_o three_o head_n have_v one_o only_a neck_n and_o only_o one_o right_a hand_n some_o have_v only_o one_o left_a hand_n some_o have_v four_o hand_n and_o some_o ten_o and_o the_o idol_n that_o have_v most_o hand_n be_v take_v to_o be_v the_o most_o beautiful_a and_o to_o he_o that_o demand_v of_o they_o wherefore_o they_o have_v so_o many_o idol_n they_o do_v give_v no_o other_o reason_n save_v that_o so_o do_v their_o predecessor_n when_o the_o people_n of_o this_o island_n do_v take_v in_o battle_n any_o stranger_n if_o he_o do_v not_o caunsome_n himself_o for_o money_n they_o kill_v he_o drink_v his_o blood_n and_o eat_v his_o flesh_n this_o island_n be_v environ_v round_o about_o with_o the_o ocean_n sea_n the_o port_n be_v free_a for_o themselves_o the_o mariner_n which_o use_v that_o sea_n say_v pepper_n that_o there_o be_v in_o it_o .7448_o island_n there_o be_v no_o tree_n there_o but_o he_o be_v of_o a_o sweet_a odour_n fruitful_a and_o of_o great_a profit_n in_o this_o island_n grow_v the_o white_a pepper_n from_o the_o province_n of_o mangi_n unto_o the_o india_n and_o home_n be_v a_o year_n sail_v the_o reason_n be_v for_o that_o there_o reign_v two_o steadfast_a wind_n the_o one_o in_o the_o winter_n and_o the_o other_o in_o the_o summer_n contrary_a the_o one_o unto_o the_o other_o of_o the_o province_n name_v ciabane_n and_o of_o that_o king_n who_o have_v .325_o son_n and_o daughter_n of_o his_o own_o there_o be_v many_o elephant_n and_o much_o spice_n chap._n 107._o when_o you_o do_v go_v from_o jaython_n which_o be_v under_o the_o signory_n of_o the_o great_a cane_n towards_o the_o occident_n and_o somewhat_o decline_v toward_o the_o midday_n five_o day_n journey_n you_o come_v unto_o a_o country_n name_v cyaban_n wherein_o there_o be_v a_o city_n rich_fw-fr great_a and_o famous_a subject_a unto_o a_o king_n that_o he_o and_o his_o subject_n speak_v the_o persian_a tongue_n and_o in_o the_o year_n of_o our_o lord_n .1248_o the_o great_a cane_n send_v thither_o a_o great_a baron_n name_v sagato_n with_o a_o great_a army_n to_o conquer_v that_o province_n and_o he_o can_v do_v nothing_o but_o destroy_v much_o of_o that_o country_n and_o for_o that_o he_o shall_v do_v no_o more_o hurt_n that_o king_n become_v tributary_n unto_o the_o great_a cane_n and_o every_o year_n he_o send_v he_o his_o tribute_n and_o i_o marcus_n paulus_n be_v in_o this_o country_n in_o the_o year_n of_o our_o lord_n .1275_o and_o i_o find_v this_o king_n very_o old_a he_o have_v many_o wife_n and_o amongst_o son_n and_o daughter_n he_o have_v .325_o child_n among_o his_o son_n he_o have_v .25_o of_o they_o that_o be_v very_o valiant_a man_n of_o arm_n in_o this_o country_n there_o be_v many_o elephant_n and_o lion_n great_a plenty_n and_o great_a mountain_n of_o black_a ebbante_n of_o the_o great_a island_n name_v java_n and_o of_o many_o spice_n that_o grow_v there_o chap._n 108._o go_v from_o ciaban_n sail_v between_o the_o midday_n and_o solano_n or_o east_n and_o by_o south_n 1400._o mile_n you_o come_v unto_o a_o greaâ—e_a island_n name_v java_n which_o be_v in_o compass_n three_o thousand_o mile_n in_o this_o island_n there_o be_v seven_o crown_a king_n free_a pay_v no_o tribute_n at_o all_o in_o this_o island_n there_o be_v great_a abundance_n of_o victual_n plenty_n and_o great_a riches_n have_v very_o much_o pepper_n cinnamon_n clove_n and_o many_o other_o singular_a spice_n in_o great_a quantity_n the_o people_n do_v honour_v the_o idol_n the_o great_a cane_n can_v never_o make_v himself_o lord_n of_o it_o of_o the_o island_n name_v jocath_n and_o of_o other_o two_o land_n their_o condition_n and_o property_n chap._n 109._o sail_v seventeen_o mile_n from_o java_n between_o the_o midday_n and_o solano_n or_o east_n and_o by_o south_n you_o come_v unto_o two_o land_n the_o one_o be_v name_v sondure_v and_o the_o other_o condur_n and_o beyond_o these_o two_o land_n almost_o two_o hundred_o mile_n stand_v the_o country_n name_n jocathe_n great_a and_o rich_a they_o speak_v the_o persian_a tongue_n and_o worship_v idol_n they_o pay_v no_o kind_n of_o tribute_n to_o any_o man_n for_o there_o be_v no_o man_n that_o can_v do_v they_o hurt_v there_o be_v find_v great_a plenty_n of_o gold_n and_o a_o great_a number_n of_o the_o small_a white_a shell_n of_o the_o sea_n gold_n which_o be_v use_v in_o some_o place_n in_o stead_n of_o money_n as_o before_o it_o be_v rehearse_v also_o there_o be_v many_o elephant_n unto_o this_o island_n there_o come_v very_o few_o stranger_n for_o that_o it_o stand_v out_o of_o the_o way_n of_o the_o kingdom_n name_v malenir_fw-fr and_o of_o the_o island_n name_v pentera_n and_o of_o java_n the_o less_o and_o of_o their_o custom_n chap_n 110._o sail_v beyond_o jocath_n five_o mile_n towards_o the_o midday_n you_o come_v unto_o the_o island_n name_v penthera_n full_a of_o mountain_n and_o in_o the_o mid_n of_o this_o island_n about_o forty_o mile_n there_o be_v but_o four_o pass_n of_o water_n therefore_o the_o great_a ship_n do_v take_v off_o their_o rudder_n and_o be_v past_a these_o five_o mile_n towards_o the_o midday_n you_o come_v unto_o a_o realm_n name_v malenir_fw-fr the_o city_n and_o the_o island_n be_v name_v pepethan_n where_o there_o be_v plenty_n of_o spice_n and_o go_v forward_o sail_v by_o solano_n or_o east_n and_o by_o south_n a_o hundred_o mile_n you_o come_v unto_o the_o island_n name_v java_n the_o less_o which_o be_v in_o compass_n two_o hundred_o mile_n in_o this_o island_n there_o be_v eight_o king_n every_o one_o have_v his_o kingdom_n by_o himself_o they_o do_v all_o
province_n that_o be_v in_o the_o world_n stand_v in_o the_o firm_a land_n be_v a_o excellent_a regigion_n there_o be_v in_o this_o province_n margarite_n very_o fair_a and_o great_a this_o province_n be_v divide_v into_o five_o kingdom_n whereupon_o reign_v five_o brethren_n legitimate_a in_o the_o first_o beginning_n of_o this_o province_n stand_v the_o first_o kingdom_n govern_v by_o one_o of_o those_o five_o brethren_n name_v sendarba_n and_o be_v entitle_v as_o king_n of_o norfolk_n here_o be_v fine_a great_a pearl_n in_o great_a number_n this_o king_n have_v the_o ten_o of_o all_o the_o pearl_n which_o be_v find_v in_o his_o kingdom_n the_o fisherman_n do_v fish_v these_o pearl_n from_o the_o begin_n of_o april_n until_o the_o midst_n of_o may_n in_o a_o gulf_n of_o the_o sea_n where_o there_o be_v great_a plenty_n of_o they_o they_o be_v find_v in_o the_o oyster_n the_o man_n and_o woman_n of_o this_o realm_n go_v all_o naked_a save_v that_o they_o do_v wear_v a_o certain_a cloth_n to_o cover_v their_o privity_n also_o the_o king_n go_v naked_a and_o to_o be_v know_v he_o wear_v about_o his_o neck_n a_o lace_n full_a of_o precious_a stone_n which_o be_v in_o number_n a_o hundred_o &_o four_o in_o the_o remembrance_n of_o a_o hundred_o &_o four_o prayer_n that_o he_o use_v to_o say_v in_o the_o honour_n of_o his_o god_n morning_n and_o evening_n and_o on_o his_o arm_n leg_n foot_n and_o tooth_n he_o wear_v so_o many_o precious_a stone_n that_o ten_o rich_fw-fr city_n be_v not_o able_a to_o pay_v for_o they_o this_o king_n have_v five_o hundred_o wife_n and_o one_o of_o they_o he_o take_v from_o his_o brother_n in_o this_o realm_n there_o be_v very_o fair_a woman_n of_o themselves_o also_o they_o do_v use_v paint_v sâ—tting_v more_o beauty_n unto_o their_o face_n and_o on_o their_o body_n this_o king_n haâ—h_v always_o a_o great_a company_n with_o he_o to_o serve_v he_o when_o the_o king_n die_v they_o burn_v his_o body_n and_o with_o he_o of_o their_o own_o voluntary_a will_n all_o those_o that_o accompany_v and_o serve_v he_o in_o his_o life_n time_n leap_n into_o the_o fire_n and_o burn_v themselves_o with_o he_o say_v that_o they_o do_v go_v to_o bear_v their_o king_n company_n in_o the_o other_o world_n and_o live_v as_o they_o do_v here_o in_o this_o world_n yearly_o this_o king_n buy_v ten_o thousand_o horse_n of_o the_o country_n name_v cormos_n at_o the_o price_n of_o five_o ounce_n of_o gold_n every_o horse_n some_o more_o some_o less_o according_a unto_o the_o goodness_n and_o beauty_n of_o the_o horse_n the_o merchant_n of_o quinsay_n of_o suffer_v and_o of_o beden_n sell_v those_o horse_n unto_o the_o merchant_n of_o this_o realm_n these_o horse_n live_v not_o in_o this_o province_n above_o one_o year_n by_o this_o mean_v that_o king_n consume_v a_o great_a part_n of_o his_o treasure_n in_o horse_n in_o this_o country_n they_o do_v use_v this_o custom_n that_o be_v when_o a_o man_n be_v condemn_v to_o die_v he_o be_v beg_v of_o the_o prince_n that_o he_o may_v kill_v himself_o and_o when_o they_o have_v obtain_v the_o king_n good_a will_n he_o kill_v himself_o in_o the_o love_n and_o honour_n of_o his_o idol_n after_o this_o wise_a have_v obtain_v the_o king_n grace_n and_o favour_n the_o wife_n of_o this_o malefactor_n and_o kindred_n take_v he_o tie_v about_o his_o neck_n twelve_o knife_n and_o in_o this_o manner_n he_o be_v carry_v by_o they_o unto_o a_o place_n of_o justice_n where_o he_o cry_v as_o loud_a as_o he_o may_v say_v i_o do_v kill_v myself_o in_o the_o honour_n and_o for_o the_o love_n of_o such_o a_o idol_n and_o with_o one_o of_o these_o knife_n strike_v himself_o and_o then_o with_o another_o until_o such_o time_n as_o he_o fall_v down_o dead_a this_o do_v his_o parent_n with_o great_a joy_n and_o gladness_n burn_v the_o dead_a body_n think_v that_o he_o be_v happy_a in_o this_o country_n every_o man_n have_v as_o many_o wife_n as_o he_o be_v able_a to_o maintain_v when_o the_o husband_n die_v according_a unto_o their_o custom_n his_o body_n be_v burn_v and_o â—is_n wife_n of_o their_o own_o free_a will_n burn_v themselves_o with_o he_o and_o she_o that_o leap_v first_o into_o the_o fire_n the_o beholder_n take_v she_o to_o be_v the_o best_a they_o be_v all_o idolatur_n and_o for_o the_o more_o part_n of_o they_o worship_v the_o ox_n say_v he_o be_v a_o saint_n for_o that_o he_o labour_v and_o till_v the_o ground_n where_o the_o corn_n growth_n and_o so_o by_o no_o manner_n of_o mean_n they_o will_v eat_v any_o kind_n of_o ox_n flesh_n nor_o yet_o for_o all_o the_o gold_n in_o the_o world_n will_v they_o kill_v a_o ox_n and_o when_o any_o ox_n die_v with_o his_o tallow_n they_o do_v rub_v all_o the_o inside_n of_o their_o house_n these_o people_n descend_v of_o those_o that_o kill_v saint_n thomas_n the_o apostle_n and_o none_o of_o they_o can_v enter_v into_o saint_n thomas_n church_n which_o he_o edify_v in_o that_o country_n beside_o this_o if_o one_o will_v presume_v to_o enter_v into_o the_o temple_n he_o fall_v straight_o dead_a it_o have_v be_v prove_v oftentimes_o that_o some_o of_o they_o will_v enter_v perforce_o into_o the_o church_n and_o it_o have_v not_o be_v possible_a for_o they_o do_v it_o the_o king_n and_o those_o of_o this_o province_n eat_v always_o upon_o the_o ground_n and_o if_o it_o be_v demand_v of_o they_o by_o question_n why_o they_o do_v so_o they_o do_v answer_n for_o that_o they_o do_v come_v of_o the_o earth_n and_o to_o the_o earth_n they_o must_v and_o they_o can_v do_v so_o much_o honour_n unto_o the_o earth_n as_o be_v worthy_a in_o this_o province_n there_o grow_v nothing_o else_o but_o rice_n these_o people_n go_v naked_a unto_o the_o war_n have_v no_o other_o weapon_n but_o spear_n and_o shield_n and_o they_o kill_v no_o wild_a beast_n at_o all_o for_o their_o eat_n but_o they_o cause_v some_o other_o that_o be_v not_o of_o their_o law_n to_o kill_v they_o all_o the_o man_n and_o woman_n do_v wash_v themselves_o twice_o adays_o morning_n and_o evening_n for_o otherwise_o they_o dare_v neither_o eat_v nor_o drink_v and_o he_o that_o shall_v not_o keep_v this_o use_n among_o they_o shall_v be_v repute_v to_o be_v and_o heretic_n and_o they_o do_v wash_v themselves_o in_o this_o manner_n as_o we_o have_v rehearse_v they_o go_v all_o naked_a and_o so_o they_o go_v unto_o the_o river_n and_o â—ake_v of_o the_o water_n and_o pour_v it_o upon_o their_o head_n and_o then_o one_o do_v help_v to_o wash_v another_o they_o be_v good_a man_n of_o war_n and_o very_o few_o of_o they_o drink_v wine_n and_o those_o that_o do_v drink_v it_o be_v not_o take_v to_o be_v as_o a_o witness_n nor_o yet_o those_o that_o go_v unto_o the_o sea_n say_v that_o the_o mariner_n be_v drunkard_n they_o be_v desperate_a man_n and_o esteem_v lechery_n to_o be_v no_o sin_n this_o country_n be_v intolerable_a hot_a and_o the_o boy_n go_v altogether_o naked_a it_o never_o rain_v in_o that_o country_n save_v in_o june_n july_n and_o august_n in_o this_o region_n there_o be_v many_o philosopher_n and_o many_o that_o use_v negromancy_n and_o very_o many_o of_o they_o that_o tell_v fortune_n there_o be_v hawk_n as_o black_a as_o raven_n big_a than_o we_o and_o good_a to_o kill_v the_o game_n also_o there_o be_v owl_n as_o big_a as_o hen_n that_o fly_v in_o the_o air_n all_o night_n many_o of_o those_o man_n do_v offer_v their_o child_n unto_o those_o idol_n that_o they_o have_v most_o respect_n unto_o and_o when_o they_o worship_v and_o feast_v those_o idol_n they_o do_v cause_n to_o come_v before_o they_o all_o the_o young_a man_n and_o maid_n which_o be_v offer_v unto_o they_o and_o they_o do_v sing_v and_o dance_v before_o the_o idol_n and_o this_o do_v they_o do_v cause_n their_o meat_n to_o be_v bring_v thither_o and_o they_o do_v eat_v the_o flesh_n say_v that_o the_o smell_n of_o the_o flesh_n fill_v the_o idol_n of_o the_o realm_n name_v musu_o where_o there_o be_v find_v adamant_n and_o many_o serpent_n and_o of_o the_o manner_n of_o those_o in_o that_o country_n chap._n 117._o mvsu_o be_v a_o region_n that_o stand_v beyond_o moabar_n travel_v towards_o septentrion_n which_o be_v the_o north_n .1000_o mile_n the_o people_n of_o this_o realm_n worship_n idol_n and_o in_o the_o mountain_n of_o this_o country_n there_o be_v find_v fine_a adamant_n and_o after_o they_o have_v have_v much_o rain_n the_o man_n go_v to_o seek_v they_o in_o the_o stream_n that_o run_v from_o the_o mountain_n and_o so_o they_o do_v find_v the_o adamant_n which_o be_v bring_v from_o the_o mountain_n in_o summer_n when_o the_o day_n be_v
the_o kingdom_n name_v melibar_n and_o of_o the_o thing_n find_v there_o chap._n 122._o melibar_n be_v a_o great_a kingdom_n in_o india_n towards_o the_o occident_n melibar_n and_o the_o king_n pay_v no_o tribute_n all_o the_o people_n of_o this_o country_n be_v idolater_n out_o of_o this_o realm_n and_o the_o next_o there_o go_v many_o ship_n unto_o the_o sea_n a_o rove_a which_o rob_v all_o kind_n of_o people_n they_o do_v carry_v with_o they_o their_o wife_n and_o child_n and_o they_o sail_v in_o all_o the_o summer_n a_o hundred_o ship_n together_o and_o when_o they_o do_v come_v to_o the_o shore_n they_o rove_v into_o the_o country_n a_o hundred_o mile_n take_v all_o that_o they_o can_v find_v do_v no_o hurt_n unto_o the_o people_n say_v unto_o they_o go_v and_o get_v more_o for_o peradventure_o you_o shall_v come_v again_o into_o our_o hand_n in_o this_o country_n there_o be_v plenty_n of_o pepper_n turbit_n of_o ginger_n and_o of_o turbit_n which_o be_v certain_a root_n for_o medicine_n of_o this_o country_n and_o their_o condition_n i_o will_v not_o rehearse_v for_o it_o will_v be_v very_o tedious_a therefore_o i_o will_v pass_v unto_o the_o realm_n of_o giesurath_n of_o the_o kingdom_n name_v giesurath_n of_o their_o evil_a condition_n chap._n 123._o giesurath_n be_v a_o kingdom_n in_o law_n faith_n and_o tongue_n of_o the_o persian_n stand_v towards_o the_o occident_n all_o the_o people_n be_v idolater_n fron_n hence_o you_o may_v plain_o see_v the_o north_n star_n in_o this_o kingdom_n be_v the_o worst_a and_o cruel_a rover_n in_o the_o world_n they_o do_v take_v the_o merchant_n not_o only_o take_v their_o good_n but_o set_v a_o price_n of_o their_o ransom_n for_o their_o body_n and_o if_o they_o do_v not_o pay_v it_o in_o a_o short_a time_n they_o give_v they_o so_o great_a torment_n that_o many_o die_v of_o it_o here_o they_o work_v good_a leather_n of_o all_o manner_n of_o colour_n of_o the_o kingdom_n name_v thoma_n and_o of_o the_o kingdom_n sembelech_n which_o stand_v in_o india_n the_o great_a chap._n 124._o go_v from_o giesurath_n towards_o the_o occident_n you_o come_v unto_o the_o kingdom_n of_o thoma_n &_o unto_o sembelech_n in_o these_o realm_n there_o be_v all_o kind_n of_o merchandize_n and_o these_o realm_n have_v the_o language_n and_o faith_n of_o persia_n and_o in_o none_o of_o they_o both_o there_o grow_v any_o other_o sustenance_n than_o rice_n they_o be_v realm_n and_o province_n of_o india_n the_o great_a of_o the_o thing_n already_o declare_v chap._n 125._o i_o have_v only_o declare_v of_o the_o province_n and_o kingdom_n of_o india_n which_o stand_v only_o upon_o the_o sea_n coast_n and_o have_v declare_v nothing_o unto_o you_o of_o the_o province_n and_o kingdom_n within_o the_o land_n for_o then_o this_o treatise_n will_v be_v very_o long_a and_o tedious_a unto_o the_o reader_n but_o yet_o something_o of_o those_o part_n i_o will_v not_o let_v to_o declare_v of_o two_o land_n the_o one_o of_o man_n and_o the_o other_o of_o woman_n christian_n and_o how_o there_o be_v much_o amber_n chap._n 126._o when_o you_o go_v from_o besmaceian_n sail_v through_o the_o mean_a sea_n towards_o the_o midday_n or_o south_n .25_o mile_n you_o come_v unto_o two_o island_n of_o christian_n the_o one_o thirty_o mile_n distant_a from_o the_o other_o the_o island_n where_o there_o be_v all_o man_n be_v name_v masculine_a and_o the_o other_o where_o there_o be_v all_o woman_n be_v name_v feminine_a the_o people_n of_o those_o land_n be_v as_o one_o the_o man_n go_v not_o unto_o the_o woman_n nor_o the_o woman_n unto_o the_o man_n but_o three_o month_n in_o the_o year_n as_o to_o wit_n august_n september_n and_o october_n and_o these_o three_o month_n the_o man_n and_o woman_n be_v together_o and_o at_o the_o three_o month_n end_n they_o return_v unto_o their_o own_o house_n do_v the_o rest_n of_o their_o business_n by_o themselves_o the_o child_n male_n tarry_v with_o their_o mother_n until_o they_o be_v seven_o year_n of_o age_n and_o then_o they_o go_v unto_o their_o father_n in_o this_o island_n there_o be_v great_a plenty_n of_o amber_n by_o reason_n of_o the_o great_a number_n of_o whale_n that_o they_o do_v take_v in_o this_o island_n they_o be_v good_a fisher_n and_o take_v great_a plenty_n of_o fish_n and_o drâ—e_v it_o at_o the_o sun_n have_v great_a trade_n with_o it_o here_o they_o live_v with_o flesh_n milk_n fish_n and_o rice_n and_o there_o increase_v no_o other_o sustenance_n here_o rule_v and_o govern_v a_o bishop_n suffragan_n of_o the_o archbishop_n of_o discorsia_n of_o the_o island_n name_v discorsia_n which_o be_v christian_n and_o of_o the_o thing_n that_o be_v find_v there_o chap._n 127._o go_v from_o these_o two_o island_n and_o sail_v towards_o the_o midday_n 500_o mile_n â–ª_o you_o come_v unto_o a_o island_n name_v discorsia_n wherein_o be_v christian_n and_o have_v a_o archbishop_n here_o be_v great_a abundance_n of_o amber_n also_o they_o do_v make_v very_o fair_a clothes_n of_o cottenwooll_n the_o people_n go_v all_o naked_a without_o any_o clothing_n here_o be_v the_o stall_n of_o rover_n and_o pirate_n and_o the_o christian_n buy_v with_o a_o good_a will_v the_o good_n which_o they_o bring_v &_o have_v rob_v for_o that_o these_o pirate_n do_v not_o rob_v but_o only_o the_o moor_n and_o paynim_n and_o meddle_v not_o with_o the_o christian_n when_o a_o ship_n sail_v under_o sail_n with_o a_o prosperous_a wind_n a_o whole_a day_n the_o day_n follow_v the_o pirate_n with_o enchantment_n of_o the_o devil_n cause_n the_o ship_n to_o have_v a_o contrary_a wind_n and_o so_o take_v it_o of_o the_o island_n name_v maydeygastar_n where_o elephant_n be_v find_v and_o other_o strange_a thing_n and_o the_o foul_a name_v nichas_n which_o hâ—th_v quill_n on_o his_o wing_n twelve_o pace_n in_o length_n and_o of_o many_o other_o condition_n chap._n 128._o maydeygastar_n be_v a_o island_n stand_v towards_o the_o midday_n distant_a from_o discorsia_n about_o a_o thousand_o mile_n this_o island_n be_v govern_v by_o four_o moor_n and_o have_v in_o compass_n a_o thousand_o four_o hundred_o mile_n here_o be_v great_a trade_n of_o merchandise_n for_o elephants_n tooth_n for_o that_o there_o be_v great_a plenty_n they_o eat_v no_o other_o flesh_n in_o this_o island_n but_o of_o elephant_n and_o of_o camel_n here_o be_v many_o mountain_n of_o red_a sandalos_n or_o saunders_n tree_n also_o there_o be_v find_v great_a plenty_n of_o amber_n here_o be_v good_a hunt_n of_o wild_a beast_n and_o hawk_v of_o fowl_n and_o hither_o come_v many_o ship_n with_o merchandise_n also_o there_o be_v very_o great_a plenty_n of_o wild_a boar_n there_o be_v send_v from_o hence_o unto_o the_o great_a cane_n the_o jaw_n of_o a_o wild_a boar_n which_o weigh_v twenty_o five_o pound_n in_o some_o time_n of_o the_o year_n there_o be_v find_v in_o this_o island_n a_o certain_a foul_a name_v nichas_n which_o be_v so_o big_a that_o the_o quill_n of_o his_o wing_n be_v of_o twelve_o pace_n long_o and_o he_o be_v of_o such_o bigness_n and_o strength_n that_o he_o with_o his_o talent_n take_v a_o elephante_fw-la and_o carry_v he_o up_o into_o the_o air_n and_o so_o kill_v he_o and_o the_o elephant_n so_o be_v dead_a he_o let_v he_o fall_v and_o leap_v upon_o he_o and_o so_o feed_v at_o his_o pleasure_n of_o the_o island_n name_v tanguybar_n where_o there_o be_v man_n like_o giant_n chap._n 129._o tanguybar_n be_v a_o island_n of_o great_a nobility_n be_v ten_o thousand_o mile_n in_o compass_n and_o the_o people_n of_o this_o country_n be_v idolator_n and_o so_o big_a and_o gross_a that_o they_o seem_v like_o giant_n one_o of_o they_o will_v bear_v a_o burden_n as_o weighty_a as_o six_o of_o our_o man_n may_v bear_v they_o be_v all_o black_a and_o go_v naked_a without_o any_o cover_n these_o man_n be_v fearful_a to_o behold_v have_v great_a mouth_n and_o a_o great_a red_a nose_n great_a ear_n and_o big_a eye_n horrible_a in_o sight_n the_o woman_n be_v filthy_a and_o evil_a favour_v there_o be_v great_a trade_n of_o merchandise_n these_o people_n be_v big_a of_o their_o body_n strong_a and_o great_a fighter_n and_o esteem_v not_o their_o life_n the_o wild_a beast_n of_o this_o island_n differ_v much_o from_o other_o wild_a beast_n of_o other_o land_n and_o country_n of_o the_o thing_n rehearse_v chap._n 130._o you_o shall_v understand_v that_o all_o which_o i_o have_v declare_v of_o india_n be_v only_o of_o the_o noble_a and_o great_a province_n border_v upon_o the_o sea_n coast_n and_o i_o do_v believe_v that_o there_o be_v never_o man_n christian_n nor_o jew_n nor_o paynim_n that_o have_v see_v so_o much_o of_o the_o levant_n party_n as_o i_o marcus_n paulus_fw-la have_v see_v for_o i_o
have_v see_v india_n both_o the_o great_a and_o the_o less_o &_o tartary_n with_o other_o province_n &_o land_n which_o be_v so_o many_o that_o the_o age_n of_o one_o man_n yea_o peradventure_o of_o ij_o man_n will_v not_o suffice_v to_o they_o all_o and_o now_o i_o will_v declare_v unto_o you_o of_o india_n the_o great_a of_o abashya_n chap._n 131._o in_o india_n the_o great_a there_o be_v a_o great_a province_n name_v abashia_n which_o be_v to_o say_v the_o middle_a india_n for_o it_o stand_v between_o india_n the_o great_a and_o india_n the_o less_o the_o king_n of_o the_o province_n be_v a_o christian_n and_o the_o christian_n that_o be_v under_o he_o carry_v two_o token_n make_v with_o a_o burn_a iron_n from_o the_o forehead_n unto_o the_o point_n of_o their_o nose_n the_o great_a king_n dwell_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o province_n the_o moor_n dwell_v towards_o the_o province_n of_o cadamy_n the_o holy_a apostle_n saint_n thomas_n do_v convert_v much_o people_n unto_o the_o christian_a faith_n in_o this_o province_n and_o afterward_o go_v from_o thence_o unto_o the_o province_n of_o moaber_n where_o he_o be_v martyr_v in_o this_o province_n there_o be_v many_o valiant_a knight_n and_o man_n of_o arm_n and_o they_o do_v ever_o make_v war_n against_o the_o sultan_n of_o aden_n the_o people_n of_o this_o country_n live_v upon_o flesh_n milk_n and_o rice_n and_o of_o no_o other_o thing_n there_o they_o use_v much_o usury_n and_o in_o this_o province_n there_o be_v many_o city_n and_o town_n of_o the_o province_n of_o adem_n or_o ades_fw-la and_o of_o the_o thing_n find_v there_o chap._n 132._o the_o province_n of_o adem_n have_v a_o king_n and_o he_o be_v name_v the_o sultan_n of_o adâ—m_n there_o be_v in_o this_o province_n many_o city_n and_o town_n and_o the_o people_n be_v moor_n and_o have_v great_a strife_n with_o the_o christian_n there_o be_v in_o this_o province_n port_n and_o haven_n whither_o many_o ship_n come_v with_o merchandise_n and_o the_o most_o of_o this_o province_n live_v upon_o rice_n for_o that_o they_o have_v little_a flesh_n and_o less_o milk_n this_o country_n be_v very_o dry_a and_o without_o fruit_n and_o there_o grow_v no_o grass_n and_o therefore_o the_o beast_n of_o this_o province_n live_v upon_o dry_a fish_n salt_n and_o raw_a which_o they_o do_v eat_v in_o stead_n of_o straw_n and_o barley_n of_o a_o mighty_a king_n of_o the_o orient_a party_n chap._n 133._o now_o i_o have_v tell_v you_o of_o india_n the_o great_a india_n the_o less_o and_o of_o middle_a india_n and_o now_o i_o have_v remain_v to_o tell_v you_o of_o the_o country_n which_o be_v towards_o septentrion_n or_o the_o north_n where_o there_o reign_v a_o king_n of_o the_o imperial_a house_n of_o the_o great_a cane_n these_o people_n do_v worship_n the_o same_o idol_n that_o the_o tartarian_n do_v worship_n which_o they_o name_v nazigay_n this_o province_n have_v plain_n and_o mountain_n there_o grow_v no_o kind_n of_o sustenance_n neiâ—her_o corn_n nor_o rice_n and_o the_o people_n live_v only_o upon_o flesh_n and_o milk_n of_o mare_n and_o no_o man_n make_v war_n against_o they_o nor_o they_o against_o no_o man_n here_o be_v many_o camelle_n and_o other_o beast_n but_o they_o be_v dead_a upon_o the_o signiory_n of_o this_o king_n there_o be_v a_o country_n so_o strong_a that_o no_o man_n may_v enter_v into_o it_o nor_o yet_o beast_n be_v big_a by_o reason_n of_o the_o straits_n lake_n and_o fountain_n which_o be_v there_o and_o for_o that_o always_o there_o be_v such_o fervent_a cold_a that_o it_o be_v always_o freeze_a and_o unto_o they_o there_o can_v come_v no_o ship_n this_o country_n be_v in_o compass_n twelve_o day_n journey_n how_o armines_n be_v buy_v and_o of_o other_o beast_n chap._n 134._o i_o will_v declare_v unto_o you_o how_o in_o these_o twelve_o day_n journey_n they_o do_v buy_v the_o wild_a beast_n for_o to_o have_v their_o skin_n in_o every_o place_n of_o these_o twelve_o day_n journey_n there_o be_v plenty_n of_o habitation_n and_o there_o be_v mastiff_n or_o dog_n little_o less_o than_o ass_n these_o mastiff_n do_v draw_v after_o they_o a_o certain_a thing_n make_v of_o wood_n which_o be_v call_v slioiala_n which_o be_v a_o sled_n as_o the_o ox_n or_o horse_n do_v draw_v a_o cart_n save_v it_o have_v no_o wheel_n as_o our_o cartes_n have_v and_o these_o slyoialas_n or_o sled_n be_v as_o big_a as_o two_o man_n may_v be_v in_o it_o that_o be_v to_o say_v the_o master_n of_o the_o maysty_n or_o cart_n and_o the_o merchant_n that_o go_v to_o buy_v the_o skin_n and_o these_o mastiff_n cease_v not_o draw_v except_o it_o be_v in_o some_o miry_a place_n they_o set_v four_o or_o six_o mastiff_n to_o draw_v as_o among_o we_o we_o do_v set_v ox_n or_o horse_n &_o when_o they_o do_v come_v to_o their_o journey_n end_n the_o merchant_n hire_v a_o other_o carter_n with_o his_o slead_v and_o mastiff_n for_o that_o the_o first_o can_v not_o endure_v so_o much_o labour_n and_o so_o he_o make_v his_o twelve_o day_n journey_n till_o he_o come_v to_o the_o mountain_n where_o the_o armins_n and_o skin_n be_v sell_v where_o they_o buy_v they_o and_o afterwards_o they_o return_v as_o they_o come_v at_o the_o end_n of_o this_o country_n there_o stand_v a_o kingdom_n which_o be_v name_v the_o barkland_n for_o it_o be_v there_o ever_o dark_a as_o we_o call_v the_o twilight_n land_n for_o the_o sun_n shine_v not_o there_o and_o be_v not_o see_v the_o people_n of_o this_o country_n have_v no_o king_n but_o live_v as_o beast_n without_o law_n in_o this_o country_n the_o man_n and_o woman_n be_v well_o make_v of_o their_o body_n although_o they_o be_v somewhat_o yellow_a of_o colour_n the_o tartarian_n that_o border_n upon_o they_o do_v spoil_v they_o very_o much_o and_o when_o the_o tartarian_n do_v go_v to_o rob_v in_o that_o dark_a valley_n they_o ride_v upon_o mare_n that_o have_v horse_n or_o mare_n colt_n follow_v they_o for_o they_o doubt_n to_o come_v out_o that_o way_n that_o they_o be_v in_o by_o reason_n of_o the_o darkness_n and_o wood_n and_o when_o they_o come_v near_o unto_o the_o place_n where_o they_o mean_v to_o rob_v they_o do_v tie_v their_o horse_n or_o mare_n colt_n unto_o the_o tree_n and_o ride_v upon_o the_o mare_n and_o do_v their_o feat_n and_o as_o they_o have_v do_v it_o they_o let_v their_o mare_n go_v whither_o they_o list_v and_o the_o mare_n go_v straight_a unto_o their_o horse_n or_o mare_n colt_n where_o they_o leave_v they_o tie_v unto_o the_o tree_n those_o in_o that_o country_n with_o certain_a device_n do_v take_v many_o armines_n and_o diverse_a other_o wild_a beast_n and_o take_v the_o skin_n and_o dress_v they_o &_o make_v merchandise_n this_o obscure_a and_o dark_a country_n join_v one_o part_n with_o ronselande_n of_o rouseland_n and_o of_o other_o thing_n which_o be_v find_v there_o chap._n 135._o rouselande_n be_v a_o great_a province_n towards_o trasmontana_n which_o be_v the_o north._n the_o people_n of_o russia_n be_v christian_n according_a to_o the_o use_n of_o the_o greek_n touch_v the_o thing_n â—f_v the_o holy_a church_n they_o be_v very_o simple_a rouseland_n be_v a_o strong_a country_n and_o have_v very_o strong_a passage_n there_o be_v very_o fair_a man_n and_o woman_n and_o unto_o no_o man_n they_o give_v tribute_n save_v unto_o the_o king_n of_o tartary_n of_o the_o occident_n there_o be_v make_v great_a merchandise_n of_o noble_a fur_n for_o apparel_n in_o rouseland_n there_o be_v find_v many_o mine_n of_o silver_n also_o there_o be_v such_o fervent_a cold_a that_o the_o people_n can_v scarce_o live_v this_o province_n reach_v unto_o the_o ocean_n sea_n towards_o the_o septentrion_n in_o which_o sea_n there_o be_v many_o island_n wherein_o breed_v many_o gerfaulcon_n and_o singular_a hawk_n finis_fw-la nâ—lus_n the_o red_a sea._n sultan_n arabia_n felix_n aleppo_n erroneous_a judgement_n of_o the_o voyage_n of_o solomon_n three_o india_n the_o first_o be_v the_o low_a india_n the_o second_o or_o middle_a india_n lade_n of_o spice_n the_o three_o india_n call_v the_o high_a india_n a_o ox_n worship_v 1298_o 1250_o 1272._o marco_n polo_n be_v send_v as_o ambassador_n from_o the_o great_a cane_n maâ—co_fw-la polo_n be_v in_o the_o great_a cane_n court_v seventeen_o year_n marco_n polo_n and_o his_o father_n &_o uncle_n have_v leave_v to_o depart_v and_o go_v without_o ambassador_n fourteen_o great_a ship_n with_o four_o mast_n in_o a_o ship_n and_o six_o hundred_o man_n in_o every_o ship_n and_o vittayled_a for_o two_o year_n within_o three_o month_n sail_v they_o arrive_v at_o java_n the_o return_n of_o the_o two_o brother_n and_o marco_n polo_n to_o venice_n in_o anno._n 1295._o they_o take_v great_a
pleasure_n in_o hawk_v and_o hunt_v a_o city_n upon_o the_o sea_n side_n call_v gloza_n good_a horse_n â—alled_v accord_v to_o the_o country_n torchâ—manos_fw-la and_o good_a moil_n goodly_a rich_a and_o fair_a carpet_n make_v here_o cloth_n of_o silk_n of_o crimson_a and_o other_o colour_n make_v here_o here_o be_v brioâ—_n blaze_v martyr_v here_o on_o a_o high_a mountain_n rest_v the_o ark_n of_o no_n after_o the_o â—ound_n here_o be_v christians_n of_o the_o sect_n of_o the_o nestorian_n and_o jacobite_n here_o be_v a_o well_o that_o the_o water_n be_v like_a to_o oil_n and_o be_v occupy_v for_o diverse_a purpose_n here_o be_v king_n alexander_n put_v back_o and_o can_v not_o be_v suffer_v to_o pass_v in_o this_o country_n be_v many_o fair_a city_n and_o town_n where_o be_v make_v great_a plenty_n of_o cloth_n of_o gold_n and_o of_o silk_n excellent_a good_a hawk_n great_a trade_n of_o merchandise_n a_o monastery_n of_o monk_n of_o the_o order_n of_o s._n bernard_n a_o water_n or_o lake_n of_o six_o hundred_o mile_n compass_n wherein_o be_v no_o fish_n but_o only_o in_o the_o lent._n euphrates_n here_o be_v make_v cloth_n of_o gold_n and_o silk_n call_v mosulinus_n through_o this_o city_n bâ—lâ—â—ch_o go_v a_o river_n and_o enter_v into_o sinos_n pâ—râ—icus_fw-la great_a trade_n up_o and_o down_o this_o river_n to_o and_o from_o the_o indian_n here_o be_v make_v cloth_n of_o gold_n and_o of_o silk_n call_v cloth_n of_o nafiâ—h_n câ—lâ—pho_n be_v among_o the_o moor_n as_o the_o popâ—_n be_v in_o christâ—dome_n tâ—is_fw-la city_n be_v win_v in_o anno._n 1230._o by_o alâ—n_a king_n of_o the_o â—_z and_o he_o put_v the_o calipho_n into_o a_o tower_n among_o his_o treasure_n and_o so_o be_v famish_v this_o city_n totis_fw-la be_v a_o noble_a city_n and_o of_o great_a trade_n of_o merchandise_n there_o be_v make_v cloth_n of_o gold_n and_o of_o silk_n very_o rich_a to_o this_o city_n there_o come_v merchant_n from_o diverse_a country_n a_o great_a miracle_n a_o mountain_n remove_v from_o one_o place_n to_o another_o the_o calipho_n become_v christen_v and_o a_o great_a number_n of_o his_o moor_n in_o this_o city_n sabba_n the_o three_o king_n meet_v that_o go_v to_o worship_n christ_n and_o here_o they_o be_v bury_v the_o three_o king_n offer_v gold_n incense_n and_o myrrh_n a_o miracle_n if_o it_o be_v true_a here_o be_v great_a plenty_n of_o fair_a horse_n moil_n and_o ass_n here_o be_v make_v great_a plenty_n of_o rich_a cloth_n of_o gold_n &_o silk_n here_o they_o do_v make_v great_a plenty_n of_o cloth_n of_o gold_n and_o silk_n precious_a stone_n as_o turkise_n and_o other_o saddle_n and_o bridle_n and_o other_o costly_a furniture_n for_o horse_n cloth_n of_o gold_n and_o silk_n excellent_a good_a hawk_n sheep_n as_o great_a as_o ass_n enchantment_n great_a trade_n of_o merchant_n when_o the_o husband_n die_v the_o wife_n &_o the_o friend_n do_v â—eep_v once_o a_o day_n for_o the_o space_n of_o four_o year_n great_a plenty_n of_o salt_n good_a wine_n and_o great_a drinker_n for_o lack_v of_o cloth_n the_o people_n wear_v skin_n of_o such_o beast_n aâ—_z they_o kill_v nâ—gromancers_n a_o city_n of_o 3._o day_n journey_n long_o sheep_n that_o have_v horn_n of_o four_o or_o five_o and_o ten_o span_n long_o forty_o dayeâ—_n journey_n and_o have_v no_o habitation_n jaspes_n and_o calcedonies_n the_o city_n job._n a_o rich_a movening_n &_o good_a cheer_n prester_n john_n slay_v in_o batteâ—_n by_o chenchis_n king_n of_o the_o taâ—tars_n the_o first_o emperor_n of_o the_o tartar_n call_v great_a cane_n in_o this_o mountain_n alchay_n be_v all_o the_o great_a cane_n bury_v the_o tartar_n do_v make_v they_o idol_n of_o felte_n and_o other_o baggage_n the_o nobility_n &_o gentleman_n go_v in_o cloth_n of_o gold_n and_o silk_n fur_v with_o rich_a fur_n the_o tartaâ—es_n go_v a_o warfare_n carry_v with_o they_o a_o thing_n make_v in_o paste_n of_o mare_n milk_n and_o other_o compound_n and_o do_v serve_v for_o his_o drink_n when_o any_o of_o the_o tartar_n son_n die_v and_o also_o a_o daughter_n of_o another_o than_o they_o do_v marry_v these_o two_o together_o say_v they_o shall_v be_v so_o in_o the_o other_o world_n the_o voice_n of_o evil_a spirit_n hear_v monstrous_a great_a oâ—en_a aâ—_z biâ—ge_n as_o elephant_n here_o be_v the_o best_a musk_n in_o the_o world_n i_o think_v these_o be_v peacock_n here_o be_v chamlet_n make_v here_o be_v find_v the_o stone_n call_v lapâ—s_v â—â—guâ—i_fw-fr wherewith_o thâ—y_o do_v make_v a_o sign_n blow_n here_o be_v the_o imperial_a seat_n of_o pâ—ester_n john_n here_o be_v crane_n of_o five_o sort_n or_o colour_n the_o wall_n of_o this_o house_n be_v gild_v herâ—_n y_fw-fr emperor_n have_v great_a store_n of_o hawk_n of_o all_o sort_n here_o a'n_z cane_z do_v make_v sacrifice_n with_o milk_n ro_o his_o idol_n albina_n y_fw-fr mare_n the_o great_a cane_n do_v ride_v on_o be_v white_a a_o superstitious_a belief_n y_fw-es great_a cane_z have_v here_o his_o enchanter_n do_v work_v by_o the_o devil_n a_o great_a monastery_n of_o monk_n three_o hundred_o thousand_o fight_a man_n the_o policy_n of_o the_o great_a cane_n a_o strange_a kind_n of_o death_n to_o his_o cousin_n the_o great_a cane_n haâ—h_v four_o wife_n and_o they_o keep_v great_a court_n the_o great_a cane_n have_v many_o concubine_n the_o great_a cane_n have_v by_o his_o four_o wife_n two_o and_o twenty_o son_n after_o his_o elder_a son_n die_v who_o shall_v have_v be_v king_n his_o son_n be_v heir_n and_o keep_v a_o great_a couâ—t_n cambalu_n this_o be_v a_o goodly_a city_n and_o well_o order_v at_o every_o gate_n be_v a_o thousand_o mâ—n_z that_o do_v watch_v no_o common_a woman_n may_v dwell_v within_o the_o city_n above_o a_o thousand_o cartes_n with_o silk_n go_v every_o day_n out_o of_o this_o line_n the_o great_a cane_n be_v guard_v nightly_o with_o twenty_o thousand_o horseman_n the_o manner_n of_o the_o great_a cane_n at_o his_o â—inner_n with_o his_o wife_n and_o child_n common_o four_o thousand_o person_n do_v sit_v in_o that_o hall_n at_o a_o dinner_n a_o vessel_n of_o fine_a gold_n thaâ—_z will_v hold_v ten_o hogshead_n of_o wine_n and_o four_o of_o silver_n big_a than_o that_o every_o one_o that_o sit_v at_o the_o table_n have_v a_o cup_n of_o gold_n before_o he_o every_o one_o that_o bring_v meat_n or_o drink_v to_o the_o table_n have_v a_o towel_n of_o gold_n and_o silk_n before_o his_o mouth_n great_a feast_n be_v make_v every_o year_n the_o day_n when_o the_o great_a cane_n be_v bear_v he_o give_v a_o rich_a livery_n every_o livery_n be_v worth_a a_o thousand_o mark_n the_o tartar_n begin_v their_o year_n the_o first_o day_n of_o february_n ten_o thousand_o white_a horse_n and_o mare_n present_v to_o the_o great_a cane_n albina_n his_o nobility_n do_v â—ncle_n and_o worship_v the_o cane_n as_o if_o he_o be_v a_o idol_n a_o great_a and_o rich_a offering_n the_o great_a cane_n do_v give_v livery_n 13._o time_n in_o a_o year_n and_o every_o time_n he_o change_v his_o colour_n four_o month_n he_o do_v continue_v in_o camballo_n no_o man_n may_v hunt_v no_o haulâ—_n nor_o foul_a within_o thirty_o day_n journey_n of_o his_o city_n two_o noble_a man_n be_v master_n of_o his_o dog_n and_o they_o have_v ten_o thousand_o man_n apiece_o the_o greaâ—_n cane_z have_v with_o he_o ten_o thousand_o falcon_n &_o five_o thousand_o gerfaulcon_n they_o do_v never_o lose_v falcon_n nor_o gerfaulcon_n a_o strange_a go_v a_o hawk_v there_o be_v at_o the_o least_o ten_o thousand_o tent_n and_o pavilion_n set_v up_o in_o the_o field_n these_o two_o tent_n be_v of_o a_o good_a valour_n three_o day_n he_o do_v make_v great_a cheer_n after_o his_o hunt_n be_v end_v the_o money_n tâ—at_o be_v use_v in_o those_o country_n he_o â—hat_n do_v counterâ—aâ—e_v his_o coâ—ne_n sâ—â—ll_v â—e_z destroy_v to_o the_o tâ—â—râ—e_a generation_n the_o noble_a man_n that_o do_v set_v order_n for_o all_o the_o great_a cane_n affair_n marcus_n paulus_n be_v make_v the_o emperor_n ambassador_n the_o river_n poluisanguis_n a_o goodly_a bridge_n and_o long_a here_o be_v plenty_n of_o cloth_n of_o gold_n here_o be_v much_o armour_n â—â—â—de_v a_o king_n be_v make_v a_o shepherd_n by_o prester_n john_n cloth_n of_o gold_n and_o cloth_n of_o silk_n make_v the_o inside_n of_o the_o palace_n wall_n be_v lay_v on_o with_o gold_n mâ—ngi_n a_o city_n great_a trade_n oâ—_n merchandise_n mâ—ngâ—_n here_o be_v many_o musk_n cut_n a_o bridge_n of_o a_o mile_n long_o and_o eight_o pace_n broad_a of_o marble_n and_o house_n on_o it_o here_o be_v cane_n of_o fifteen_o pace_n long_o and_o ten_o span_n about_o no_o maiden_n may_v marry_v in_o this_o country_n for_o lack_v of_o woollen_a cloth_n they_o do_v wear_v canvas_n and_o wild_a beast_n skin_n
to_o they_o great_a friendship_n demand_v of_o they_o of_o the_o emperor_n of_o the_o christian_n of_o his_o state_n and_o how_o he_o rule_v and_o govern_v his_o country_n and_o keep_v they_o in_o peace_n and_o justice_n and_o when_o he_o make_v any_o war_n how_o and_o after_o what_o manner_n he_o bring_v his_o people_n into_o the_o field_n andeh_o demand_v of_o they_o the_o state_n and_o order_n of_o other_o kingdom_n and_o dukedom_n in_o christendom_n or_o their_o condition_n and_o afterward_o with_o great_a diligence_n he_o enâ—uyred_v of_o they_o of_o the_o pope_n and_o the_o cardinal_n and_o of_o their_o faith_n and_o of_o the_o catholic_a church_n and_o of_o all_o other_o condition_n of_o the_o christian_n to_o the_o which_o demand_v the_o two_o brother_n answer_v in_o order_n very_o discrete_o and_o wise_o who_o have_v understanding_n and_o can_v speak_v the_o tartary_n language_n the_o great_a cane_n understand_v their_o answer_n have_v great_a pleasure_n therein_o and_o speak_v to_o his_o lord_n say_v that_o he_o will_v send_v a_o ambassador_n to_o the_o pope_n the_o head_n bishop_n of_o the_o christian_n and_o request_v the_o say_v two_o brother_n that_o it_o will_v please_v they_o to_o be_v his_o ambassador_n to_o the_o pope_n with_o one_o of_o his_o lord_n they_o answer_v they_o be_v ready_a to_o do_v all_o that_o he_o will_v command_v they_o straight_o way_n the_o great_a cane_n cause_v to_o be_v write_v letter_n of_o belief_n in_o the_o tartarian_a tongue_n to_o the_o pope_n and_o also_o command_v by_o word_n of_o mouth_n to_o his_o say_a ambassador_n that_o they_o shall_v say_v and_o desire_v his_o holiness_n that_o it_o will_v please_v he_o to_o send_v he_o a_o hundred_o man_n discrete_a wise_a and_o learned_a christian_n in_o the_o catholic_a faith_n to_o instruct_v he_o and_o his_o subject_n whereas_o then_o they_o do_v all_o worship_n idol_n and_o will_v glad_o receive_v the_o true_a faith_n and_o also_o the_o great_a cane_n request_v they_o to_o bring_v he_o some_o of_o the_o oil_n that_o do_v burn_v before_o the_o sepulchre_n of_o jesus_n christ_n in_o jerusalem_n this_o do_v the_o great_a cane_n command_v to_o be_v bring_v to_o he_o a_o table_n of_o gold_n and_o write_v in_o it_o command_v express_o to_o all_o his_o subject_n that_o shall_v see_v that_o his_o table_n that_o they_o shall_v receive_v those_o ambassador_n with_o all_o friendship_n and_o to_o show_v they_o honour_n and_o obedience_n and_o to_o do_v all_o thing_n that_o shall_v be_v necessary_a and_o to_o deliver_v they_o money_n and_o to_o provide_v they_o what_o they_o will_v demand_v as_o well_o for_o ship_v as_o also_o horse_n or_o any_o other_o thing_n in_o as_o ample_a manner_n as_o if_o it_o be_v for_o his_o own_o person_n when_o the_o say_v nicholas_n and_o mapheo_n and_o cocoball_n ambassador_n to_o the_o great_a cane_n be_v at_o a_o point_n to_o depart_v take_v their_o leave_n of_o the_o great_a cane_n they_o ride_v with_o their_o company_n thirty_o day_n journey_n and_o at_o the_o end_n of_o they_o the_o say_a cocoball_n fall_v sick_a and_o die_v and_o the_o two_o brother_n follow_v on_o their_o journey_n and_o in_o every_o town_n where_o they_o come_v show_v the_o foresay_a table_n of_o gold_n where_o very_o honourable_o receive_v and_o entertain_v as_o the_o person_n of_o the_o king_n and_o continue_v their_o journey_n they_o come_v to_o a_o town_n call_v giaza_n and_o from_o thence_o depart_v and_o come_v to_o acre_n in_o the_o month_n of_o april_n 1272._o in_o the_o year_n of_o our_o lord_n god_n .1272_o whereas_o they_o understand_v that_o the_o pope_n clement_n be_v dead_a and_o find_v there_o a_o legate_n of_o the_o pope_n which_o be_v call_v miser_n thebaldo_n that_o be_v there_o for_o the_o defence_n of_o the_o holy_a church_n at_o the_o uttermost_a part_n of_o the_o sea_n to_o he_o they_o do_v their_o embassage_n of_o the_o great_a cane_n and_o when_o miser_n thebaldo_n understand_v their_o embassage_n he_o pray_v they_o to_o tarry_v the_o creation_n of_o a_o new_a pope_n and_o hear_v this_o answer_n the_o two_o brother_n depart_v incontinente_fw-la and_o go_v to_o nigro_n ponte_n and_o from_o thence_o to_o venice_n to_o see_v their_o house_n and_o find_v the_o wife_n of_o nicholas_n dead_a and_o have_v leave_v behind_o her_o a_o son_n who_o name_n be_v marcus_n of_o the_o age_n of_o fifteen_o year_n which_o never_o see_v his_o father_n before_o for_o he_o leave_v she_o with_o child_n of_o he_o at_o his_o depart_n and_o this_o be_v the_o same_o marcus_n that_o make_v this_o book_n as_o hereafter_o follow_v these_o two_o brother_n remain_v in_o venice_n the_o space_n of_o two_o year_n tarry_v the_o creation_n of_o a_o new_a pope_n and_o see_v how_o long_o they_o have_v tarry_v depart_v from_o venice_n to_o jerusalem_n for_o to_o get_v some_o of_o the_o oil_n that_o burn_v in_o the_o lamp_n before_o the_o holy_a sepulchre_n of_o our_o lord_n god_n for_o to_o carry_v with_o they_o to_o the_o great_a cane_n according_a as_o he_o command_v and_o carry_v with_o they_o marcus_n son_n to_o the_o say_a nicholas_n and_o after_o they_o have_v take_v of_o the_o say_a oil_n return_v to_o acre_n whereas_o the_o pope_n legate_n theobaldo_n be_v and_o take_v leave_n or_o licence_n of_o he_o to_o return_v to_o the_o great_a cane_n for_o who_o the_o say_a legate_n give_v they_o letter_n see_v they_o will_v not_o tarry_v to_o do_v their_o embassage_n to_o the_o pope_n and_o say_v as_o soon_o as_o there_o be_v a_o new_a pope_n create_v he_o will_v do_v their_o embassage_n to_o the_o pope_n and_o that_o he_o shall_v provide_v that_o which_o shall_v be_v convenient_a and_o so_o depart_v the_o two_o brother_n and_o marcus_n and_o travel_v till_o they_o come_v to_o a_o town_n call_v giaza_n and_o in_o this_o time_n the_o legate_n receive_v letter_n from_o rome_n that_o there_o be_v a_o new_a pope_n create_v call_v gregory_n of_o placentia_n the_o say_a legate_n incontinent_a send_v his_o messenger_n after_o these_o two_o brother_n that_o they_o shall_v return_v to_o acre_n certify_v they_o that_o there_o be_v a_o new_a pope_n create_v and_o they_o understand_v this_o request_v the_o king_n of_o armenia_n to_o command_v to_o arm_v forth_o a_o galley_n wherein_o they_o sail_v incontinente_fw-la to_o the_o pope_n of_o who_o they_o be_v well_o receive_v who_o have_v hear_v their_o embassage_n straight_o way_n give_v they_o two_o friar_n of_o the_o order_n of_o saint_n dominike_n be_v great_a clerk_n to_o go_v with_o they_o to_o the_o great_a cane_n the_o one_o of_o they_o be_v call_v friar_n nicholas_n of_o venice_n and_o the_o other_o friar_n william_n of_o tripolle_n the_o which_o be_v well_o see_v and_o exercise_v in_o disputation_n in_o the_o defence_n of_o the_o holy_a catholic_a faith_n and_o these_o two_o religious_a man_n with_o nicholas_n and_o mapheo_n and_o marcus_n travel_v till_o they_o come_v to_o a_o town_n call_v giaza_n and_o in_o this_o time_n the_o sultan_n of_o babylon_n come_v into_o armenia_n and_o do_v there_o great_a hurt_n and_o for_o that_o cause_n fear_v to_o pass_v any_o further_a the_o two_o friar_n tarry_v there_o and_o write_v to_o the_o great_a cane_n that_o they_o be_v come_v thither_o and_o the_o cause_n wherefore_o they_o go_v not_o forward_o the_o say_v nicholas_n and_o maphâ—â—_n and_o marcus_n his_o son_n go_v on_o their_o journey_n and_o come_v to_o a_o city_n call_v bemoniphe_n where_o the_o great_a cane_n be_v but_o in_o the_o way_n they_o pass_v in_o great_a danger_n of_o their_o body_n and_o see_v many_o thing_n as_o shall_v hereafter_o be_v declare_v and_o tarry_v in_o go_v between_o giaza_n and_o bomeniphe_n â—_o year_n and_o a_o half_a by_o reason_n of_o great_a river_n rain_n and_o cold_a in_o those_o country_n and_o when_o the_o great_a cane_n have_v knowledge_n that_o nicholas_n and_o mapheo_n be_v return_v he_o send_v to_o receive_v they_o more_o than_o forty_o day_n journey_n and_o at_o their_o come_n receive_v they_o with_o great_a pleasure_n anthey_a kneeling_n down_o make_v great_a reverence_n he_o commaundded_a they_o to_o arise_v up_o demand_v of_o they_o how_o they_o speed_v in_o their_o voyage_n and_o what_o they_o have_v do_v with_o the_o pope_n and_o after_o they_o have_v make_v their_o answer_n to_o all_o thing_n deliver_v to_o he_o the_o friar_n letter_n that_o remain_v in_o giaza_n and_o the_o oil_n they_o have_v take_v out_o of_o the_o lamp_n that_o burn_v before_o the_o holy_a sepulchre_n of_o jesus_n christ_n which_o he_o receive_v with_o great_a pleasure_n and_o put_v it_o up_o and_o keep_v it_o in_o a_o secret_a place_n with_o also_o the_o letter_n and_o demand_v of_o they_o who_o marcus_n be_v they_o answer_v he_o be_v nicholas_n son_n of_o the_o
which_o the_o great_a cane_n be_v glad_a and_o take_v he_o into_o his_o service_n and_o give_v order_n to_o place_v he_o in_o his_o court_n among_o his_o lord_n and_o gentleman_n here_o follow_v the_o discourse_n of_o many_o notable_a and_o strange_a thing_n that_o the_o noble_a and_o worthy_a marcus_n paulus_n of_o the_o city_n of_o venice_n do_v see_v in_o the_o east_n part_n of_o the_o world_n ¶_o how_o miser_n marco_n polo_n use_v himself_o in_o the_o court_n of_o the_o great_a cane_n chap._n 1._o marco_n polo_n learn_v well_o not_o only_o the_o use_a language_n and_o condition_n of_o those_o people_n but_o also_o other_o three_o language_n and_o can_v write_v and_o read_v they_o and_o by_o that_o mean_n come_v in_o great_a favour_n with_o the_o great_a cane_n who_o pleasure_n be_v to_o prove_v what_o he_o can_v do_v to_o be_v send_v embassage_n cane_n and_o make_v he_o â—is_n ambassador_n in_o one_o of_o his_o country_n six_o month_n â—ourney_n and_o he_o perceive_v the_o great_a cane_n have_v great_a pleasure_n to_o hear_v news_n and_o oftentimes_o will_v find_v fault_n with_o his_o ambassador_n and_o messenger_n when_o they_o can_v not_o make_v discourse_n and_o tell_v he_o news_n of_o the_o country_n and_o place_n â—hey_n travel_v into_o he_o determine_v with_o himself_o to_o note_n and_o â—nderstand_v in_o that_o journey_n all_o that_o can_v be_v speak_v as_o well_o of_o â—he_n town_n city_n and_o place_n as_o also_o the_o condition_n and_o quality_n of_o the_o people_n note_v it_o in_o writing_n to_o be_v the_o more_o â—eadie_a to_o make_v his_o answer_n if_o any_o thing_n shall_v be_v demand_v of_o he_o and_o at_o his_o return_n declare_v to_o the_o great_a cane_n the_o answer_n of_o the_o people_n of_o that_o country_n to_o his_o embassage_n â—nd_v withal_o declare_v unto_o he_o the_o nature_n of_o country_n â—nd_v the_o condition_n of_o the_o people_n where_o he_o have_v be_v and_o also_o â—hat_n he_o have_v hear_v of_o other_o country_n which_o please_v well_o the_o â—reat_a cane_n and_o be_v in_o great_a favour_n with_o he_o and_o set_v great_a â—ore_n by_o he_o for_o which_o cause_n all_o the_o noble_a man_n of_o his_o court_n â—ad_v he_o in_o great_a estimation_n call_v he_o senior_n or_o lord_n he_o â—as_v in_o the_o great_a cane_n court_v xvij_o year_n year_n and_o when_o any_o â—reate_a embassage_n or_o business_n shall_v be_v do_v in_o any_o of_o his_o country_n or_o province_n he_o be_v always_o send_v wherefore_o â—ivers_v great_a man_n of_o the_o court_n do_v envy_v he_o but_o he_o always_o keep_v this_o order_n that_o whatsoever_o he_o see_v or_o hear_v be_v 〈◊〉_d good_a or_o evil_n he_o always_o write_v it_o and_o have_v it_o in_o mind_n to_o declare_v to_o the_o great_a cane_n in_o order_n the_o manner_n and_o way_n that_o the_o two_o brother_n and_o marcus_n paulus_n have_v for_o their_o return_n to_o venice_n chap._n 2._o the_o say_v nicholas_n and_o mapheo_n and_o marcus_n paulus_n have_v be_v in_o the_o great_a cane_n court_n of_o a_o long_a time_n demand_v licence_n for_o to_o return_v to_o venice_n but_o he_o love_v and_o favour_v they_o so_o well_o will_v not_o give_v they_o leave_v and_o it_o fortune_v in_o that_o time_n that_o a_o queen_n in_o india_n die_v who_o name_n be_v balgonia_n and_o her_o husband_n waâ—_z call_v king_n argon_fw-la this_o queen_n ordain_v in_o her_o testament_n that_o her_o husband_n shall_v not_o marry_v but_o with_o one_o of_o her_o blood_n and_o kindred_n and_o for_o that_o cause_n the_o say_a king_n argon_fw-la send_v his_o ambassador_n with_o great_a honour_n and_o company_n to_o the_o great_a cane_n desire_v he_o to_o send_v he_o for_o to_o be_v his_o wife_n a_o maid_n of_o the_o lineage_n of_o balgonia_n his_o first_o wiâ—â—_n the_o name_n of_o these_o ambassador_n be_v call_v onlora_n apusca_n and_o edilla_n when_o these_o ambassador_n arrive_v at_o thâ—_z court_n they_o be_v very_o well_o receive_v by_o the_o great_a caâ—â—_n â–ª_o and_o after_o they_o have_v do_v their_o message_n the_o great_a caâ—â—_n cause_v to_o be_v call_v before_o he_o a_o maiden_n which_o be_v call_v cozotine_n of_o the_o kindred_n of_o balgonia_n the_o which_o be_v veryn_n fair_a and_o of_o the_o age_n of_o seventeen_o year_n and_o as_o she_o be_v come_v before_o the_o great_a cane_n and_o the_o ambassador_n the_o great_a cane_n say_v to_o the_o ambassador_n this_o be_v the_o maiden_n that_o you_o demand_v take_v she_o and_o carry_v she_o in_o a_o good_a hour_n anâ—_z with_o this_o the_o ambassador_n be_v very_o joyful_a and_o merry_a and_o these_o ambassador_n understand_v of_o nicholas_n and_o mapheo_n and_o marcus_n paulus_n italian_n which_o before_o that_o time_n haâ—â—_n â—one_n for_o ambassador_n unto_o the_o indian_n and_o be_v desirous_a to_o â—epart_v from_o the_o great_a cane_n desire_v he_o to_o give_v they_o licence_n to_o go_v and_o accompany_v that_o lady_n and_o the_o great_a â—ane_n although_o not_o with_o good_a will_n but_o for_o manner_n sake_n and_o also_o for_o honour_n of_o the_o lady_n and_o for_o she_o more_o safeguard_n in_o â—assing_v the_o sea_n because_o they_o be_v wise_a and_o skilful_a man_n â—as_v content_a they_o shall_v go_v how_o they_o sail_v to_o java_n chap._n 3._o have_v licence_n of_o the_o great_a cane_n the_o say_a nicholas_n &_o mapheo_n ambassador_n and_o marcus_n paulus_n as_o aforesaid_a as_o his_o custom_n be_v give_v they_o two_o table_n of_o gold_n by_o the_o which_o he_o do_v signify_v that_o they_o shall_v pass_v free_o through_o all_o his_o province_n and_o dominion_n and_o that_o their_o charge_n shall_v be_v bear_v and_o to_o be_v honourable_o accompany_v and_o beside_o this_o the_o great_a cane_n send_v â—ivers_a ambassador_n to_o the_o pope_n and_o to_o the_o french_a king_n â—nd_v to_o the_o king_n of_o spain_n and_o to_o many_o other_o province_n in_o christendom_n and_o cause_v to_o be_v arm_v and_o set_v forth_o foureâ—éene_v great_a ship_n that_o every_o one_o of_o they_o have_v four_o mast_n java_n to_o declare_v the_o reason_n wherefore_o he_o do_v this_o it_o be_v too_o long_o â—herefore_o i_o let_v it_o pass_v in_o every_o ship_n he_o put_v six_o hundred_o man_n and_o provision_n for_o two_o year_n in_o these_o ship_n go_v â—he_n say_v ambassador_n with_o the_o lady_n and_o nicholas_n and_o maâ—heo_n brother_n and_o marcus_n paulus_n aforesaid_a and_o sail_v three_o month_n continual_o and_o then_o arrive_v at_o a_o island_n call_v â—ava_fw-la be_v in_o the_o south_n part_n in_o the_o which_o they_o find_v marvellous_a and_o strange_a thing_n as_o hereafter_o shall_v be_v declare_v and_o depart_v from_o this_o island_n sail_v on_o the_o indian_a sea_n â—viij_fw-la month_n before_o they_o come_v to_o the_o place_n they_o will_v come_v to_o find_v by_o the_o wâ—y_n many_o marvelous_a and_o strange_a thing_n â—s_v hereafter_o shall_v be_v declare_v how_o nicholas_n and_o mapheo_n and_o marco_n polo_n return_v to_o venice_n after_o they_o have_v see_v and_o hear_v many_o marvelous_a thing_n chap._n 4._o after_o their_o arrival_n with_o this_o foresay_a lady_n to_o the_o kingdom_n they_o go_v unto_o they_o find_v that_o the_o king_n argon_fw-la be_v dead_a and_o for_o that_o cause_n marry_v that_o maid_n to_o his_o son_n and_o there_o do_v govern_v in_o the_o room_n of_o the_o king_n a_o lord_n who_o name_n be_v archator_n for_o because_o the_o king_n be_v very_o young_a and_o to_o this_o governor_n or_o viceroy_n be_v the_o embassage_n declare_v and_o of_o he_o the_o two_o brother_n and_o marco_n polo_n demand_v licence_n to_o go_v into_o their_o country_n which_o he_o grant_v and_o withal_o give_v they_o four_o table_n of_o gold_n two_o of_o they_o be_v to_o have_v jerfawcon_n and_o other_o hawk_n with_o they_o the_o third_o be_v to_o have_v lion_n and_o the_o four_o be_v that_o they_o shall_v go_v free_a without_o pay_v any_o charge_n and_o to_o be_v accompany_v and_o entertain_v as_o to_o the_o king_n own_o person_n and_o by_o this_o commandment_n they_o have_v company_n and_o guard_n of_o two_o hundred_o knight_n from_o town_n to_o town_n for_o fear_n of_o many_o thief_n upon_o the_o way_n and_o so_o much_o they_o travel_v that_o they_o come_v to_o trapesonsia_n and_o from_o thence_o to_o constantinople_n and_o so_o to_o nigro_n ponte_n and_o â—â—â—alâ—ie_n to_o venice_n in_o the_o year_n of_o our_o lord_n god_n .1295_o 1295._o this_o we_o do_v declare_v for_o that_o all_o man_n shall_v know_v that_o nicholas_n and_o mapheo_n brother_n and_o marco_n polo_n have_v see_v hear_v and_o do_v know_v the_o marvelous_a thing_n write_v in_o this_o book_n the_o which_o declare_v in_o the_o name_n of_o the_o father_n and_o the_o son_n and_o the_o holy_a ghost_n shall_v be_v declare_v as_o hereafter_o follow_v of_o
be_v call_v by_o the_o name_n of_o the_o kingdom_n mosulinus_n and_o there_o be_v great_a plenty_n and_o abundance_n of_o it_o and_o also_o great_a plenty_n of_o spice_n and_o good_a cheap_a and_o of_o other_o merchandise_n in_o the_o mountain_n of_o this_o province_n dwell_v people_n calâ—ed_v cordos_fw-la and_o other_o call_v jacobinos_n the_o rest_n be_v moor_n of_o the_o sect_n of_o mahomet_n and_o be_v good_a man_n of_o war_n and_o be_v all_o rover_n and_o robber_n of_o merchant_n of_o baldach_n and_o of_o many_o goodly_a thing_n that_o be_v there_o chap._n 10._o baldache_n be_v a_o very_a great_a city_n famish_v in_o the_o which_o be_v resident_a one_o that_o be_v call_v calipho_n which_o be_v among_o that_o moores_n as_o it_o be_v chief_a governor_n &_o head_n through_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o city_n run_v a_o great_a river_n and_o go_v into_o the_o indian_a sea._n and_o there_o be_v from_o this_o city_n to_o the_o place_n where_o it_o enter_v into_o the_o sea._n xviij_o day_n journey_n from_o this_o city_n to_o the_o sea_n and_o from_o the_o sea_n to_o this_o city_n there_o do_v pass_v daily_o by_o this_o river_n in_o many_o and_o diverse_a vessel_n diverse_a kind_n of_o merchandise_n and_o they_o have_v to_o their_o neighbour_n the_o india_n and_o in_o this_o country_n be_v a_o city_n call_v chisi_n by_o thiâ—â—iver_n they_o go_v to_o the_o indian_a sea._n between_o baldach_n and_o chisi_n upon_o the_o river_n be_v a_o city_n call_v barsera_fw-fr compass_v with_o great_a mountain_n of_o palm_n and_o date_n tree_n perfect_a good_a in_o baldach_n they_o do_v make_v cloth_n of_o gold_n of_o diverse_a sort_n and_o cloth_n of_o silk_n call_v cloth_n of_o nasich_n of_o crimson_a and_o of_o diuâ—rs_n other_o colour_n and_o fashion_n there_o be_v great_a plenty_n of_o four_o footed_a beast_n and_o of_o fowl_n this_o city_n be_v one_o of_o the_o best_a and_o the_o noble_a in_o the_o world_n there_o be_v in_o this_o city_n a_o calipho_n of_o the_o moor_n wonderful_a and_o marvelous_a rich_a of_o gold_n and_o precious_a stone_n and_o in_o the_o year_n of_o our_o lord_n god_n .1230_o the_o king_n of_o the_o tartar_n call_v alan_n join_v a_o great_a company_n and_o go_v and_o set_v upon_o this_o city_n and_o take_v it_o by_o force_n be_v in_o the_o câ—tie_n one_o hundred_o thousand_o horseman_n beside_o infinite_a number_n of_o footman_n and_o there_o he_o find_v a_o great_a tower_n full_a of_o gold_n silver_n and_o precious_a stone_n and_o king_n alan_n see_v this_o great_a treasure_n marvel_v much_o and_o send_v for_o the_o calipho_n and_o say_v unto_o he_o i_o do_v much_o marvel_n of_o thy_o avarice_n that_o have_v so_o great_a treasure_n do_v not_o give_v part_n of_o it_o to_o maintain_v valiant_a man_n that_o may_v defend_v i_o from_o thou_o know_v that_o i_o be_v thy_o mortal_a enemy_n and_o perceive_v the_o calipho_n know_v not_o how_o to_o make_v he_o a_o answer_n say_v unto_o he_o because_o thou_o love_v this_o treasure_n so_o well_o i_o will_v thou_o shall_v have_v thy_o fill_n of_o it_o and_o cause_v he_o to_o be_v shut_v fast_o in_o the_o same_o tower_n where_o he_o live_v four_o day_n and_o die_v miserable_o for_o hunger_n and_o from_o that_o time_n forward_o the_o moores_n will_v have_v no_o more_o caliphos_fw-mi in_o that_o city_n of_o a_o city_n call_v totis_fw-la and_o of_o other_o notable_a thing_n chap._n 11._o totis_fw-la be_v a_o great_a city_n of_o the_o province_n or_o country_n of_o baldach_n country_n in_o the_o which_o province_n there_o be_v many_o city_n and_o town_n but_o the_o most_o noble_a be_v totis_fw-la the_o people_n of_o this_o city_n be_v merchant_n and_o hâ—ndycraftes_n man_n there_o they_o do_v make_v cloth_n of_o gold_n and_o of_o silk_n very_o rich_fw-fr and_o of_o great_a value_n and_o this_o city_n be_v set_v in_o so_o good_a a_o place_n that_o they_o do_v bring_v thither_o all_o merchandise_n of_o india_n and_o of_o baldach_n and_o of_o osmaseilli_n and_o of_o cremes_n and_o of_o many_o other_o city_n and_o country_n and_o also_o of_o the_o latin_n there_o be_v great_a plenty_n of_o precious_a stone_n and_o for_o that_o cause_n the_o merchant_n get_v much_o thither_o trade_v the_o armenian _n jacobite_n nestorian_n persian_n and_o these_o in_o a_o manner_n be_v all_o mahomet_n round_o about_o this_o city_n be_v many_o fair_a garden_n full_a of_o singular_a good_a fruit_n although_o the_o moor_n that_o there_o do_v dwell_v be_v very_o ill_a people_n robber_n and_o killer_n of_o a_o great_a miracle_n that_o happen_v in_o mosull_n chap._n 12._o in_o mosull_n a_o city_n in_o the_o province_n of_o baldach_n be_v a_o calipho_n a_o great_a enemy_n of_o the_o christian_n who_o study_n day_n and_o night_n be_v how_o he_o may_v destroy_v they_o and_o to_o make_v they_o forsake_v their_o faith_n in_o jesus_n christ_n and_o upon_o this_o join_v in_o council_n diverse_a time_n with_o his_o wise_a man_n and_o in_o the_o end_n one_o of_o they_o say_v i_o will_v tell_v you_o a_o way_n how_o you_o shall_v have_v good_a cause_n to_o kill_v or_o force_v they_o to_o renounce_v their_o faith._n jesus_n christ_n say_v in_o his_o gospel_n if_o you_o have_v so_o much_o faith_n as_o the_o grain_n of_o mustard_n seed_n and_o say_v to_o this_o mountain_n pass_v from_o this_o place_n to_o another_o place_n it_o will_v do_v therefore_o cause_n to_o be_v call_v together_o all_o the_o christian_n and_o command_v they_o by_o their_o belief_n that_o such_o a_o hill_n do_v pass_v from_o that_o place_n to_o such_o a_o place_n true_o it_o be_v not_o possible_a for_o they_o to_o do_v it_o and_o not_o do_v it_o you_o may_v just_o say_v to_o they_o that_o either_o their_o gospel_n do_v not_o say_v truth_n and_o by_o that_o mean_v they_o follow_v lie_n or_o else_o they_o have_v not_o so_o much_o faith_n as_o a_o grain_n of_o mustard_n seed_n and_o thus_o as_o well_o for_o the_o one_o as_o for_o the_o other_o you_o may_v just_o put_v they_o to_o death_n or_o else_o force_v they_o to_o forsake_v their_o faith_n they_o hold_v this_o council_n please_v well_o the_o calipho_n and_o those_o of_o his_o sect_n beléeve_v that_o now_o they_o have_v good_a occasion_n to_o perform_v their_o evil_a purpose_n and_o incontinent_a he_o command_v all_o the_o christian_n that_o be_v in_o his_o country_n to_o come_v together_o which_o be_v a_o great_a number_n and_o they_o be_v come_v before_o he_o he_o cause_v they_o to_o read_v those_o scripture_n of_o jesus_n christ_n and_o after_o that_o every_o one_o of_o they_o have_v hear_v it_o he_o ask_v they_o if_o they_o believe_v that_o these_o say_n be_v true_a and_o they_o answer_v yea_o incontinent_n say_v the_o calipho_n to_o they_o i_o will_v give_v you_o fifteen_o day_n respite_n to_o make_v either_o yonder_o hill_n to_o pass_v to_o such_o a_o place_n or_o else_o to_o renounce_v your_o faith_n in_o jesus_n christ_n as_o false_a and_o to_o turn_v moor_n and_o if_o you_o will_v not_o do_v this_o you_o shall_v all_o die_v and_o the_o christian_n hear_v this_o cruel_a sentence_n be_v sore_o trouble_v yet_o on_o the_o other_o part_n they_o comfort_v themselves_o with_o hope_n in_o the_o faith_n they_o have_v in_o the_o truth_n they_o believe_v and_o incontinent_a the_o bishop_n and_o prelate_n and_o minister_n that_o be_v among_o the_o christian_n command_v all_o the_o christian_n man_n woman_n and_o child_n to_o fall_v to_o continual_a prayer_n to_o our_o lord_n jesus_n christ_n that_o he_o will_v help_v and_o council_n they_o how_o to_o rule_v and_o govern_v themselves_o in_o that_o great_a trouble_n and_o need_n and_o after_o eight_o day_n be_v pass_v appear_v a_o angel_n to_o a_o holy_a bishop_n and_o command_v he_o that_o he_o shall_v say_v unto_o a_o shoemaker_n that_o be_v a_o christian_a that_o have_v but_o one_o only_a eye_n that_o he_o shall_v make_v prayer_n to_o god_n the_o which_o for_o his_o faith_n and_o prayer_n shall_v make_v that_o hill_n remove_v from_o his_o place_n into_o the_o place_n the_o calipho_n have_v appoint_v and_o incontinente_fw-la the_o bishop_n send_v for_o that_o shoemaker_n and_o with_o great_a desire_n pray_v he_o to_o make_v prayer_n to_o our_o lord_n god_n that_o for_o his_o mercy_n and_o pity_n he_o will_v remove_v that_o hill_n as_o the_o calipho_n and_o moor_n have_v appoint_v the_o poor_a shoemaker_n excuse_v himself_o say_v he_o be_v a_o great_a sinner_n and_o unworthy_a to_o demand_v that_o grace_n of_o god_n and_o this_o excuse_n he_o make_v with_o great_a humility_n like_o a_o just_a and_o chaste_a man_n full_a of_o virtue_n and_o holiness_n and_o a_o keeper_n of_o god_n commandment_n devout_a and_o a_o great_a alm_n man_n according_a to_o his_o ability_n you_o shâ—ll_v understand_v
kingdom_n of_o the_o persian_n of_o a_o great_a and_o long_a inheritance_n in_o this_o country_n they_o do_v find_v great_a plenty_n of_o precious_a stone_n other_o and_o of_o turkey_n great_a store_n in_o the_o mountain_n in_o the_o which_o mountain_n be_v great_a plenty_n of_o vain_a or_o ore_n of_o steel_n and_o of_o calamita_n in_o this_o city_n they_o do_v make_v great_a plenty_n of_o costly_a saddle_n bridle_n and_o harness_n for_o horse_n and_o for_o noble_a man_n sword_n hawk_n bow_n and_o other_o rich_fw-fr furniture_n for_o horse_n and_o man_n the_o woman_n of_o this_o country_n do_v nothing_o but_o command_v their_o servant_n they_o make_v also_o there_o very_o rich_fw-fr cloth_n of_o gold_n and_o silk_n and_o in_o those_o mountain_n be_v exceed_a good_a hawk_n valiant_a and_o swift_a of_o wing_n that_o no_o fewle_z can_v escape_v they_o and_o depart_v from_o crerina_n you_o shall_v go_v eight_o day_n journey_n in_o plain_a way_n full_a of_o city_n and_o town_n very_o fair_a and_o there_o be_v pleasant_a hawk_n by_o the_o way_n &_o great_a plenty_n of_o partridge_n and_o be_v past_o the_o say_v eight_o day_n journey_n there_o be_v a_o go_v down_o the_o hill_n of_o two_o day_n journey_n whereas_o there_o be_v great_a plenty_n of_o fruit_n in_o the_o old_a time_n there_o be_v many_o town_n and_o house_n and_o now_o there_o be_v none_o but_o herdsman_n that_o keep_v the_o cattle_n in_o the_o field_n from_o the_o city_n of_o crerina_n so_o this_o go_v down_o all_o the_o winter_n be_v so_o great_a cold_a that_o although_o they_o go_v very_o well_o clothe_v they_o have_v enough_o to_o do_v to_o live_v and_o be_v past_o this_o go_v down_o two_o day_n journey_n forward_o you_o shall_v come_v into_o a_o fair_a plain_a way_n the_o beginning_n whereof_o be_v a_o great_a fair_a city_n call_v camath_n the_o which_o be_v in_o the_o old_a time_n noble_a and_o great_a and_o now_o be_v not_o so_o for_o that_o the_o tartar_n have_v destroy_v it_o that_o plain_n be_v very_o hot_a and_o that_o province_n be_v call_v reobarle_n there_o be_v apple_n of_o paradise_n and_o festucas_fw-la and_o medlar_n and_o diverse_a other_o goodly_a fruit_n in_o great_a abundance_n there_o be_v ox_n marvelous_a great_a the_o hear_v short_a and_o soft_a and_o the_o horn_n short_a big_a and_o sharp_a and_o have_v a_o great_a round_a bunch_n between_o the_o shoulder_n of_o two_o span_n long_o and_o when_o they_o will_v lade_v these_o ox_n they_o do_v kneel_v down_o on_o their_o knee_n like_o camel_n and_o be_v lade_v do_v rise_v and_o they_o carry_v great_a weight_n there_o the_o sheep_n be_v as_o great_a as_o ass_n have_v a_o great_a tail_n and_o thick_a that_o will_v weigh_v .32_o pound_n ass_n and_o be_v marvelous_a good_a to_o eat_v in_o that_o plain_n be_v many_o city_n &_o town_n with_o wall_n and_o tower_n of_o a_o great_a height_n for_o the_o defence_n of_o the_o enemy_n call_v caraones_n which_o be_v certain_a village_n the_o people_n of_o that_o country_n their_o mother_n be_v indian_n and_o their_o father_n tartar_n when_o that_o people_n will_v go_v a_o rob_n they_o work_v by_o enchantment_n by_o the_o devil_n enchantment_n to_o darken_v the_o air_n as_o it_o be_v midnight_n because_o they_o will_v not_o be_v see_v a_o far_o off_o and_o this_o darkness_n endure_v seven_o day_n and_o the_o thief_n that_o know_v well_o all_o the_o way_n go_v together_o without_o make_v any_o noise_n and_o as_o many_o as_o they_o can_v take_v they_o rob_v the_o old_a man_n they_o kill_v and_o the_o young_a man_n they_o sell_v for_o slave_n their_o king_n be_v call_v hegodar_n and_o of_o a_o truth_n i_o marcus_n paulus_n do_v tell_v you_o that_o i_o escape_v very_o hardly_o from_o take_v of_o these_o 〈◊〉_d and_o that_o i_o be_v not_o slay_v in_o that_o darkness_n but_o it_o please_v god_n i_o escape_v to_o a_o town_n call_v ganassalim_n yet_o of_o my_o company_n they_o tokâ—_n and_o slay_v many_o this_o plain_n be_v towards_o the_o south_n and_o be_v of_o seven_o day_n journey_n and_o at_o the_o end_n of_o they_o be_v a_o mountain_n call_v detustlyno_n that_o be_v eighteen_o mile_n long_o &_o more_o and_o be_v also_o very_o dangerous_a with_o thief_n that_o do_v rob_v merchant_n and_o all_o traveller_n at_o the_o end_n of_o this_o mountain_n be_v a_o fair_a plain_n call_v the_o goodly_a plain_n which_o be_v seven_o day_n journey_n in_o the_o which_o there_o be_v many_o well_n and_o date_n tree_n very_o good_a and_o this_o plain_n border_v upon_o the_o ocean_n sea_n and_o on_o the_o river_n of_o the_o sea_n be_v a_o city_n call_v carmoe_n of_o the_o city_n carmoe_n and_o of_o many_o marvelous_a and_o strange_a thing_n that_o be_v there_o chap._n 16._o carmoe_n be_v a_o great_a city_n and_o be_v a_o good_a port_n of_o the_o ocean_n sea_n thither_o do_v occupy_v merchant_n of_o the_o indea_n with_o spice_n cloth_n of_o gold_n &_o silk_n and_o with_o precious_a stone_n and_o elephants_n tooth_n merchant_n and_o be_v a_o city_n of_o great_a trade_n with_o merchandise_n and_o be_v head_n of_o that_o kingdom_n and_o the_o king_n be_v call_v mâ—nedanocomoyth_fw-mi it_o be_v very_o hot_a there_o and_o the_o air_n infectious_a when_o there_o do_v die_v any_o merchant_n they_o do_v make_v havoc_n of_o all_o his_o good_n in_o this_o city_n they_o do_v drink_v wine_n make_v of_o date_n put_v good_a spice_n to_o it_o yet_o at_o the_o begin_n of_o dinner_n it_o be_v dangerous_a for_o those_o that_o be_v not_o use_v to_o it_o for_o it_o will_v make_v they_o very_o soluble_a straight_a way_n but_o it_o be_v good_a to_o purge_v the_o body_n the_o people_n of_o that_o country_n do_v not_o use_v of_o our_o victual_n for_o when_o they_o eat_v bread_n of_o wheat_n and_o flesh_n by_o and_o by_o they_o fall_v sick_a their_o victual_n be_v date_n &_o salt_n tonny_o garlic_n &_o onion_n the_o people_n of_o that_o country_n be_v black_a and_o be_v of_o the_o sect_n of_o mahomet_n and_o for_o the_o great_a heat_n in_o the_o summer_n they_o dwell_v not_o in_o the_o town_n but_o in_o the_o 〈◊〉_d and_o in_o garden_n and_o orchyard_n there_o be_v many_o river_n and_o well_n that_o every_o one_o have_v fair_a water_n for_o his_o garden_n and_o there_o be_v many_o that_o dwell_v in_o a_o desert_n whereas_o be_v all_o sand_n that_o join_v to_o that_o plain_n and_o those_o people_n assoon_o as_o they_o feel_v the_o great_a heat_n they_o go_v into_o the_o water_n and_o there_o tarry_v till_o the_o beat_v of_o the_o day_n be_v past_a in_o that_o country_n they_o do_v sow_v their_o wheat_n and_o corn_n in_o november_n and_o gather_v it_o in_o march_n and_o in_o this_o time_n the_o fruit_n be_v great_a than_o in_o any_o place_n and_o after_o march_n be_v pass_v the_o grass_n herb_n year_n and_o leaf_n of_o tree_n do_v dry_a save_v of_o date_n tree_n which_o continue_v till_o may_n and_o in_o that_o country_n they_o have_v this_o custom_n â—hat_n when_o the_o husband_n do_v die_v the_o wife_n and_o her_o friend_n do_v weep_v once_o a_o day_n for_o the_o space_n of_o four_o year_n of_o the_o city_n of_o crerima_fw-la and_o the_o death_n of_o the_o old_a man_n of_o the_o mountain_n câ—ap_n 17._o leave_v she_o this_o city_n and_o not_o declare_v any_o more_o of_o the_o indian_n i_o return_n to_o the_o northwardly_a declare_v of_o those_o province_n 〈◊〉_d â—nother_n way_n to_o the_o city_n crerima_fw-la aforesaid_a for_o because_o that_o way_n that_o i_o will_v tell_v of_o can_v not_o be_v travel_v to_o crerima_fw-la for_o the_o cruelty_n of_o the_o king_n of_o that_o câ—â—untrie_n whâ—â—â—e_o be_v call_v ren_fw-it 〈◊〉_d ela_fw-mi vacomare_a from_o who_o few_o can_v escape_v buâ—_n either_o be_v rob_v or_o slay_v and_o for_o this_o cause_n many_o king_n do_v pay_v he_o tribute_n and_o his_o name_n be_v as_o much_o to_o say_v as_o the_o old_a man_n of_o the_o mountain_n but_o i_o will_v now_o declare_v unto_o you_o how_o this_o cruel_a king_n be_v take_v prisoner_n in_o the_o year_n of_o our_o lord_n .1272_o alan_n king_n of_o the_o tartar_n of_o the_o east_n hear_v of_o the_o great_a cruelty_n of_o this_o old_a mâ—n_z of_o the_o mountain_n that_o he_o do_v send_v a_o great_a host_n of_o man_n and_o beset_v his_o castle_n round_o about_o and_o thus_o continue_v three_o year_n and_o can_v never_o take_v it_o till_o that_o victual_n do_v sail_v they_o for_o it_o be_v very_o strong_a and_o unpossible_a to_o be_v get_v at_o the_o length_n alan_n take_v the_o casteâ—â—_n and_o the_o old_a man_n of_o the_o mountain_n and_o of_o all_o his_o soldier_n and_o man_n be_v cause_v the_o head_n to_o be_v strike_v off_o and_o from_o that_o time_n forward_o that_o way_n be_v
cattle_n and_o by_o reason_n the_o way_n be_v sandy_a their_o tract_n be_v soon_o fill_v by_o reason_n whereof_o the_o thief_n know_v not_o how_o to_o follow_v in_o that_o country_n of_o a_o great_a desert_n and_o of_o the_o city_n call_v job._n chap._n 36._o depart_v from_o ciarchan_n you_o shall_v travail_v five_o day_n journey_n in_o sand_n and_o in_o the_o way_n fresh_a and_o sweet_a water_n and_o some_o saltish_a be_v past_a these_o five_o day_n journey_n you_o shall_v find_v a_o great_a desert_n and_o at_o the_o begin_n of_o it_o a_o great_a city_n call_v job_n job._n between_o the_o north-east_n and_o the_o east_n they_o be_v under_o the_o obedience_n of_o the_o great_a cane_n &_o be_v mahomet_n and_o they_o that_o will_v pass_v this_o desert_n have_v need_n to_o be_v in_o this_o city_n a_o week_n for_o to_o provide_v they_o victual_n and_o other_o necessary_n for_o they_o and_o their_o horse_n for_o a_o month_n for_o in_o this_o desert_n you_o shall_v find_v nothing_o to_o eat_v or_o drink_v and_o there_o be_v many_o sandy_a hill_n and_o great_a after_o you_o be_v enter_v into_o it_o one_o day_n journey_n you_o shall_v find_v good_a water_n but_o after_o that_o neither_o good_a nor_o bad_a nor_o beast_n nor_o fowl_n nor_o any_o thing_n to_o eat_v and_o travel_v that_o way_n by_o night_n you_o shall_v hear_v in_o the_o air_n the_o sound_n of_o taber_n and_o other_o instrument_n to_o put_v the_o traveller_n in_o fear_n and_o to_o make_v they_o lose_v their_o way_n and_o to_o depart_v from_o their_o company_n and_o loose_v themselves_o and_o by_o that_o mean_v many_o doâ—_n die_v be_v deceive_v so_o by_o evil_a spirit_n that_o make_v these_o sound_n and_o also_o do_v call_v diverse_a of_o the_o traveller_n by_o their_o name_n and_o make_v they_o to_o leave_v their_o company_n so_o that_o you_o shall_v pass_v this_o desert_n with_o great_a danger_n of_o the_o province_n of_o tanguith_n and_o of_o the_o city_n sangechian_n and_o of_o many_o strange_a thing_n there_o chap._n 37._o after_o you_o be_v pass_v the_o say_v thirty_o day_n journey_n by_o the_o desert_n you_o shall_v come_v to_o a_o city_n call_v sangechian_n subject_n to_o the_o great_a cane_n and_o this_o province_n be_v call_v tanguith_n in_o the_o which_o all_o be_v idolater_n save_v some_o be_v christian_n nestorian_n and_o some_o mahomet_n the_o idolater_n speak_v the_o persian_a tongue_n and_o do_v live_v by_o the_o fruit_n of_o that_o country_n there_o be_v among_o they_o many_o monastery_n of_o the_o idolater_n where_o with_o great_a devotion_n they_o bring_v their_o child_n and_o with_o every_o of_o they_o a_o sheep_n and_o do_v present_a to_o their_o idol_n and_o every_o year_n they_o come_v with_o their_o child_n and_o make_v great_a reverence_n to_o their_o idol_n &_o bring_v with_o they_o their_o sheep_n and_o kill_v they_o and_o see_v they_o and_o present_v they_o there_o before_o their_o idol_n say_v to_o they_o they_o must_v eat_v their_o meat_n the_o which_o they_o can_v not_o do_v for_o they_o have_v neither_o mouth_n nor_o sense_n and_o see_v their_o idol_n doâ—_n not_o eat_v it_o they_o carry_v it_o home_o to_o their_o house_n with_o great_a reverence_n and_o call_v their_o kynder_v together_o and_o do_v eat_v of_o it_o as_o meat_n sacrifice_v to_o their_o god_n and_o put_v the_o bone_n in_o a_o basket_n when_o any_o man_n or_o woman_n die_v they_o burn_v the_o body_n and_o this_o they_o accustom_v to_o do_v with_o all_o the_o idolator_n and_o in_o the_o way_n that_o the_o dead_a body_n shall_v pass_v to_o be_v burn_v cheer_n stand_v all_o their_o friend_n and_o kinsfolk_n to_o accompany_v the_o body_n to_o the_o sepulchre_n all_o clothe_v in_o cloth_n of_o gold_n and_o silk_n and_o after_o the_o burn_v body_n be_v put_v into_o the_o ground_n they_o cause_v to_o be_v bring_v thither_o meat_n &_o drink_v and_o there_o they_o do_v eat_v and_o drink_v with_o great_a mirth_n say_v these_o body_n shall_v be_v receive_v in_o the_o other_o world_n with_o like_a honour_n when_o they_o burn_v the_o body_n they_o do_v also_o burn_v with_o they_o diverse_a paper_n paint_v of_o man_n woman_n and_o beast_n say_v that_o as_o many_o picture_n of_o man_n woman_n and_o beast_n as_o they_o do_v burn_v with_o they_o so_o many_o servant_n they_o shall_v have_v in_o the_o other_o world_n to_o do_v they_o service_n and_o when_o they_o carry_v they_o to_o bury_v there_o go_v before_o they_o diverse_a kind_n of_o instrument_n play_v and_o when_o one_o of_o these_o idolator_n die_v his_o friend_n incontinent_o declare_v to_o the_o astrologer_n the_o day_n and_o the_o hour_n he_o be_v bear_v in_o and_o will_v not_o bury_v he_o before_o the_o day_n &_o hour_n the_o astrologer_n do_v command_v by_o that_o mean_v some_o they_o bury_v straightway_o and_o sometime_o they_o tarry_v ten_o twenty_o and_o thirty_o day_n and_o sometime_o six_o month_n according_a as_o the_o astrologer_n do_v command_v and_o in_o the_o mean_a time_n they_o do_v sire_n the_o body_n with_o spice_n and_o put_v it_o in_o a_o coffin_n and_o nail_n it_o fast_a and_o lay_v a_o cloth_n over_o it_o and_o every_o day_n they_o set_v their_o table_n over_o the_o coffin_n and_o there_o do_v eat_v and_o drink_v and_o pray_v the_o dead_a body_n to_o eat_v with_o they_o and_o when_o the_o day_n appoint_v be_v come_v for_o to_o bury_v he_o the_o astrologer_n do_v say_v that_o if_o he_o have_v lie_v there_o one_o month_n it_o be_v not_o good_a to_o take_v he_o out_o of_o that_o place_n by_o the_o judgement_n of_o the_o constellation_n and_o for_o that_o cause_n must_v first_o remove_v he_o to_o some_o other_o side_n of_o the_o house_n &_o from_o thence_o carry_v he_o to_o bury_v of_o the_o province_n chamul_n and_o of_o the_o evil_a custom_n there_o chap._n 38._o chamul_n be_v a_o province_n in_o the_o which_o be_v many_o city_n and_o town_n whereof_o the_o chief_a be_v call_v chamul_n and_o this_o province_n be_v towards_o the_o wind_n call_v maistral_a which_o be_v northeast_n and_o have_v two_o desert_n on_o the_o one_o side_n the_o desert_n be_v of_o three_o day_n journey_n and_o on_o the_o other_o side_n as_o much_o the_o people_n of_o this_o country_n worship_n idol_n and_o do_v speak_v the_o persian_a tongue_n they_o live_v by_o their_o labour_n in_o the_o country_n and_o have_v plenty_n of_o all_o thing_n needful_a they_o be_v people_n give_v much_o to_o their_o own_o pleasure_n as_o play_v on_o instrument_n dance_v and_o sing_v and_o if_o any_o stranger_n do_v go_v to_o see_v their_o pastime_n they_o receive_v he_o and_o make_v very_o much_o of_o he_o with_o feast_v and_o cheer_n and_o the_o goodman_n command_v his_o wife_n to_o make_v he_o the_o best_a cheer_n she_o can_v and_o to_o obey_v he_o in_o all_o thing_n he_o will_v command_v or_o desire_v and_o so_o the_o goodman_n go_v to_o his_o labour_n into_o the_o field_n and_o leave_v the_o stranger_n with_o his_o wife_n will_v she_o to_o obey_v he_o as_o to_o his_o own_o person_n and_o this_o custom_n the_o man_n and_o the_o woman_n use_v there_o &_o be_v not_o ashamed_a thereof_o the_o woman_n be_v very_o fair_a there_o in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o great_a cane_n that_o be_v pass_v for_o the_o great_a dishonesty_n he_o hear_v of_o the_o people_n of_o that_o country_n and_o the_o great_a hurt_n they_o sustain_v in_o their_o house_n command_v they_o that_o they_o shall_v receive_v no_o stranger_n into_o their_o house_n wherewithal_o the_o people_n be_v sore_o offend_v and_o think_v themselves_o not_o well_o use_v send_v ambassador_n to_o the_o great_a cane_n request_v he_o that_o he_o will_v not_o restrain_v they_o from_o their_o ancient_a liberty_n and_o custom_n that_o their_o anticessor_n have_v ever_o use_v and_o they_o for_o their_o part_n will_v continue_v the_o same_o otherwise_o they_o shall_v be_v unthankful_a to_o their_o idol_n after_o the_o great_a cane_n have_v hear_v their_o embassage_n answer_v they_o see_v they_o have_v pleasure_n in_o such_o shameful_a usage_n and_o will_v not_o leave_v it_o he_o also_o be_v content_v with_o it_o of_o the_o province_n hingnitala_n and_o of_o the_o salamandra_n that_o be_v find_v there_o chap._n 39_o hingnitala_n be_v a_o province_n set_v between_o the_o north_n and_o the_o east_n and_o be_v a_o long_a province_n of_o sixetéene_a day_n journey_n and_o be_v subject_a to_o the_o great_a cane_n and_o there_o be_v many_o city_n and_o town_n there_o be_v also_o in_o that_o province_n three_o lineage_n of_o people_n to_o say_v idolator_n that_o be_v christian_n nestorian_n and_o jacobite_n and_o the_o other_o mahomet_n at_o the_o end_n of_o this_o province_n towards_o the_o north_n be_v a_o great_a hill_n on_o the_o which_o there_o
be_v neither_o beast_n nor_o serpent_n and_o from_o thence_o they_o do_v gather_v that_o which_o be_v call_v salamandra_n which_o be_v a_o thread_n they_o do_v make_v cloth_n of_o they_o gather_v it_o after_o this_o manner_n they_o dig_v a_o certain_a vain_a that_o they_o do_v there_o find_v and_o afterwards_o they_o beat_v it_o in_o a_o mortar_n of_o a_o lofer_n and_o afterward_o wash_v it_o and_o there_o remain_v small_a fine_a théedes_o fair_a and_o clean_o and_o after_o they_o have_v cast_v out_o that_o which_o they_o do_v wash_v it_o withal_o they_o spin_v it_o and_o weave_v it_o and_o make_v table_n clothes_n and_o napkin_n of_o it_o than_o they_o cast_v they_o into_o the_o fire_n for_o a_o certain_a time_n whereas_o it_o wax_v as_o white_a as_o snow_n and_o the_o great_a cane_n once_o in_o three_o year_n do_v send_v for_o some_o of_o they_o that_o be_v make_v of_o salamandra_n and_o they_o be_v wont_a for_o to_o send_v of_o these_o napkin_n for_o to_o hang_v before_o the_o vernacle_n of_o our_o lord_n jesus_n christ_n who_o the_o people_n of_o levant_n do_v take_v for_o a_o great_a prophet_n depart_v from_o this_o province_n and_o go_v between_o the_o north-east_n and_o east_n you_o shall_v travail_v ten_o day_n journey_n and_o come_v to_o little_a habitation_n and_o at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o ten_o day_n journey_n you_o shall_v find_v a_o province_n call_v sanchur_n in_o it_o be_v christian_n and_o idolator_n subject_n to_o the_o great_a cane_n the_o two_o province_n beforesaid_a to_o say_v chamul_n and_o hingnitala_n be_v call_v tanguth_n with_o the_o province_n of_o sachar_n in_o all_o the_o hill_n of_o this_o province_n be_v find_v great_a plenty_n of_o rhubarb_n and_o there_o the_o merchant_n do_v buy_v it_o and_o carry_v it_o to_o all_o place_n to_o sel._n there_o they_o do_v not_o use_v any_o occupation_n but_o the_o most_o part_n do_v live_v by_o the_o labour_n of_o the_o country_n of_o the_o city_n call_v campion_n and_o of_o many_o evil_a usage_n there_o chap._n 44._o campion_n be_v a_o great_a city_n and_o fair_a &_o be_v the_o head_n of_o the_o province_n of_o tanguth_n in_o this_o city_n be_v three_o sort_n of_o people_n that_o be_v to_o say_v christian_n idolator_n and_o mahomet_n the_o christian_n have_v three_o great_a church_n and_o fair_a and_o the_o idolator_n have_v also_o monastery_n abbey_n and_o religious_a house_n more_o chaste_a and_o comely_a than_o the_o other_o and_o they_o do_v kill_v no_o beast_n nor_o fowl_n there_o till_o the_o five_o day_n of_o the_o moon_n and_o in_o those_o five_o day_n they_o live_v more_o honest_a devout_a and_o chaste_a than_o in_o any_o other_o time_n of_o the_o year_n these_o idolator_n may_v have_v thirty_o wife_n apéece_n or_o more_o if_o they_o be_v able_a to_o maintain_v they_o but_o the_o first_o wife_n be_v chief_a and_o if_o any_o of_o they_o do_v not_o content_n he_o he_o may_v put_v she_o away_o they_o do_v marry_v in_o kindred_n and_o live_v like_o beast_n in_o this_o city_n be_v mapheo_n nicholas_n and_o marcus_n paulus_n seven_o year_n use_v the_o trade_n of_o merchandise_n of_o a_o city_n call_v eusina_n and_o of_o many_o notable_a thing_n in_o tartary_n chap._n xlj_o depart_v from_o the_o foresay_a city_n campion_n and_o travail_v twelve_o day_n journey_n you_o shall_v come_v to_o a_o city_n call_v eusina_n the_o which_o be_v in_o a_o field_n of_o the_o desert_n call_v sabon_n towards_o the_o north_n and_o be_v of_o the_o province_n targuth_n in_o this_o city_n they_o be_v all_o idolator_n and_o have_v great_a abundance_n of_o camel_n and_o other_o cattle_n withal_o they_o get_v their_o live_n by_o labour_v the_o ground_n in_o this_o city_n those_o that_o do_v travail_n do_v provide_v they_o of_o victual_n and_o other_o necessary_n for_o forty_o day_n journey_n which_o they_o must_v pass_v through_o a_o great_a desert_n whereas_o be_v no_o town_n nor_o house_n nor_o grass_n but_o in_o the_o mountain_n about_o dwell_v people_n and_o also_o in_o the_o valley_n beneath_o the_o desert_n there_o be_v many_o ass_n and_o other_o wild_a beast_n of_o the_o mountain_n and_o great_a pine_n apple_n tree_n at_o the_o end_n of_o this_o desert_n there_o be_v a_o city_n call_v catlogoria_n which_o be_v toward_o the_o north_n and_o of_o this_o city_n be_v the_o first_o prince_n or_o lord_n among_o the_o tartar_n and_o his_o name_n be_v catlogoria_n the_o tartar_n dwell_v towards_o the_o north_n whereas_o be_v but_o few_o city_n &_o town_n but_o true_a it_o be_v there_o be_v fair_a plain_n pasture_n river_n and_o very_o good_a water_n there_o dwell_v tartar_n that_o have_v no_o king_n nor_o lord_n they_o do_v govern_v themselves_o in_o common_a and_o do_v pay_v tribute_n to_o prester_n john_n it_o formn_v that_o these_o tartar_n multiply_v to_o so_o great_a a_o number_n that_o prester_n john_n do_v fear_v that_o they_o will_v rise_v against_o he_o therefore_o he_o determine_v with_o himself_o to_o send_v certain_a lord_n of_o he_o that_o shall_v be_v among_o they_o to_o keep_v they_o asunder_o and_o also_o to_o keep_v the_o country_n in_o good_a order_n and_o to_o banish_v or_o diminish_v part_n of_o they_o because_o they_o shall_v not_o be_v of_o so_o great_a a_o power_n and_o the_o tartar_n perceive_n this_o join_v themselves_o together_o and_o take_v council_n determine_v to_o leave_v that_o country_n and_o to_o go_v and_o dwell_v upon_o the_o mountain_n and_o in_o the_o desert_n by_o mean_n whereof_o from_o that_o time_n forward_o they_o stand_v in_o no_o fear_n of_o prester_n john_n nor_o will_v pay_v he_o tribute_n and_o at_o the_o end_n of_o certain_a year_n that_o they_o be_v not_o under_o the_o obedience_n of_o prester_n john_n they_o do_v elect_v and_o choose_v among_o themselves_o a_o king_n which_o they_o call_v chenchis_n a_o valiant_a and_o wise_a man_n and_o this_o be_v in_o the_o year_n of_o our_o lord_n god_n .1187_o and_o crown_v he_o for_o king_n of_o the_o tartar_n aforesaid_a and_o all_o the_o tartar_n that_o be_v in_o persia_n and_o other_o country_n thereabouts_o come_v to_o he_o and_o put_v themselves_o under_o his_o government_n and_o obey_v he_o as_o their_o king_n and_o he_o receive_v they_o very_o friendly_a govern_v they_o just_o and_o discreet_o and_o after_o that_o chenchis_n be_v confirm_v and_o have_v the_o whole_a government_n within_o a_o short_a time_n he_o make_v war_n and_o in_o short_a time_n conquer_v right_a kingdom_n or_o province_n and_o when_o he_o have_v get_v any_o province_n or_o city_n he_o do_v injury_n to_o no_o man_n but_o let_v they_o remain_v with_o their_o good_n save_v to_o those_o that_o be_v able_a and_o fit_a man_n for_o he_o they_o he_o take_v with_o he_o into_o the_o war_n and_o by_o this_o mean_v he_o be_v well-beloved_a and_o all_o man_n be_v content_a to_o go_v with_o he_o of_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o tartar_n and_o of_o many_o marvelous_a and_o strange_a thing_n chap._n 42._o chenchis_n perceive_n himself_o to_o be_v of_o such_o power_n mind_v to_o join_v himself_o in_o kindred_n or_o stock_n with_o prester_n john_n send_v to_o he_o his_o ambassador_n require_v his_o daughter_n in_o marriage_n and_o this_o be_v in_o the_o year_n of_o our_o lord_n god_n .1190_o prester_n john_n disdain_v that_o embassage_n and_o answer_v that_o he_o marvel_v much_o that_o chenchis_n be_v his_o subject_a shall_v presume_v to_o demand_v his_o lord_n daughter_n to_o be_v his_o wife_n say_v he_o will_v rather_o kill_v she_o so_o the_o matter_n remain_v thus_o chenchis_n hear_v this_o answer_n of_o prester_n john_n be_v sore_o trouble_v and_o vex_v in_o mind_n against_o he_o and_o incontinent_a send_v he_o defiance_n say_v he_o will_v war_v upon_o he_o and_o of_o this_o prester_n john_n make_v small_a reckon_n say_n that_o the_o tartar_n be_v but_o slave_n and_o not_o man_n of_o war_n notwithstanding_o he_o make_v himself_o in_o a_o readiness_n and_o come_v upon_o chenchis_n who_o have_v also_o make_v himself_o in_o a_o readiness_n and_o come_v out_o against_o he_o and_o encounter_v together_o in_o a_o great_a plain_o call_v tanguth_n where_o it_o be_v appoint_v the_o battle_n shall_v be_v of_o both_o party_n &_o thus_o join_v together_o in_o a_o fierce_a &_o long_a battle_n for_o both_o part_n be_v strong_a but_o in_o the_o end_n prester_n john_n be_v slay_v and_o many_o of_o both_o part_n taâ—tars_n the_o field_n remain_v to_o chenchis_n who_o conquer_v all_o the_o province_n city_n and_o town_n of_o prester_n john_n and_o reign_v after_o his_o death_n six_o year_n and_o at_o the_o end_n of_o six_o year_n lay_v siege_n to_o a_o castle_n be_v hurt_v in_o the_o knee_n with_o a_o arrow_n and_o of_o that_o wound_n die_v after_o the_o
50._o part_v from_o this_o city_n and_o travel_v iij_o day_n journey_n you_o shall_v come_v to_o a_o city_n call_v gianorum_fw-la in_o the_o which_o there_o be_v a_o marvelous_a goodly_a palace_n of_o the_o great_a cane_n to_o lodge_v he_o and_o his_o court_n when_o he_o come_v to_o that_o city_n and_o in_o this_o city_n he_o be_v desirous_a to_o be_v with_o good_a will_n for_o because_o that_o near_a unto_o it_o be_v a_o good_a country_n colour_n in_o the_o which_o be_v great_a plenty_n of_o wild_a goose_n and_o duck_n and_o of_o crane_n of_o five_o sort_n or_o manner_n the_o first_o be_v great_a and_o all_o black_a like_o crow_n the_o second_o all_o white_a save_v the_o head_n that_o be_v all_o red_a the_o third_o all_o black_a save_v the_o head_n be_v white_a and_o shine_a the_o four_o green_a with_o black_a head_n they_o be_v far_o big_a than_o we_o the_o five_o be_v little_a with_o all_o their_o feather_n red_a near_o unto_o this_o city_n be_v a_o great_a valley_n where_o the_o great_a cane_n have_v many_o wild_a beast_n great_a and_o small_a and_o among_o they_o great_a plenty_n of_o partridge_n to_o serve_v for_o his_o provision_n when_o he_o go_v into_o that_o country_n of_o a_o marvelous_a city_n call_v liander_n and_o of_o many_o marvelous_a and_o far_a thing_n they_o have_v there_o chap._n 51._o depart_v three_o day_n journey_n from_o this_o city_n between_o the_o north-east_n and_o the_o north_n you_o shall_v come_v to_o a_o city_n call_v liander_n which_o cublay_n cane_z build_v in_o this_o city_n be_v a_o marvelous_a goodly_a palace_n make_v of_o marble_n and_o flint_n stone_n call_v pedras_fw-la vivas_fw-la gild_v all_o gild_a with_o gold_n and_o near_o to_o this_o palace_n be_v a_o wall_n which_o be_v in_o compass_n fifteen_o mile_n and_o within_o this_o wall_n be_v fair_a river_n well_n and_o green_a meadow_n where_o the_o great_a cane_n have_v plenty_n of_o all_o kind_n of_o wild_a foul_a and_o beast_n sort_n for_o to_o find_v his_o hawk_n call_v falcon_n and_o gerfaulcon_n that_o be_v there_o in_o mew_o which_o he_o at_o sometime_o more_o than_o 40000._o that_o which_o many_o time_n he_o go_v thither_o to_o see_v when_o he_o do_v ride_v in_o these_o meadow_n he_o carry_v behind_o he_o on_o the_o buttock_n of_o his_o horse_n a_o russet_a or_o grey_a lion_n tame_a and_o set_v he_o to_o the_o stags_n or_o red_a dear_a and_o to_o other_o wild_a beast_n and_o upon_o these_o beast_n do_v the_o gerfaulcon_n and_o falcon_n season_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o these_o meadow_n be_v a_o great_a house_n where_o the_o great_a cane_n do_v resort_n to_o dinner_n and_o to_o banquet_n and_o to_o take_v his_o rest_n and_o pleasure_n in_o when_o he_o go_v that_o way_n and_o this_o house_n be_v compass_v about_o with_o great_a cane_n that_o be_v gild_v and_o cover_v with_o cane_n that_o be_v varnish_v and_o close_v all_o in_o one_o in_o such_o sort_n that_o no_o water_n can_v pass_v throughteverye_n cane_z be_v at_o the_o least_o three_o span_n compass_v and_o from_o ten_o to_o fifteen_o pace_n long_o and_o this_o house_n be_v so_o make_v that_o at_o all_o time_n they_o may_v take_v it_o down_o and_o set_v it_o up_o again_o upon_o a_o sudden_a idol_n it_o be_v tie_v with_o above_o 200._o cord_n of_o silk_n after_o the_o manner_n of_o tent_n or_o pavilion_n and_o the_o great_a cane_n repair_v thither_o for_o his_o pleasure_n in_o june_n july_n and_o august_n and_o there_o by_o commandment_n of_o his_o prophet_n idolater_n make_v sacrifice_n with_o milk_n to_o his_o idol_n for_o to_o preserve_v and_o keep_v his_o wife_n and_o son_n and_o daughter_n and_o his_o subject_n and_o servant_n and_o cattle_n and_o fowl_n corn_n vine_n fruit_n and_o all_o other_o thing_n in_o his_o country_n all_o the_o mare_n that_o the_o great_a cane_n ride_v on_o be_v as_o white_a as_o milk_n among_o the_o which_o he_o have_v always_o ten_o mare_n that_o no_o body_n do_v drink_v of_o their_o milk_n white_a but_o only_o he_o and_o some_o great_a man_n of_o his_o court_n and_o some_o other_o that_o he_o call_v honourable_a and_o noble_a because_o of_o a_o victory_n have_v against_o the_o enemy_n of_o chenchis_n the_o first_o king_n of_o the_o tartar_n of_o the_o sacrifice_n and_o other_o manner_n of_o the_o life_n of_o the_o great_a cane_n chap._n 52._o when_o the_o great_a cane_n will_v make_v sacrifice_n he_o pour_v out_o the_o mare_n milk_n upon_o the_o ground_n have_v and_o in_o the_o air_n and_o the_o prophet_n of_o his_o god_n say_v that_o milk_n pour_v out_o be_v the_o holy_a ghost_n of_o the_o which_o all_o the_o idol_n be_v full_a and_o do_v believe_v that_o this_o sacrifice_n be_v the_o cause_n of_o his_o confirmation_n and_o of_o his_o subject_n &_o of_o all_o his_o other_o thing_n and_o this_o sacrifice_n he_o do_v every_o year_n the_o 29._o day_n of_o august_n and_o to_o those_o white_a horse_n and_o mare_n wheresoever_o they_o do_v go_v they_o do_v great_a reverence_n this_o great_a cane_n have_v in_o his_o court_n certain_a negromancier_n which_o by_o art_n of_o the_o devil_n when_o it_o be_v foul_a &_o troubleseme_v weather_n it_o shall_v be_v fair_a and_o clear_a weather_n in_o his_o palace_n and_o do_v give_v to_o understand_v to_o the_o people_n that_o the_o clearness_n be_v over_o the_o palace_n where_o the_o great_a cane_n be_v only_o for_o his_o desert_n and_o holy_a life_n and_o by_o virtue_n of_o his_o idol_n when_o any_o one_o be_v judge_v to_o die_v as_o soon_o as_o he_o be_v dead_a they_o see_v he_o and_o eat_v he_o but_o those_o that_o die_v by_o natural_a death_n be_v meat_n for_o their_o idol_n and_o beside_o this_o when_o the_o great_a cane_n be_v at_o his_o table_n these_o enchanter_n do_v work_v by_o art_n of_o the_o devil_n that_o cup_n do_v rise_v from_o the_o table_n ten_o cubit_n into_o the_o air_n and_o do_v set_v themselves_o down_o again_o devil_n and_o when_o they_o will_v do_v this_o they_o demand_v of_o the_o great_a cane_n a_o black_a sheep_n and_o the_o wood_n of_o alloe_o and_o incense_n &_o other_o sweet_a spice_n whereof_o there_o be_v great_a plenty_n because_o their_o sacrifice_n seem_v the_o more_o sweet_a and_o he_o command_v to_o be_v deliver_v to_o they_o what_o they_o will_v have_v for_o because_o they_o believe_v that_o their_o idol_n do_v preserve_v and_o keep_v he_o and_o all_o his_o company_n these_o prophet_n and_o priest_n do_v cause_n the_o flesh_n to_o be_v sod_v with_o spice_n in_o presence_n of_o their_o idol_n &_o do_v put_v incense_v therein_o and_o pour_v the_o broth_n into_o the_o air_n &_o they_o say_v the_o idol_n take_v of_o it_o what_o please_v he_o and_o this_o they_o do_v with_o great_a sing_n every_o idol_n have_v his_o name_n and_o to_o every_o one_o they_o do_v this_o worship_n on_o their_o day_n as_o we_o do_v on_o our_o saint_n day_n they_o have_v many_o monastery_n depute_v to_o the_o name_n of_o their_o idol_n there_o be_v in_o that_o country_n one_o monastery_n as_o big_a as_o a_o good_a city_n monk_n in_o the_o which_o there_o be_v 400._o monk_n that_o go_v honest_o apparel_v and_o their_o beard_n and_o head_n shave_v upon_o their_o feast_n day_n they_o keep_v great_a solemnity_n with_o sing_v and_o praise_v and_o light_n and_o some_o of_o these_o religious_a man_n have_v many_o wife_n and_o some_o of_o they_o live_v chaste_a the_o chaste_a do_v eat_v the_o bran_n and_o the_o meal_n knead_v together_o with_o a_o little_a hot_a water_n and_o do_v fast_o oftentimes_o in_o reverence_n of_o their_o idol_n and_o do_v wear_v garment_n make_v of_o canvas_n die_v black_a or_o blue_a &_o some_o white_a and_o do_v lie_v in_o almadraques_n sharp_a and_o hard_a bed_n and_o the_o other_o religious_a that_o be_v marry_v they_o go_v well_o apparel_v and_o do_v eat_v and_o drink_v well_o and_o do_v say_v that_o those_o which_o live_v the_o straight_a life_n be_v heretic_n and_o fool_n because_o they_o do_v punish_v their_o body_n by_o mean_n whereof_o they_o can_v not_o honour_v their_o idol_n as_o they_o ought_v to_o do_v and_o as_z reason_n be_v all_o the_o idol_n of_o these_o marry_a religious_a man_n they_o do_v name_n by_o the_o name_n of_o woman_n because_o they_o be_v such_o lecherous_a people_n of_o a_o victory_n the_o great_a cane_n have_v chap._n 53._o here_o for_o your_o better_a information_n i_o will_v declare_v unto_o you_o of_o a_o victory_n the_o great_a cane_n have_v whereby_o you_o shall_v the_o better_o understand_v and_o know_v of_o his_o strength_n and_o power_n it_o be_v he_o that_o now_o reign_v which_o be_v call_v cublay_n cane_z which_o be_v as_o much_o to_o say_v as_o lord_n of_o lord_n you_o shall_v understand_v that_o this_o
by_o his_o say_a wife_n two_o and_o twenty_o son_n the_o elder_a of_o they_o be_v call_v chinchis_n in_o remembrance_n of_o the_o first_o king_n of_o tartar_n and_o also_o to_o renew_v that_o name_n this_o first_o son_n be_v call_v chinchis_n cane_n and_o shall_v have_v succeed_v his_o father_n in_o the_o kingdom_n but_o because_o he_o die_v before_o his_o father_n his_o elder_a son_n call_v themur_fw-la cane_z and_o this_o his_o son_n son_n because_o he_o shall_v reign_v after_o he_o keep_v a_o great_a court_n by_o himself_o of_o a_o great_a city_n call_v cambalu_n and_o of_o all_o the_o goodly_a and_o marvelous_a thing_n that_o be_v do_v there_o chap._n 55._o now_o i_o will_v declare_v unto_o you_o of_o the_o worthy_a and_o noble_a city_n call_v cambalu_n order_v the_o which_o be_v in_o the_o province_n of_o cathaya_n this_o city_n be_v four_o and_o twenty_o mile_n compass_n and_o be_v foursquare_a that_o be_v to_o every_o quarter_n six_o mile_n compass_n the_o wall_n be_v very_o strong_a of_o twenty_o pace_n high_a and_o battlement_n of_o three_o pace_n high_a the_o wall_n be_v five_o pace_n thick_a this_o city_n have_v twelve_o gate_n and_o at_o every_o gate_n be_v a_o very_a fair_a palace_n and_o upon_o the_o top_n of_o every_o corner_n of_o the_o say_a wall_n be_v also_o a_o fair_a palace_n and_o in_o all_o these_o palace_n join_v to_o the_o wall_n be_v many_o people_n appoint_v for_o to_o watch_v and_o keep_v the_o city_n and_o in_o those_o palace_n be_v all_o manner_n of_o armour_n and_o weapon_n for_o the_o defence_n and_o strength_n of_o the_o city_n the_o street_n of_o this_o city_n be_v so_o fair_a and_o straight_o that_o you_o may_v see_v a_o candle_n or_o fire_n from_o the_o one_o end_n to_o the_o other_o in_o this_o city_n be_v many_o fair_a palace_n and_o house_n and_o in_o the_o midst_n of_o it_o be_v a_o notable_a great_a and_o fair_a palace_n in_o the_o which_o there_o be_v a_o great_a tours_n wherein_o there_o be_v a_o great_a bell_n and_o after_o that_o bell_n be_v toll_v three_o time_n no_o body_n may_v go_v abroad_o in_o the_o city_n but_o the_o watchman_n that_o be_v appoint_v for_o to_o keep_v the_o city_n and_o the_o nurse_n that_o do_v keep_v child_n new_o bear_v and_o physician_n that_o go_v to_o visit_v the_o sick_a and_o these_o may_v not_o go_v without_o light_n at_o every_o gate_n nighy_o there_o be_v a_o thousand_o man_n to_o watch_v not_o for_o fear_v of_o any_o enemy_n watch_v but_o to_o avoid_v thief_n and_o robber_n in_o the_o city_n which_o many_o time_n do_v chance_n in_o the_o city_n and_o this_o great_a watch_n the_o great_a cane_n do_v cause_n to_o conserve_v and_o keep_v hâ—s_a people_n and_o subject_n that_o no_o man_n shall_v do_v they_o hurt_v without_o this_o city_n be_v twelve_o suburb_n very_o great_a and_o every_o one_o of_o they_o answer_v to_o his_o gate_n of_o the_o city_n and_o in_o these_o be_v many_o merchant_n and_o man_n of_o occupation_n and_o thither_o do_v resort_v all_o people_n that_o come_v out_o of_o the_o country_n child_n and_o such_o lord_n as_o have_v to_o do_v with_o the_o king_n or_o his_o court_n and_o in_o these_o suburb_n be_v more_o than_o twenty_o thousand_o single_a or_o common_a woman_n and_o never_o a_o one_o of_o they_o may_v dwell_v within_o the_o city_n on_o pain_n of_o burn_a out_o of_o this_o city_n go_v every_o day_n above_o a_o thousand_o cartes_n with_o silk_n the_o great_a cane_n be_v guard_v every_o night_n with_o twenty_o thousand_o gentleman_n on_o horseback_n not_o for_o any_o fear_n but_o for_o dignity_n they_o be_v call_v chisitano_n which_o be_v as_o much_o to_o say_v as_o knight_n for_o the_o body_n or_o trusty_a knight_n the_o manner_n of_o the_o great_a cane_n for_o his_o dinner_n be_v this_o they_o make_v ready_a all_o the_o table_n round_o about_o the_o hall_n and_o in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o hall_n be_v make_v ready_a the_o table_n for_o the_o great_a cane_n set_v his_o back_n towards_o the_o north_n and_o his_o face_n towards_o the_o south_n his_o first_o wife_n sit_v next_o unto_o he_o on_o his_o left_a hand_n and_o his_o other_o wife_n follow_v orderly_a on_o his_o other_o side_n do_v sit_v his_o son_n and_o his_o son_n child_n one_o after_o another_o according_a to_o his_o age_n those_o that_o be_v of_o the_o imperial_a lineage_n do_v sit_v down_o afterward_o at_o another_o table_n more_o low_a and_o the_o other_o lord_n and_o their_o wife_n do_v sit_v at_o other_o table_n more_o low_a according_a to_o their_o degree_n dignity_n office_n estate_n and_o age_n at_o the_o say_a â—_z common_o do_v sit_v four_o thousand_o person_n or_o very_o near_a that_o and_o every_o one_o may_v see_v the_o great_a cane_n as_o he_o sit_v at_o his_o dinner_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o hall_n be_v a_o very_a great_a vessel_n or_o cistern_n of_o fine_a gold_n that_o will_v hold_v ten_o hogshead_n which_o be_v always_o keep_v full_a of_o perfect_a good_a drink_n and_o near_o unto_o that_o vessel_n be_v other_o four_o vessel_n of_o silver_n big_a than_o that_o full_a of_o good_a wine_n with_o many_o other_o vessel_n and_o pot_n by_o they_o of_o gold_n and_o of_o silver_n which_o may_v be_v of_o pottel_n a_o piece_n or_o as_o much_o as_o will_v serve_v four_o man_n for_o a_o dinner_n at_o dinner_n out_o of_o the_o vessel_n of_o gold_n with_o pot_n of_o gold_n they_o draw_v wine_n for_o to_o serve_v the_o great_a cane_n his_o table_n for_o he_o his_o wife_n child_n and_o kindred_n and_o out_o of_o the_o vessel_n of_o silver_n mouth_n with_o jar_v and_o pot_n of_o silver_n they_o draw_v wine_n to_o serve_v the_o lord_n and_o the_o lady_n and_o all_o other_o sit_v at_o the_o table_n as_o well_o woman_n as_o man_n and_o every_o one_o that_o sit_v at_o the_o table_n have_v a_o cup_n of_o gold_n before_o he_o to_o drink_v in_o and_o every_o one_o that_o bring_v any_o service_n to_o the_o great_a cane_n table_n have_v a_o towel_n of_o gold_n and_o silk_n before_o his_o mouth_n because_o his_o breath_n shall_v not_o come_v upon_o the_o meat_n and_o drink_v they_o bring_v when_o the_o great_a cane_n will_v drink_v all_o the_o musician_n that_o be_v in_o the_o hall_n do_v play_v and_o every_o one_o that_o serve_v kneel_v down_o till_o he_o have_v drink_v in_o the_o hall_n be_v always_o jester_n juggler_n and_o fool_n attend_v upon_o the_o table_n to_o make_v pastime_n all_o dinner_n time_n and_o after_o dinner_n be_v do_v and_o the_o table_n take_v up_o bear_v every_o man_n go_v about_o his_o business_n all_o the_o tartar_n keep_v great_a feast_n and_o cheer_n every_o year_n on_o the_o day_n that_o cublay_n cane_z be_v bear_v which_o be_v on_o the_o eight_o and_o twentieth_o day_n of_o september_n and_o that_o be_v the_o great_a feast_n they_o make_v in_o all_o the_o year_n save_o one_o that_o hereafter_o shall_v be_v speak_v of_o the_o great_a cane_n do_v apparel_n himself_o that_o day_n he_o be_v bear_v on_o in_o cloth_n of_o gold_n marvelous_a rich_a and_o .12000_o baron_n be_v apparel_v with_o he_o after_o the_o same_o sort_n touch_v the_o cloth_n of_o gold_n livery_n but_o not_o so_o rich_a and_o precious_a and_o every_o one_o of_o they_o have_v a_o great_a girdle_n of_o gold_n and_o that_o apparel_n and_o girdle_n the_o great_a cane_n give_v they_o mark_n and_o there_o be_v never_o a_o one_o of_o those_o garment_n with_o the_o girdle_n but_o it_o be_v worth_a .10000_o bisancios_fw-la of_o gold_n which_o may_v be_v a_o thousand_o mark_n by_o this_o you_o may_v perceive_v that_o he_o be_v of_o great_a power_n and_o riches_n and_o on_o the_o say_a day_n all_o the_o tartar_n and_o merchant_n and_o subject_n and_o those_o that_o dwell_v in_o his_o country_n be_v bind_v to_o present_v unto_o he_o every_o one_o somthe_a according_a to_o his_o degree_n and_o ability_n in_o knowledge_v he_o to_o be_v their_o lord_n and_o whatsoever_o he_o be_v that_o do_v beg_v any_o office_n or_o gift_n of_o he_o must_v give_v he_o a_o present_a according_a to_o the_o gift_n he_o do_v ask_v and_o all_o his_o subject_n and_o merchant_n and_o traveller_n or_o any_o other_o that_o be_v find_v in_o his_o country_n or_o province_n be_v usual_o bind_v to_o pray_v for_o the_o great_a cane_n to_o his_o idol_n to_o preserve_v he_o and_o his_o country_n whether_o they_o be_v tartar_n or_o christiane_n february_n or_o jew_n or_o moor_n the_o tartar_n begin_v their_o year_n the_o first_o day_n of_o february_n and_o do_v keep_v a_o great_a feast_n that_o day_n and_o the_o great_a cane_n and_o his_o baron_n with_o all_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o city_n do_v apparel_n themselves_o in_o white_a that_o day_n
that_o when_o they_o be_v set_v up_o there_o may_v be_v under_o and_o walk_v at_o their_o ease_n .2000_o knight_n and_o the_o enter_v into_o they_o open_v towards_o the_o south_n and_o one_o of_o the_o tent_n be_v for_o the_o baron_n and_o knight_n that_o be_v of_o the_o lord_n guard_n and_o in_o a_o small_a tent_n that_o stand_v by_o it_o open_v towards_o the_o septentrion_n edify_v with_o fair_a chamber_n wrought_v all_o with_o gold_n ordain_v for_o the_o great_a cane_n where_o he_o keep_v court_n and_o audience_n to_o all_o they_o that_o come_v and_o in_o this_o tent_n there_o be_v two_o chamber_n with_o fair_a halles_n and_o the_o feeling_n be_v sustain_v upon_o three_o pillar_n of_o a_o marvelous_a work_n and_o be_v cover_v with_o lion_n skin_n and_o of_o other_o beast_n wrought_v and_o paint_v of_o diverse_a colour_n so_o that_o neither_o wind_n nor_o rain_n can_v enter_v or_o pass_v through_o for_o they_o be_v make_v only_o for_o that_o purpose_n and_o these_o chamber_n and_o hall_n be_v fur_v with_o ermine_n and_o jebelines_n or_o sables_z which_o sabels_n be_v so_o precious_a that_o one_o fur_n for_o a_o knight_n be_v or_o be_v worth_a .2000_o bysancios_fw-la of_o gold_n valour_n all_o the_o cord_n of_o these_o tent_n be_v of_o silk_n and_o these_o two_o tent_n be_v of_o such_o value_n that_o a_o mean_a king_n though_o he_o do_v sell_v all_o his_o land_n be_v not_o able_a to_o buy_v they_o â–ª_o and_o round_o about_o these_o two_o tent_n stand_v many_o other_o tent_n be_v very_o fair_a for_o the_o baron_n and_o for_o the_o other_o people_n so_o well_o set_v and_o ordain_v that_o it_o seem_v to_o be_v a_o great_a city_n &_o from_o every_o place_n there_o come_v people_n to_o see_v the_o mightiness_n &_o pleasure_n of_o the_o great_a cane_n there_o go_v with_o the_o great_a cane_n all_o his_o court_n that_o he_o keep_v in_o cambalu_n and_o in_o the_o place_n he_o remain_v hunt_v and_o hawk_v until_o all_o the_o month_n of_o april_n for_o there_o they_o find_v great_a plenty_n of_o wildefoule_n for_o that_o there_o be_v great_a lake_n and_o river_n when_o the_o great_a cane_n go_v on_o hawk_v for_o wild_a foul_a there_o may_v no_o man_n hawk_v near_o he_o not_o within_o twenty_o day_n journey_n upon_o a_o great_a penalty_n and_o from_o the_o begin_n of_o march_n until_o october_n there_o be_v no_o baron_n nor_o subject_n unto_o the_o great_a cane_n that_o dare_v take_v any_o wild_a beast_n or_o foul_a â–ª_o though_o there_o be_v very_o great_a plenty_n in_o that_o country_n upon_o great_a penalty_n and_o when_o the_o time_n of_o his_o hawk_n be_v end_v he_o return_v unto_o the_o city_n of_o cambalâ—_n hawk_v by_o the_o way_n and_o near_o unto_o the_o city_n he_o do_v keep_v solemn_a cheer_n three_o day_n within_o the_o say_a city_n they_o lodge_v no_o stranger_n end_v nor_o bury_v any_o dead_a corpse_n there_o come_v unto_o this_o city_n merchandise_n from_o all_o part_n of_o the_o world_n cloth_n of_o gold_n and_o of_o silk_n precious_a stone_n and_o pearl_n and_o great_a plenty_n of_o other_o notable_a thing_n to_o maintain_v the_o magnificence_n of_o the_o great_a cane_n court_n that_o he_o have_v and_o for_o the_o great_a resort_n of_o people_n that_o come_v thither_o and_o this_o city_n be_v situate_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o his_o province_n and_o country_n of_o the_o money_n that_o be_v use_v in_o all_o that_o country_n chap._n 59_o the_o great_a cane_n cause_v his_o money_n to_o be_v make_v in_o this_o manner_n cause_v the_o rind_n of_o a_o mulberry_n tree_n to_o be_v cut_v very_o thin_a which_o be_v between_o the_o utter_a rind_n and_o the_o tree_n and_o of_o this_o he_o make_v money_n both_o small_a and_o great_a which_o some_o of_o they_o be_v worth_a half_a a_o ounce_n some_o a_o ounce_n country_n some_o ten_o groat_n some_o twenty_o some_o thirty_o and_o same_o worth_a a_o bisanco_n of_o gold_n and_o some_o of_o two_o bisancoe_n and_o so_o they_o rise_v until_o ten_o bisancio_n of_o gold_n this_o money_n be_v stamp_v with_o the_o sign_n of_o the_o lord_n &_o it_o be_v currant_n in_o all_o his_o country_n and_o in_o all_o the_o province_n which_o be_v subject_a unto_o he_o &_o no_o man_n may_v refuse_v this_o money_n for_o if_o he_o do_v he_o must_v lose_v his_o head_n generation_n &_o he_o that_o do_v counterfeit_v his_o coin_n shall_v be_v destroy_v unto_o the_o three_o generation_n there_o come_v sometime_o unto_o the_o court_n of_o cambalu_n merchant_n that_o bring_v gold_n and_o precious_a stone_n for_o to_o buy_v the_o cloth_n of_o gold_n and_o silk_n and_o other_o merchaundize_n in_o quantity_n of_o three_o thousand_o bisancio_n of_o gold_n and_o many_o time_n the_o great_a cane_n command_v that_o all_o the_o gold_n silver_n and_o precious_a stone_n that_o may_v be_v find_v in_o the_o merchauntes_n hand_n and_o subject_n of_o his_o dominion_n shall_v be_v deliver_v to_o his_o treasurer_n and_o so_o they_o do_v and_o they_o be_v pay_v for_o it_o in_o this_o say_a money_n which_o be_v make_v of_o the_o rind_n of_o a_o mulberry_n tree_n that_o they_o may_v see_v how_o all_o the_o gold_n silver_n pearl_n &_o precious_a stone_n be_v close_v up_o in_o his_o treasury_n be_v buy_v for_o this_o vile_a money_n of_o no_o value_n so_o that_o little_a gold_n silver_n pearl_n and_o precious_a stone_n come_v out_o of_o his_o country_n and_o after_o this_o sort_n he_o make_v himself_o the_o rich_a prince_n of_o the_o world_n of_o the_o order_n and_o rule_n that_o he_o have_v in_o his_o dominion_n chap._n 60._o the_o great_a cane_n have_v set_v ten_o baron_n or_o noble_a man_n of_o great_a estimation_n to_o govern_v .64_o province_n and_o country_n subject_n unto_o he_o affair_n and_o they_o ever_o remain_v in_o his_o city_n imperial_a of_o cambalu_n and_o these_o ten_o baron_n do_v appoint_v judge_n and_o notary_n over_o the_o country_n that_o be_v under_o their_o guide_n of_o the_o which_o every_o one_o of_o they_o do_v exercise_v his_o office_n in_o the_o country_n that_o he_o have_v charge_n of_o and_o these_o judge_n remain_v also_o in_o the_o city_n of_o cambalu_n under_o the_o obedience_n of_o those_o baron_n these_o ten_o baron_n do_v constitute_v governor_n and_o officer_n through_o all_o the_o country_n and_o do_v change_v they_o when_o they_o list_v and_o when_o they_o have_v put_v they_o in_o the_o room_n they_o do_v present_v they_o before_o the_o great_a cane_n and_o he_o do_v accept_v they_o and_o give_v they_o table_n of_o gold_n and_o by_o write_v the_o order_n how_o to_o use_v themselves_o and_o these_o governor_n and_o officer_n do_v give_v they_o knowledge_n by_o letter_n and_o messenger_n unto_o the_o judge_n which_o be_v deputy_n over_o they_o and_o those_o judge_n do_v notify_v all_o thing_n unto_o those_o ten_o baron_n and_o they_o do_v make_v declaration_n of_o it_o unto_o the_o great_a cane_n so_o that_o after_o this_o manner_n he_o know_v what_o be_v do_v in_o his_o country_n and_o provide_v for_o all_o thing_n necessary_a of_o the_o say_a order_n chap._n 61._o these_o ten_o baron_n be_v call_v senich_n which_o be_v to_o say_v the_o principal_n of_o the_o court_n and_o these_o do_v provide_v for_o the_o preservation_n of_o the_o great_a cane_n estate_n and_o they_o do_v ordain_v his_o war_n and_o host_n and_o knight_n and_o they_o do_v treat_v and_o make_v peace_n between_o the_o lord_n and_o they_o do_v make_v provision_n in_o every_o manner_n of_o thing_n that_o touch_v their_o lord_n estate_n and_o to_o all_o his_o dominion_n but_o they_o let_v nothing_o pass_v until_o such_o time_n as_o their_o lord_n do_v understand_v it_o of_o the_o city_n cambalu_n chap._n 62._o the_o city_n of_o cambalu_n have_v many_o outlette_n and_o gate_n that_o thoroughe_o they_o they_o may_v go_v unto_o diverse_a province_n and_o country_n &_o when_o they_o go_v from_o thence_o for_o to_o go_v unto_o cataya_n they_o find_v a_o great_a mountain_n where_o there_o be_v black_a stone_n &_o they_o burn_v like_o wood_n when_o they_o be_v well_o kindle_v they_o will_v keep_v a_o fire_n from_o one_o day_n to_o a_o other_o which_o i_o suppose_v be_v of_o the_o nature_n of_o our_o seacole_n and_o they_o do_v burn_v of_o they_o in_o that_o country_n though_o the_o have_v wood_n but_o the_o wood_n be_v more_o dear_a than_o be_v the_o stone_n or_o seacoale_n of_o the_o marvellous_a thing_n that_o be_v find_v in_o that_o country_n chap._n 63._o the_o great_a cane_n send_v i_o marcus_n paulus_n as_o his_o ambassador_n towards_o the_o occident_n or_o westward_n ambassador_n in_o the_o which_o message_n i_o be_v fourteen_o month_n from_o the_o time_n that_o i_o go_v from_o cambalu_n and_o here_o i_o will_v declare_v to_o you_o
of_o the_o marvellous_a thing_n that_o i_o see_v with_o my_o own_o eye_n aswell_o at_o my_o go_v outward_o as_o at_o my_o come_n homeward_o as_o that_o at_o my_o go_v from_o cambalu_n and_o take_v my_o journey_n towards_o the_o occident_n or_o westward_o and_o after_o that_o i_o have_v go_v ten_o day_n journey_n poluisanguis_n i_o find_v a_o very_a great_a river_n which_o be_v call_v poluisanguis_n and_o run_v his_o course_n into_o the_o ocean_n sea_n upon_o this_o river_n there_o be_v a_o bridge_n the_o fair_a in_o the_o world_n it_o have_v three_o hundred_o pace_n of_o length_n long_a and_o eight_o pace_n of_o breadth_n so_o that_o there_o may_v go_v ten_o man_n in_o a_o rank_n on_o horseback_n this_o bridge_n have_v four_o and_o twenty_o arch_n of_o marble_n very_o artificial_o wrought_v at_o the_o head_n of_o this_o bridge_n at_o the_o one_o side_n stand_v a_o pillar_n be_v very_o great_a of_o marble_n have_v a_o lion_n stand_v on_o the_o top_n and_o a_o other_o lion_n at_o the_o nether_a end_n be_v very_o lively_o make_v and_o a_o pace_n and_o a_o half_a distant_a from_o that_o stand_v a_o other_o like_a unto_o it_o and_o so_o orderly_a stand_v one_o by_o another_o till_o you_o come_v unto_o the_o further_a end_n of_o the_o bridge_n so_o there_o be_v on_o each_o side_n of_o the_o bridge_n two_o hundred_o pillar_n and_o in_o the_o mid_n of_o every_o pillar_n there_o be_v make_v image_n of_o man_n very_o artificial_o of_o the_o city_n name_v goygu_n and_o of_o many_o marvelous_a thing_n chap._n 64._o from_o this_o bridge_n you_o shall_v go_v ten_o mile_n through_o field_n full_a of_o vine_n &_o very_o fair_a palace_n at_o the_o ten_o mile_n end_n there_o be_v a_o city_n name_v goygu_n it_o be_v very_o great_a &_o fair_a in_o it_o there_o strand_v a_o great_a abbey_n of_o idolatry_n the_o people_n of_o this_o country_n live_v upon_o merchandise_n gold_n and_o be_v artificer_n for_o they_o do_v make_v great_a plenty_n of_o cloth_n of_o gold_n and_o silk_n also_o there_o be_v plenty_n of_o lodging_n for_o those_o that_o do_v travail_n and_o come_v thither_o out_o of_o other_o place_n of_o the_o way_n that_o go_v unto_o the_o country_n of_o the_o magos_n chap._n 65._o go_v from_o this_o city_n almost_o a_o mile_n there_o part_v two_o way_n the_o one_o go_v unto_o the_o occident_n or_o west_n and_o the_o other_o go_v towards_o the_o siroco_n the_o way_n which_o go_v unto_o the_o occident_n or_o west_n lead_v unto_o the_o ocean_n sea_n towards_o the_o high_a country_n of_o the_o magos_n and_o you_o may_v travail_v through_o the_o province_n of_o cataâ—a_n ten_o day_n journey_n in_o the_o which_o way_n there_o be_v many_o city_n and_o town_n of_o the_o city_n name_v tarasu_n chap._n 66._o after_o you_o do_v go_v from_o the_o city_n of_o goygu_n travail_v ten_o day_n journey_n you_o come_v unto_o a_o city_n name_v tarasu_n which_o be_v the_o head_n city_n of_o that_o country_n or_o province_n where_o there_o be_v plenty_n of_o vine_n &_o much_o wine_n and_o there_o they_o do_v make_v all_o kind_n of_o armour_n for_o the_o great_a cane_n court._n â—â—â—de_v in_o the_o country_n of_o cataya_n there_o be_v no_o wine_n for_o they_o provide_v themselves_o of_o wine_n out_o of_o this_o region_n of_o the_o city_n name_v paimphu_n chap._n 67._o travel_v from_o thence_o towards_o the_o occident_n or_o west_n eight_o day_n journey_n through_o fair_a city_n and_o town_n wherein_o they_o do_v traffic_v merchandize_n at_o the_o eight_o day_n journey_n you_o shall_v come_v unto_o a_o very_a great_a and_o fair_a city_n which_o be_v name_v paymphu_n and_o go_v two_o day_n journey_n beyond_o it_o you_o shall_v come_v unto_o a_o fair_a town_n name_v caychin_n which_o be_v make_v by_o their_o king._n of_o a_o king_n name_v bur._n chap._n 68_o this_o burr_n war_v a_o long_a time_n with_o prester_n john_n &_o he_o can_v never_o have_v any_o vantage_n of_o he_o but_o at_o last_o prester_n john_n get_v he_o by_o a_o train_n after_o this_o sort_n seven_o young_a gentleman_n of_o prester_n john_n court_n go_v from_o he_o with_o his_o licence_n and_o come_v to_o the_o court_n of_o this_o king_n bur_n show_v as_o though_o they_o have_v depart_v from_o prester_n john_n in_o great_a displeasure_n &_o so_o offer_v themselves_o to_o serve_v the_o say_a king_n bur_n who_o retain_v they_o as_o squire_n and_o page_n in_o his_o court_n and_o after_o they_o have_v be_v with_o he_o two_o year_n have_v great_a confidence_n and_o trust_n in_o they_o this_o king_n burr_n on_o a_o time_n ride_v abroad_o for_o his_o pleasure_n and_o take_v with_o he_o the_o say_v seven_o gentleman_n and_o be_v the_o distance_n of_o a_o mile_n from_o his_o castle_n perceive_n they_o have_v he_o now_o at_o advantage_n to_o execute_v their_o purpose_n take_v he_o and_o carry_v he_o to_o prester_n john_n and_o prester_n john_n make_v he_o his_o shepherd_n and_o keep_v his_o sheep_n two_o year_n john_n and_o afterwards_o give_v he_o horse_n and_o man_n and_o send_v he_o to_o his_o castle_n as_o his_o shepherd_n of_o the_o city_n name_v casiomphur_n chap._n 69._o beyond_o this_o castle_n twenty_o mile_n towards_o the_o occident_n there_o stand_v a_o great_a city_n name_v casiompâ—ur_n and_o the_o people_n of_o it_o worship_v idol_n make_v the_o like_a do_v all_o those_o of_o the_o country_n of_o cataya_n in_o this_o city_n there_o be_v make_v much_o cloth_n of_o gold_n and_o of_o silk_n of_o the_o city_n name_v bengomphu_n and_o of_o many_o thing_n that_o there_o be_v find_v in_o those_o party_n chap._n 70._o go_v from_o casiomphur_n eight_o day_n journey_n towards_o the_o occident_n you_o shall_v go_v always_o by_o great_a city_n and_o fair_a town_n and_o excellent_a place_n with_o goodly_a and_o fair_a garden_n with_o principal_a house_n there_o be_v great_a plenty_n of_o wild_a beast_n and_o fowl_n for_o hunt_v and_o hawk_v and_o at_o the_o end_n of_o these_o eight_o day_n journey_n there_o stand_v a_o fair_a city_n which_o be_v call_v bengomphu_n and_o be_v the_o head_n city_n of_o that_o realm_n there_o be_v in_o this_o city_n as_o king_n one_o of_o the_o great_a cane_n son_n who_o be_v call_v magala_n the_o people_n of_o this_o realm_n be_v idolator_n this_o city_n have_v plenty_n of_o all_o thing_n and_o without_o this_o city_n stand_v the_o palace_n royal_a of_o the_o king_n the_o which_o with_o the_o wal_n of_o the_o city_n be_v ten_o mile_n compass_n in_o this_o city_n there_o be_v a_o lake_n make_v of_o many_o fountain_n that_o run_v and_o serve_v the_o city_n gold_n the_o wall_n of_o this_o city_n have_v very_o fair_a battlement_n and_o on_o the_o inside_n of_o the_o wall_n of_o the_o palace_n it_o be_v lay_v on_o with_o gold_n like_a plaster_n and_o without_o this_o palace_n round_o about_o that_o lake_n there_o be_v very_o fair_a and_o delectable_a ground_n and_o field_n of_o the_o province_n name_v chinchy_n chap._n 71._o go_v from_o this_o palace_n towards_o the_o occident_n three_o day_n journey_n you_o come_v unto_o a_o plain_a full_a of_o fair_a city_n and_o town_n and_o at_o this_o three_o day_n journey_n end_n there_o be_v great_a mountain_n and_o valley_n belong_v â—o_o the_o province_n of_o chinchy_n in_o these_o mountain_n and_o valley_n there_o be_v many_o city_n and_o town_n and_o all_o the_o people_n there_o be_v idolater_n husbandman_n and_o hunter_n this_o journey_n endure_v twenty_o day_n there_o be_v in_o it_o many_o lion_n â—nd_v plenty_n of_o other_o wild_a beast_n and_o in_o all_o these_o twenty_o day_n journey_n there_o be_v plenty_n of_o lodging_n for_o those_o that_o do_v travel_n city_n of_o the_o country_n and_o city_n call_v cinele_v mangi_n and_o many_o other_o thing_n which_o be_v find_v there_o chap._n 72._o at_o the_o end_n of_o twenty_o day_n journey_n stand_v a_o city_n name_v cynele_v a_o noble_a and_o a_o great_a city_n and_o under_o the_o obedience_n of_o this_o city_n there_o be_v many_o city_n &_o town_n toward_o the_o occident_n the_o people_n of_o this_o country_n be_v idolator_n they_o have_v great_a trade_n of_o merchandise_n in_o this_o country_n there_o be_v plenty_n of_o ginger_n â–ª_o and_o from_o thence_o the_o merchant_n do_v carry_v it_o unto_o cataya_n also_o there_o be_v abundance_n of_o wheat_n and_o other_o grain_n mâ—ngâ—_n this_o country_n be_v call_v cynele_v mangi_n and_o it_o have_v two_o day_n journey_n of_o plain_a country_n beyond_o this_o country_n there_o be_v great_a plain_n and_o valley_n &_o mountain_n be_v great_o inhabit_v with_o city_n and_o town_n for_o the_o space_n of_o twenty_o day_n journey_n where_o there_o be_v many_o lion_n and_o bear_n beside_o other_o wild_a beast_n cut_n also_o there_o be_v great_a plenty_n
of_o muskcat_n and_o other_o noble_a and_o fair_a beast_n of_o the_o country_n and_o city_n name_v cindarifa_n and_o of_o a_o marvelous_a bridge_n chap._n 73._o after_o you_o have_v go_v these_o twenty_o day_n journey_n you_o come_v unto_o a_o great_a plain_a be_v of_o the_o country_n name_v cindarifa_n which_o be_v twenty_o mile_n compass_n and_o the_o great_a cane_n before_o he_o die_v divide_v it_o into_o three_o part_n &_o all_o three_o part_n be_v strong_o wall_v round_o about_o through_o the_o midst_n of_o this_o country_n run_v a_o great_a river_n which_o be_v call_v champhu_n half_o a_o mile_n broad_a there_o be_v in_o this_o river_n plenty_n of_o fish_n and_o there_o be_v situate_v upon_o this_o river_n many_o city_n and_o town_n also_o by_o ship_v upon_o this_o river_n they_o sail_v from_o city_n to_o city_n with_o all_o kind_n of_o merchaundises·_n from_o the_o beginning_n and_o head_n of_o this_o river_n until_o the_o enter_v into_o the_o main_a sea_n there_o be_v thirty_o day_n journey_n and_o the_o chief_a city_n of_o this_o country_n be_v name_v sindarifa_n from_o this_o city_n over_o the_o river_n there_o be_v a_o bridge_n of_o a_o mile_n long_o and_o eight_o pace_n broad_a make_v of_o marble_n stone_n it_o and_o cover_v with_o timber_n of_o pineaple_n tree_n very_o fair_a on_o the_o side_n of_o this_o bridge_n there_o be_v house_n and_o shop_n for_o merchant_n and_o of_o diverse_a occupation_n and_o at_o the_o foot_n of_o this_o bridge_n there_o stand_v a_o custom_n house_n very_o fair_a make_v where_o they_o do_v gather_v their_o lord_n custom_n and_o every_o day_n they_o receive_v ten_o thousand_o bisancio_n of_o god_n the_o people_n of_o this_o country_n be_v idolator_n of_o the_o province_n name_v chele_v chap._n 74._o go_v from_o this_o country_n you_o shall_v travel_v through_o a_o fair_a plain_a country_n full_a of_o many_o town_n and_o city_n it_o endure_v five_o day_n journey_n and_o then_o you_o shall_v come_v unto_o a_o province_n which_o be_v call_v chele_v which_o be_v destroy_v by_o the_o great_a cane_n in_o this_o province_n there_o be_v cane_n which_o be_v call_v berganegas_n of_o fifteen_o pace_n long_o and_o ten_o span_n in_o compass_n every_o one_o of_o they_o and_o they_o have_v from_o the_o one_o knot_n to_o the_o other_o three_o span_n about_o the_o travellour_n make_v fire_n with_o these_o cane_n for_o they_o have_v this_o property_n that_o as_o soon_o as_o they_o feel_v the_o heat_n of_o the_o fire_n they_o give_v such_o a_o great_a crack_n that_o the_o sound_n be_v hear_v many_o mile_n off_o and_o the_o lion_n and_o wild_a beast_n that_o be_v thereabouts_o be_v so_o fearful_a of_o that_o noise_n that_o they_o do_v run_v away_o and_o do_v no_o hurt_n unto_o those_o that_o travel_n and_o the_o horse_n that_o the_o travellour_n do_v ride_v on_o have_v so_o much_o fear_n of_o that_o noise_n be_v not_o use_v unto_o it_o that_o they_o break_v their_o bridle_n and_o haulter_n and_o run_v away_o so_o that_o sometime_o they_o can_v find_v they_o again_o therefore_o those_o that_o travel_n do_v tie_v their_o horse_n and_o ass_n in_o certain_a hole_n or_o cave_n that_o they_o find_v in_o the_o mountain_n this_o country_n be_v twenty_o day_n journey_n long_o where_o they_o find_v nothing_o to_o eat_v nor_o yet_o to_o drink_v nor_o no_o habitation_n therefore_o those_o that_o travel_v that_o way_n do_v carry_v provision_n for_o those_o twenty_o day_n journey_n which_o they_o do_v pass_v with_o great_a fear_n and_o travel_v of_o the_o province_n name_v thebet_n and_o of_o the_o marvelous_a beastliness_n and_o filthy_a live_n of_o the_o people_n there_o chap._n 75._o at_o these_o twenty_o day_n journey_n end_n you_o come_v unto_o a_o province_n or_o country_n that_o be_v full_a of_o city_n and_o town_n and_o the_o custom_n in_o this_o country_n be_v that_o none_o do_v marry_v with_o maid_n nor_o virgin_n but_o that_o first_o she_o must_v be_v know_v carnal_o of_o many_o man_n country_n and_o special_o of_o stranger_n and_o for_o this_o occasion_n when_o the_o mother_n mean_v to_o marry_v any_o of_o their_o damsel_n the_o mother_n do_v carry_v they_o near_o the_o high_a way_n side_n and_o with_o mirth_n and_o cheer_n procure_v those_o that_o do_v travel_n to_o sleep_v with_o she_o and_o sometime_o there_o lie_v with_o her_o ten_o and_o with_o some_o other_o twenty_o and_o when_o the_o stranger_n or_o traveller_n go_v his_o way_n from_o any_o such_o damsel_n he_o must_v leave_v unto_o her_o some_o jewel_n the_o which_o jewel_n the_o say_a damsel_n or_o wench_n do_v hang_v at_o their_o neck_n in_o token_n and_o sign_n that_o they_o have_v lose_v their_o virginity_n with_o stranger_n and_o she_o that_o have_v use_v herself_o with_o most_o stranger_n it_o shall_v be_v know_v by_o the_o most_o quantity_n of_o jewel_n that_o she_o wear_v about_o her_o neck_n and_o she_o most_o soon_a shall_v find_v a_o marriage_n and_o shall_v be_v most_o praise_v and_o love_v of_o her_o husband_n and_o those_o of_o this_o province_n be_v idolater_n evil_a man_n cruel_a and_o robber_n in_o this_o country_n there_o be_v many_o wild_a beast_n maugy_a and_o special_o of_o muskette_n all_o those_o of_o this_o country_n do_v wear_v canvas_n and_o cowhyde_n and_o the_o skin_n of_o wild_a beast_n which_o they_o do_v take_v in_o hunt_v this_o country_n be_v name_v thebethe_n and_o be_v adjoin_v unto_o the_o province_n of_o maugy_a of_o the_o province_n and_o country_n name_v maugi_fw-la chap._n 76._o maugy_a maugi_fw-la be_v a_o great_a province_n and_o country_n and_o it_o have_v under_o it_o eight_o kingdom_n and_o river_n and_o in_o the_o same_o there_o be_v find_v much_o gold_n of_o payulsa_fw-la and_o they_o do_v use_v money_n make_v of_o coral_n ass_n and_o the_o coral_n be_v there_o very_o dear_a for_o that_o the_o woman_n do_v use_v to_o wear_v it_o about_o their_o neck_n and_o do_v deck_v their_o idol_n with_o it_o in_o this_o country_n they_o do_v work_v cloth_n of_o gold_n and_o silk_n and_o of_o chamlet_n great_a plenty_n also_o there_o grow_v much_o spice_n also_o there_o be_v many_o negromancer_n astronomer_n enchanter_n and_o evil_o dispose_v man_n also_o there_o be_v in_o this_o country_n mastiff_n as_o big_a as_o ass_n and_o the_o people_n be_v subject_n to_o the_o great_a cane_n of_o the_o province_n and_o country_n name_v candon_n and_o of_o the_o jewel_n that_o grow_v there_o and_o of_o the_o beastly_a condition_n of_o the_o people_n chap._n 77._o candrew_n be_v a_o country_n that_o lie_v towards_o the_o occident_n and_o it_o have_v under_o it_o seven_o kingdom_n of_o idolater_n subject_n under_o the_o great_a cane_n in_o this_o country_n there_o be_v many_o city_n town_n and_o village_n and_o in_o one_o place_n of_o this_o country_n there_o be_v great_a plenty_n of_o pearl_n and_o precious_a stone_n stone_n but_o the_o great_a cane_n do_v not_o suffer_v they_o to_o be_v have_v out_o and_o in_o the_o mountain_n in_o this_o country_n there_o be_v find_v many_o turquess_n and_o they_o may_v not_o be_v have_v out_o of_o the_o country_n without_o express_a licence_n of_o the_o great_a cane_n also_o the_o custom_n of_o the_o people_n in_o this_o country_n be_v custom_n that_o as_o soon_o as_o there_o come_v a_o stranger_n to_o lodge_v in_o his_o house_n the_o good_a man_n go_v out_o command_v his_o wife_n child_n and_o servant_n to_o obey_v that_o stranger_n as_o his_o own_o proper_a person_n and_o he_o never_o come_v home_n unto_o his_o own_o house_n until_o he_o know_v that_o the_o stranger_n be_v go_v from_o his_o house_n and_o he_o know_v it_o by_o a_o sign_n and_o a_o token_n that_o the_o stranger_n do_v leave_v at_o his_o go_v at_o the_o door_n and_o when_o the_o good_a man_n spy_v the_o sign_n or_o token_n he_o enter_v into_o his_o house_n this_o use_n they_o do_v keep_v through_o all_o that_o country_n and_o take_v it_o for_o no_o shame_n although_o the_o stranger_n do_v use_v their_o wife_n but_o rather_o they_o do_v take_v it_o in_o great_a honour_n and_o estimation_n that_o they_o do_v so_o well_o entertain_v the_o stranger_n and_o their_o idol_n tell_v they_o for_o that_o they_o do_v honour_n the_o stranger_n their_o god_n do_v increase_v their_o substance_n the_o people_n of_o this_o country_n do_v use_v money_n make_v of_o gold_n spice_n that_o every_o péeâ—e_n be_v worth_a .7_o ducat_n in_o this_o province_n and_o country_n there_o be_v great_a plenty_n of_o all_o kind_n of_o spice_n and_o musk_n and_o great_a plenty_n of_o fish_n by_o reason_n of_o the_o great_a lake_n and_o pool_n that_o be_v there_o of_o another_o province_n where_o there_o be_v find_v gold_n and_o other_o thing_n chap._n 78._o go_v out_o of_o the_o foresay_a province_n and_o
travel_v ten_o day_n journey_n through_o a_o country_n full_a of_o city_n and_o town_n and_o very_o much_o people_n seem_v much_o in_o their_o use_n and_o custom_n unto_o those_o of_o the_o last_o rehearse_v country_n and_o at_o the_o ten_o day_n journey_n end_n you_o come_v unto_o a_o great_a river_n which_o be_v name_v bruâ—_n at_o the_o which_o end_v the_o country_n and_o province_n name_v candew_v in_o this_o river_n there_o be_v find_v great_a plenty_n of_o gold_n sea_n and_o fast_o by_o this_o river_n grow_v very_o much_o ginger_n and_o this_o river_n fall_v into_o the_o ocean_n sea._n of_o the_o province_n name_v caraya_n chap._n 79._o beyond_o this_o river_n you_o come_v unto_o a_o province_n name_v caraia_n towards_o the_o occident_n in_o this_o country_n there_o be_v seven_o kingdom_n subject_n under_o the_o great_a cane_n here_o reign_v one_o of_o the_o great_a cane_n son_n name_v esentemur_fw-la be_v rich_a wise_a and_o a_o valiant_a man_n and_o govern_v his_o subject_n with_o great_a prudence_n and_o justice_n these_o people_n be_v idolater_n and_o after_o that_o you_o have_v pass_v the_o say_a river_n and_o travel_v five_o day_n journey_n breed_v there_o be_v many_o city_n and_o town_n and_o there_o be_v bring_v up_o and_o breed_v great_a plenty_n of_o horse_n of_o the_o province_n name_v joci_fw-la and_o of_o their_o beastly_a custom_n chap._n 80._o at_o five_o day_n journey_n end_n you_o come_v unto_o a_o city_n which_o be_v name_v joci_fw-la and_o be_v very_o great_a and_o full_a of_o people_n idolater_n save_v that_o there_o be_v some_o christian_a people_n heretic_n nestorian_n they_o do_v use_v for_o their_o money_n fine_a shell_n white_a which_o be_v find_v in_o the_o sea_n and_o fourscore_o of_o they_o be_v worth_a a_o sazo_n of_o gold_n which_o be_v worth_a two_o groat_n of_o gold_n ounce_n and_o eight_o sazos_n of_o silver_n which_o be_v a_o ounce_n and_o be_v worth_a a_o sazo_n of_o gold_n there_o they_o do_v make_v sault_n of_o the_o water_n of_o welles_n great_a plenty_n and_o in_o this_o country_n no_o man_n care_v though_o another_o man_n have_v to_o do_v with_o his_o wife_n there_o be_v a_o lake_n in_o this_o province_n have_v in_o compass_n a_o hundred_o mile_n therein_o be_v plenty_n of_o excellent_a good_a fish_n the_o people_n of_o this_o country_n do_v eat_v raw_a flesh_n after_o this_o manner_n they_o cut_v it_o in_o small_a piece_n and_o sauce_n it_o with_o garlic_n and_o spice_n which_o give_v they_o a_o good_a taste_n unto_o the_o flesh_n of_o the_o province_n name_v chariar_n and_o of_o the_o strange_a serpent_n that_o be_v there_o chap._n 81._o go_v from_o this_o province_n joci_fw-la and_o travel_v ten_o day_n journey_n you_o come_v unto_o another_o province_n name_v chariar_n subject_n unto_o the_o great_a cane_n and_o it_o be_v full_a of_o people_n of_o idolater_n and_o one_o of_o the_o great_a cane_n son_n name_v chocayo_n rule_v and_o govern_v they_o and_o in_o this_o country_n there_o be_v find_v great_a plenty_n of_o gold_n gold_n and_o a_o sazo_n of_o gold_n go_v there_o for_o six_o of_o silver_n and_o they_o do_v use_v in_o this_o country_n little_a white_a shell_n of_o the_o sea_n in_o stead_n of_o money_n which_o be_v bring_v from_o india_n in_o this_o province_n there_o be_v certain_a serpent_n of_o ten_o pace_n in_o length_n and_o their_o gall_n be_v sell_v very_o dear_a for_o they_o do_v use_v it_o in_o money_n medicine_n for_o if_o a_o man_n shall_v be_v bit_n with_o a_o mad_a dog_n lay_v upon_o the_o sore_a so_o much_o quantity_n of_o that_o gall_n as_o will_v lie_v upon_o a_o farthing_n it_o heal_v it_o immediate_o also_o it_o ease_v a_o woman_n of_o her_o pang_n that_o be_v in_o travel_n the_o man_n of_o this_o country_n be_v perverse_a people_n and_o cruel_a for_o if_o they_o do_v see_v any_o traveller_n that_o be_v prudent_a and_o fair_a they_o do_v mark_v where_o the_o night_n do_v take_v they_o and_o thither_o they_o come_v and_o kill_v they_o say_v that_o the_o fairness_n and_o prudence_n of_o the_o dead_a do_v pass_v unto_o they_o and_o therefore_o they_o do_v kill_v they_o and_o not_o for_o to_o rob_v they_o this_o perverse_a custom_n be_v among_o they_o before_o they_o become_v under_o the_o great_a cane_n but_o .95_o year_n hitherto_o that_o they_o be_v under_o the_o great_a cane_n they_o dare_v not_o do_v any_o such_o thing_n and_o therefore_o become_v a_o great_a deal_n better_a people_n and_o of_o a_o better_a disposition_n of_o the_o province_n name_v cingui_n and_o of_o many_o thing_n that_o be_v there_o and_o of_o the_o city_n name_v caucasu_n chap._n 82._o after_o that_o a_o man_n depart_v from_o chariar_n he_o go_v five_o day_n journey_n towards_o the_o occident_n and_o come_v to_o another_o province_n name_v nocteam_n and_o also_o the_o city_n name_v nociam_fw-la which_o be_v the_o head_n of_o this_o province_n and_o it_o be_v under_o the_o great_a cane_n all_o the_o man_n of_o this_o province_n have_v their_o tooth_n cover_v with_o gold_n and_o the_o woman_n do_v dress_v their_o horse_n gold_n the_o man_n do_v no_o other_o thing_n but_o go_v on_o hunt_v pass_v the_o time_n in_o the_o field_n and_o go_v unto_o the_o war_n the_o woman_n do_v buy_v and_o sell_v and_o do_v all_o thing_n necessary_a belong_v to_o the_o house_n and_o govern_v all_o the_o good_n and_o their_o man_n and_o woman_n servant_n over_o and_o above_o this_o the_o woman_n of_o this_o country_n have_v this_o custom_n that_o as_o she_o be_v deliver_v of_o child_n she_o rise_v and_o wrap_v the_o child_n bed_n and_o do_v all_o thing_n belong_v to_o the_o house_n and_o receive_v no_o more_o pain_n than_o though_o she_o have_v not_o be_v deliver_v of_o child_n but_o in_o give_v the_o child_n suck_v and_o as_o soon_o as_o she_o be_v deliver_v the_o husband_n lie_v in_o the_o bed_n lay_v the_o child_n by_o he_o as_o though_o he_o have_v bear_v it_o himself_o for_o the_o space_n of_o forty_o day_n and_o the_o woman_n do_v serve_v he_o he_o be_v visit_v of_o the_o kinsman_n and_o friend_n &_o neighbour_n as_o though_o he_o have_v be_v deliver_v himself_o make_v great_a feast_n for_o the_o space_n of_o thirty_o day_n in_o this_o country_n they_o do_v give_v a_o sazo_n of_o gold_n which_o be_v a_o ounce_n for_o five_o sazos_n of_o silver_n siâ—â—er_n be_v five_o ounce_n also_o they_o do_v use_n persivolas_n be_v little_a shell_n of_o the_o sea_n which_o come_v from_o inâ—iâ—_n in_o stead_n of_o money_n these_o people_n have_v no_o idol_n but_o every_o household_n worship_v their_o superior_a and_o master_n none_o of_o they_o can_v write_v nor_o read_v for_o that_o they_o dwell_v among_o the_o moist_a mountain_n corrupt_v with_o evil_a air_n in_o this_o province_n and_o in_o the_o other_o two_o afore_o specify_v there_o be_v no_o physician_n but_o when_o they_o do_v fall_v sick_a they_o cause_v to_o come_v unto_o their_o house_n certain_a minister_n which_o use_v inchantmente_n by_o the_o power_n of_o the_o devil_n and_o declare_v the_o sickness_n that_o the_o disease_a have_v and_o these_o minister_n sound_v their_o instrument_n in_o honour_n of_o their_o idol_n physic_n in_o so_o much_o that_o the_o devil_n enter_v into_o one_o of_o those_o minister_n enchanter_n or_o idol_n and_o fall_v down_o as_o though_o he_o be_v dead_a and_o those_o minister_n or_o master_n of_o the_o idol_n demand_n of_o he_o that_o lie_v enchant_v or_o in_o a_o trance_n wherefore_o that_o man_n fall_v sick_a and_o he_o answer_v for_o that_o he_o have_v anger_v such_o or_o such_o a_o idol_n and_o then_o those_o master_n or_o minister_n of_o the_o idol_n say_v unto_o he_o that_o be_v enchant_v we_o request_v thou_o to_o pray_v unto_o that_o idol_n that_o be_v angry_a with_o the_o sick_a body_n to_o pardon_v he_o and_o will_v make_v he_o sacrifice_n with_o his_o own_o blood_n and_o if_o he_o that_o be_v in_o this_o trance_n do_v believe_v that_o the_o disease_n be_v mortal_a he_o answer_v this_o sick_a man_n have_v so_o displease_v the_o idol_n that_o i_o know_v not_o whether_o he_o will_v pardon_v he_o or_o not_o for_o that_o he_o have_v determine_v that_o he_o shall_v die_v and_o if_o he_o thynk_v that_o he_o shall_v escape_v he_o say_v if_o he_o will_v live_v it_o behove_v he_o to_o give_v unto_o the_o idol_n so_o many_o sheep_n that_o have_v black_a neck_n and_o to_o dress_v so_o many_o sort_n of_o meat_n dress_v with_o spice_n sufficient_a to_o make_v the_o sacrifice_n unto_o the_o idol_n that_o be_v angry_a with_o he_o and_o for_o the_o minister_n that_o serve_v he_o and_o for_o the_o woman_n that_o serve_v in_o his_o temple_n which_o be_v all_o fraud_n and_o guile_n of_o the_o enchanter_n for_o to_o
get_v victual_n by_o this_o mean_v all_o be_v damn_v unto_o hell._n to_o this_o banquet_n there_o be_v convit_v the_o master_n and_o minister_n of_o the_o idol_n the_o enchanter_n and_o woman_n that_o serve_v in_o the_o temple_n of_o that_o idol_n and_o before_o they_o sit_v down_o to_o the_o table_n they_o do_v sprinkle_v the_o broth_n about_o the_o house_n sing_v and_o dance_v in_o the_o honour_n of_o that_o idol_n and_o they_o do_v ask_v the_o idol_n if_o he_o have_v forgive_v the_o sick_a man_n and_o sometime_o the_o fiend_n answer_v that_o there_o lack_v such_o or_o such_o a_o thing_n which_o immediate_o they_o do_v provide_v and_o when_o he_o answer_v that_o he_o be_v pardon_v than_o they_o do_v sit_v down_o to_o eat_v and_o to_o drink_v that_o sacrifice_n which_o be_v dress_v with_o spice_n and_o this_o do_v they_o go_v unto_o his_o house_n with_o great_a joy_n if_o the_o patient_a heal_n it_o be_v good_a for_o he_o but_o if_o he_o die_v it_o be_v a_o everlasting_a pain_n for_o he_o and_o if_o he_o recover_v they_o do_v believe_v that_o the_o devilish_a idol_n have_v heal_v he_o and_o if_o he_o die_v they_o say_v that_o the_o cause_n of_o his_o death_n be_v for_o the_o great_a offence_n that_o he_o have_v do_v unto_o he_o and_o so_o they_o be_v lose_v as_o brute_n beast_n in_o all_o that_o country_n unicorn_n of_o another_o province_n name_v machay_n where_o there_o be_v unicorn_n elephant_n and_o wild_a beast_n with_o many_o other_o strange_a thing_n chap._n 83._o go_v from_o the_o province_n of_o charian_a you_o go_v down_o a_o great_a penet_n or_o hill_n which_o endure_v two_o day_n journey_n without_o any_o habitation_n save_v one_o town_n where_o they_o do_v keep_v holiday_n three_o day_n in_o the_o week_n there_o they_o do_v take_v a_o sazo_n of_o gold_n for_o five_o of_o silver_n and_o past_o these_o two_o day_n journey_n you_o do_v comâ—_n unto_o the_o province_n name_v machay_n which_o lie_v towards_o the_o mid_n day_n or_o south_n adjoin_v unto_o the_o india_n and_o through_o this_o province_n you_o travel_v fifteen_o day_n journey_n through_o desert_n mountain_n where_o there_o be_v many_o elephant_n and_o other_o wild_a beast_n for_o that_o the_o country_n be_v not_o inhabit_v also_o there_o be_v find_v unicorn_n when_o they_o will_v take_v any_o elephant_n the_o do_v compass_v he_o with_o dog_n and_o so_o they_o do_v hunt_v he_o that_o they_o make_v he_o weary_a and_o so_o he_o be_v fain_o to_o rest_v for_o weariness_n and_o his_o rest_n be_v lean_v unto_o a_o great_a tree_n for_o that_o he_o have_v no_o joint_n in_o his_o knee_n so_o that_o he_o can_v not_o lie_v down_o nor_o rise_v up_o the_o mastiff_n dare_v not_o come_v near_o he_o but_o bark_n at_o he_o aloof_o &_o the_o elephante_fw-la have_v never_o his_o eye_n off_o those_o mastiff_n and_o then_o those_o that_o be_v expert_a and_o hunt_v he_o hurl_v dart_n and_o to_o kill_v he_o in_o this_o country_n be_v much_o gold_n and_o silk_n of_o a_o province_n name_v cinguy_a and_o of_o the_o city_n name_v cancasu_n chap._n 84._o beyond_o this_o province_n machay_n there_o be_v another_o province_n name_v cinguy_a and_o travel_v four_o day_n journey_n in_o it_o you_o pass_v many_o city_n and_o town_n and_o at_o these_o four_o day_n iournye_n end_v stand_v a_o great_a city_n name_v cancasu_n be_v very_o noble_a silk_n situate_v towards_o the_o mydday_n or_o south_n and_o this_o be_v of_o the_o straight_a of_o cataya_n in_o this_o city_n there_o be_v wrought_v cloth_n of_o gold_n and_o silk_n great_a plenty_n of_o the_o city_n name_v cianglu_n chap._n 85._o from_o this_o city_n travel_v five_o day_n journey_n you_o come_v unto_o another_o city_n name_v cianglu_n which_o be_v very_o noble_a and_o great_a situate_v towards_o the_o midday_n or_o south_n and_o it_o be_v of_o the_o straight_a of_o cataya_n here_o be_v make_v great_a plenty_n of_o salt_n and_o there_o run_v through_o this_o country_n a_o very_a great_a river_n that_o up_o and_o down_o this_o river_n there_o travel_v many_o ship_n with_o merchandise_n of_o the_o city_n name_v candrafra_fw-mi and_o of_o the_o city_n name_v singuymata_n chap._n 86._o six_o day_n journey_n beyond_o the_o city_n name_v cianglu_n towards_o the_o midday_n of_o south_n you_o come_v unto_o a_o city_n name_v candrafra_fw-mi the_o which_o have_v under_o it_o before_o the_o great_a cane_n do_v conquer_v it_o twelve_o city_n in_o the_o country_n about_o this_o city_n there_o be_v fair_a garden_n and_o good_a ground_n for_o corn_n and_o silk_n and_o beyond_o this_o city_n three_o day_n journey_n towards_o the_o midday_n or_o south_n there_o stand_v a_o fair_a city_n name_v singuymata_n which_o have_v a_o great_a river_n that_o the_o citizen_n make_v in_o two_o part_n the_o one_o way_n run_v towards_o the_o east_n and_o the_o other_o towards_o the_o occident_n or_o west_n through_o cataya_n and_o upon_o this_o river_n there_o sail_v ship_n with_o merchaundise_n in_o number_n incredible_a of_o the_o river_n coromoran_n and_o of_o the_o city_n choygamum_n and_o of_o another_o city_n name_v cayni_n chap._n 87._o go_v from_o singuymata_n seventéen_a day_n journey_n towards_o the_o midday_n or_o south_n you_o pass_v through_o many_o city_n and_o town_n in_o the_o which_o there_o be_v great_a traffic_n of_o merchandise_n the_o people_n of_o this_o country_n be_v subject_n under_o the_o great_a cane_n their_o language_n be_v persian_a and_o they_o do_v honour_n idol_n at_o the_o seaventéen_a day_n journey_n end_n there_o be_v a_o great_a river_n that_o come_v from_o the_o country_n of_o prester_n john_n which_o be_v name_v coromoran_n have_v a_o mile_n in_o breadth_n and_o it_o be_v so_o deep_a that_o there_o may_v sail_v any_o great_a vessel_n lade_v with_o merchandise_n upon_o this_o river_n the_o great_a cane_n have_v fifteen_o great_a ship_n for_o to_o pass_v his_o people_n unto_o his_o idol_n that_o be_v in_o the_o ocean_n sea_n every_o ship_n of_o these_o have_v fifteen_o horse_n and_o fifteen_o mariner_n and_o all_o victual_n necessary_a upon_o this_o river_n there_o strand_v two_o city_n one_o on_o the_o one_o side_n and_o the_o other_o one_o the_o other_o the_o big_a of_o they_o in_o name_v choyganguy_a and_o the_o other_o caycu_fw-mi and_o they_o be_v both_o a_o day_n journey_n from_o the_o sea_n of_o the_o noble_a province_n name_v mangi_n and_o of_o many_o marvelous_a thing_n that_o be_v there_o and_o how_o it_o be_v bring_v under_o the_o great_a cane_n governance_n chap._n 80._o pass_v the_o say_a river_n you_o enter_v into_o the_o province_n of_o mangi_n where_o reign_v a_o king_n name_v fucusur_n mangi_n of_o more_o power_n and_o riches_n than_o any_o king_n in_o the_o world_n save_v the_o great_a cane_n in_o this_o realm_n there_o be_v no_o man_n of_o war_n nor_o horse_n for_o the_o war_n for_o it_o be_v situate_v strong_o in_o a_o place_n compass_v round_o about_o with_o many_o water_n and_o round_o about_o his_o city_n and_o town_n there_o be_v very_o deep_a ditch_n and_o cave_n be_v broad_a and_o full_a of_o water_n the_o people_n of_o this_o country_n be_v give_v to_o féeblenâ—sse_n they_o do_v live_v delicate_o if_o they_o be_v give_v to_o war_n and_o feat_n of_o arm_n all_o the_o world_n can_v not_o conquer_v the_o province_n of_o mangi_n this_o king_n of_o mangi_n be_v very_o lecherous_a but_o he_o have_v in_o himself_o two_o good_a property_n the_o one_o be_v that_o he_o maintain_v his_o realm_n in_o great_a justice_n and_o peace_n that_o every_o one_o remain_v in_o his_o place_n and_o both_o day_n and_o night_n you_o may_v traffic_v and_o travel_v sure_o the_o other_o property_n be_v that_o he_o be_v very_o pitiful_a and_o do_v great_a alm_n unto_o the_o poor_a and_o every_o year_n he_o bring_v up_o twenty_o poor_a stripling_n and_o he_o give_v they_o as_o son_n and_o heir_n unto_o his_o baron_n and_o knight_n in_o his_o court_n he_o have_v always_o ten_o thousand_o squire_n that_o serve_v he_o it_o fortune_v that_o in_o the_o year_n of_o our_o lord_n .1267_o cublay_v cane_z get_v perforce_o the_o country_n of_o mangi_n mangi_n and_o the_o say_a king_n of_o this_o province_n flee_v with_o .1000_o ship_n unto_o his_o island_n that_o be_v in_o the_o ocean_n sea_n â–ª_o he_o leave_v the_o principal_a city_n of_o his_o province_n mangi_n name_v gaissay_v under_o the_o guide_n of_o his_o queen_n mangi_n and_o when_o she_o know_v that_o there_o be_v enter_v into_o her_o land_n baylayncon_n can_v a_o tartarous_a name_n which_o be_v as_o much_o to_o say_v in_o english_a as_o a_o hundred_o eye_n a_o captain_n belong_v to_o the_o great_a cane_n with_o a_o great_a host_n and_o so_o without_o any_o resistance_n she_o submit_v herself_o with_o all_o her_o
country_n and_o all_o the_o city_n save_v one_o name_v sinphu_n which_o keep_v itself_o three_o â—_z before_o it_o yield_v this_o queen_n be_v carry_v unto_o the_o great_a cane_n court_n and_o keep_v like_o a_o queen_n and_o the_o king_n fucusur_n come_v not_o out_o of_o those_o island_n until_o he_o die_v be_v out_o of_o his_o signiory_n of_o the_o city_n name_v coygangui_n and_o many_o other_o thing_n chap._n 91._o here_o i_o will_v tell_v you_o of_o the_o fashion_n and_o condition_n of_o this_o say_a province_n mangi_n the_o first_o city_n at_o the_o enter_v be_v name_v coygangui_n which_o be_v a_o great_a and_o a_o noble_a city_n situate_v towards_o the_o wind_n syroco_n or_o east_n southeast_n the_o people_n of_o this_o city_n do_v worship_n the_o idol_n and_o have_v the_o persian_a tongue_n they_o have_v many_o ship_n and_o burn_v their_o dead_a body_n this_o city_n stand_v upon_o the_o river_n coromoran_n in_o this_o city_n they_o make_v so_o much_o salt_n as_o will_v suffice_v for_o forty_o great_a city_n and_o of_o the_o abundance_n of_o this_o salt_n there_o grow_v great_a profit_n unto_o the_o great_a cane_n of_o the_o noble_a city_n name_v panguy_a and_o of_o another_o city_n name_v cain_n chap._n 92._o pass_v from_o coygangui_n towards_o the_o wind_n siroco_n which_o blow_v between_o levant_n and_o the_o midday_n which_o we_o call_v east_n southeast_n you_o travail_n upon_o a_o fair_a stony_a causeway_n well_o make_v it_o begin_v at_o the_o enter_v of_o mangi_n and_o there_o be_v very_o deep_a water_n on_o each_o side_n of_o the_o causeway_n in_o this_o country_n of_o mangi_n there_o be_v a_o city_n name_v pangui_n very_o fair_a and_o of_o great_a magnificence_n in_o this_o province_n they_o do_v use_v that_o money_n that_o the_o great_a cane_n do_v use_v in_o his_o country_n and_o here_o be_v great_a scarcity_n of_o corn_n and_o of_o all_o thing_n else_o that_o sustain_v the_o body_n and_o at_o another_o journey_n end_v towards_o siroco_n there_o stand_v another_o noble_a and_o great_a city_n name_v cain_n and_o all_o the_o inhabitant_n be_v idolator_n and_o there_o be_v abundance_n of_o fish_n and_o beast_n and_o wildfowl_n so_o that_o there_o be_v buy_v three_o good_a pheasant_n for_o the_o value_n of_o six_o penny_n of_o the_o city_n name_v tinguy_a chap._n 93._o a_o day_n journey_n beyond_o cain_n you_o shall_v find_v fair_a village_n and_o ear_a ground_n and_o so_o you_o come_v unto_o the_o ground_n of_o tinguy_a plentiful_a of_o wheat_n and_o of_o all_o thing_n necessary_a for_o ship_v the_o people_n of_o this_o country_n do_v honour_v the_o idol_n and_o three_o day_n journey_n from_o this_o city_n you_o come_v unto_o the_o ocean_n sea_n and_o at_o the_o sea_n side_n there_o be_v great_a plenty_n of_o salt_n of_o the_o city_n name_v mangui_n which_o have_v under_o their_o lordship_n seventeen_o city_n and_o of_o a_o other_o city_n name_v saimphu_n which_o have_v under_o it_o twelve_o city_n chap._n 94._o beyond_o tinguy_a a_o day_n journey_n towards_o the_o wind_n siroco_n you_o come_v unto_o a_o fair_a country_n and_o at_o the_o end_n of_o it_o stand_v a_o city_n name_v manguy_a very_o fair_a and_o great_a and_o there_o they_o honour_v the_o idol_n and_o speak_v the_o persian_a tongue_n this_o city_n have_v under_o it_o seventeen_o city_n and_o i_o marcus_n paulus_n do_v govern_v this_o under_o the_o great_a cane_n three_o year_n towards_o the_o occident_n or_o west_n stand_v a_o province_n or_o city_n name_v manguy_a where_o they_o do_v make_v great_a plenty_n of_o cloth_n of_o gold_n and_o silk_n also_o there_o be_v great_a plenty_n of_o corn_n and_o of_o all_o manner_n of_o victual_n and_o beyond_o this_o city_n stand_v the_o city_n of_o saimphu_n which_o have_v under_o it_o twelve_o city_n which_o be_v the_o city_n that_o resist_v itself_o against_o the_o power_n of_o the_o great_a cane_n the_o space_n of_o three_o year_n how_o this_o province_n be_v win_v by_o the_o great_a cane_n chap._n 93._o after_o that_o the_o great_a cane_n have_v win_v the_o province_n of_o mangi_n conquest_v by_o industry_n and_o council_n of_o nicholas_n and_o mathio_n and_o marcus_n paulus_n as_o now_o you_o shall_v perceive_v in_o this_o present_a chapter_n from_o the_o host_n of_o the_o great_a cane_n i_o write_v unto_o the_o great_a cane_n that_o that_o province_n by_o no_o manner_n of_o way_n can_v be_v win_v or_o take_v of_o the_o which_o news_n the_o great_a cane_n be_v sore_o abash_v and_o we_o perceive_v his_o heaviness_n we_o go_v unto_o he_o and_o say_v potentissimo_fw-la and_o mighty_a lord_n receive_v you_o no_o conceit_n nor_o heaviness_n for_o we_o will_v have_v such_o mean_n that_o this_o province_n shall_v come_v into_o your_o hand_n who_o be_v comfort_v with_o our_o promise_n give_v we_o full_a power_n and_o liberty_n to_o do_v all_o those_o thing_n that_o unto_o we_o shall_v seem_v best_a and_o that_o we_o shall_v be_v obey_v as_o to_o his_o own_o proper_a person_n and_o then_o i_o marcus_n paulus_n take_v upon_o i_o this_o charge_n and_o gather_v together_o certain_a venetian_n that_o i_o find_v in_o those_o country_n be_v discreet_a man_n and_o exercise_v in_o feat_n of_o arm_n and_o i_o cause_v to_o be_v make_v three_o great_a trabuco_n or_o great_a piece_n of_o ordinance_n which_o shoot_v a_o pellet_n of_o a_o thousand_o pound_n weight_n and_o have_v they_o unto_o the_o camp_n and_o plant_v they_o where_o they_o shall_v be_v shoot_v off_o and_o this_o do_v by_o the_o mean_n of_o these_o piece_n i_o shoot_v into_o the_o city_n great_a pellet_n and_o when_o those_o of_o the_o city_n see_v their_o house_n fall_v about_o their_o ear_n by_o such_o mean_n as_o they_o never_o see_v nor_o hear_v of_o before_o they_o receive_v great_a fear_n and_o immediate_o they_o yield_v themselves_o unto_o the_o great_a cane_n of_o the_o city_n name_v singuy_a and_o of_o many_o other_o thing_n chap._n 94._o go_v from_o siamphu_n and_o travel_v fifteen_o day_n journey_n towards_o syroco_n or_o to_o the_o east_n southeast_n you_o come_v unto_o the_o city_n name_v singuy_a whereunto_o belong_v a_o great_a number_n of_o ship_n world_n and_o this_o city_n be_v situate_v upon_o the_o great_a river_n of_o the_o world_n name_v tuognrou_n which_o be_v .17_o mile_n in_o breadth_n and_o one_o hundred_o day_n journey_n in_o length_n and_o there_o be_v never_o a_o river_n in_o the_o world_n river_n where_o there_o sail_v so_o many_o ship_n with_o merchaundize_n as_o there_o and_o i_o marcus_n paulus_n be_v in_o this_o city_n and_o do_v tell_v stand_v upon_o a_o bridge_n at_o one_o time_n five_o thousand_o ship_n or_o bark_n that_o sail_v upon_o this_o river_n and_o upon_o this_o river_n there_o stand_v two_o hundred_o city_n be_v great_a than_o this_o that_o we_o have_v speak_v of_o this_o river_n pass_v through_o sixetéene_a province_n of_o the_o city_n name_v cianguy_a chap._n 95._o cianguy_a be_v a_o small_a city_n stand_v upon_o the_o say_a river_n it_o have_v nothing_o under_o it_o but_o good_a ground_n where_o they_o do_v gather_v plenty_n of_o corn_n and_o rice_n which_o be_v carry_v unto_o cambalu_n that_o the_o great_a cane_n may_v have_v great_a plenty_n of_o victual_n in_o his_o court_n this_o city_n stand_v towards_o the_o siroco_n and_o they_o do_v carry_v this_o provision_n unto_o cambalu_n upon_o this_o river_n and_o not_o by_o sea_n therefore_o there_o come_v through_o this_o river_n great_a profit_n unto_o cambalu_n for_o it_o be_v better_a provide_v with_o bark_n than_o with_o cart_n or_o horse_n of_o the_o city_n name_v pingramphu_n and_o of_o many_o other_o thing_n that_o be_v in_o that_o country_n chap._n 98._o pingramphu_n be_v a_o city_n of_o the_o province_n mangi_n in_o the_o which_o there_o be_v two_o church_n of_o christian_n nestorian_n edify_v by_o marsar_n conostor_n which_o be_v lord_n of_o that_o city_n under_o the_o great_a cane_n â—nd_v it_o be_v in_o the_o year_n of_o our_o lord_n .1288_o when_o you_o do_v go_v from_o pingramphu_n you_o go_v three_o day_n journey_n against_o solano_n which_o be_v east_n and_o by_o south_n through_o many_o city_n and_o town_n where_o there_o be_v traffic_v much_o merchandize_n and_o many_o art_n at_o these_o three_o day_n journey_n end_n stand_v the_o city_n of_o tigningui_n great_a rich_fw-fr and_o abundant_a of_o all_o thing_n to_o live_v upon_o and_o also_o of_o wine_n on_o a_o time_n certain_a christian_a man_n name_v alanos_n take_v this_o city_n and_o that_o night_n they_o drink_v so_o much_o wine_n that_o they_o be_v all_o drink_v and_o sleep_v like_o dog_n all_o that_o night_n and_o the_o citizen_n perceive_v that_o they_o be_v all_o asleep_a kill_v they_o and_o barren_a king_n of_o these_o alanos_n assoon_o as_o he_o
know_v this_o gather_v a_o great_a host_n and_o go_v against_o this_o city_n and_o take_v it_o perforce_o and_o cause_v to_o be_v kill_v all_o those_o that_o he_o founâ—_n in_o the_o city_n man_n woman_n and_o child_n small_a and_o great_a in_o the_o revenge_a of_o his_o christian_n of_o the_o city_n name_v singuy_a and_o of_o mano_fw-la other_o thing_n there_o chap._n 99_o singuy_a be_v a_o very_a great_a and_o a_o noble_a city_n which_o be_v .40_o mile_n in_o compass_n there_o be_v in_o this_o city_n people_n innumerable_a where_o you_o may_v believe_v that_o if_o the_o people_n of_o mangi_n be_v exercise_v in_o the_o feat_n of_o war_n all_o the_o world_n can_v not_o win_v it_o but_o they_o be_v all_o philosopher_n physician_n merchant_n and_o artificer_n stone_n very_o cunning_a in_o all_o art_n there_o be_v in_o this_o city_n .7000_o bridge_n of_o stone_n very_o fair_a wrought_v and_o under_o any_o of_o these_o bridge_n there_o may_v row_v a_o galley_n and_o under_o some_o two_o galley_n may_v row_v together_o in_o the_o mountain_n of_o this_o city_n grow_v rhubarb_n great_a plenty_n and_o so_o much_o ginger_n penny_n that_o for_o six_o penny_n they_o do_v give_v more_o than_o five_o pound_n of_o ginger_n under_o this_o city_n there_o be_v .17_o city_n great_a and_o fair_a in_o this_o city_n they_o do_v work_v great_a plenty_n of_o cloth_n of_o gold_n &_o silk_n for_o that_o the_o citizen_n there_o delight_n much_o to_o wear_v such_o cloth_n and_o of_o many_o colour_n of_o the_o city_n name_v quinsay_n that_o be_v to_o say_v the_o city_n of_o heaven_n which_o be_v a_o hundred_o mile_n in_o compass_n have_v twelve_o thousand_o bridge_n and_o fourteen_o bath_n and_o many_o other_o thing_n of_o wonder_n chap._n 97._o quinsay_n go_v from_o singuy_a and_o travel_v five_o day_n journey_n compass_n you_o come_v unto_o a_o noble_a and_o famous_a city_n name_v quinsay_n that_o be_v to_o say_v the_o city_n of_o heaven_n this_o be_v the_o noble_a city_n of_o the_o world_n and_o the_o head_n city_n of_o the_o province_n of_o mangi_n and_o i_o marcus_n paulus_n be_v in_o this_o city_n and_o do_v learn_v the_o custom_n of_o it_o and_o it_o be_v declare_v unto_o i_o that_o it_o be_v one_o hundred_o mile_n in_o compass_n and_o 12000._o bridge_n of_o stone_n with_o vault_n and_o arch_n so_o high_a stone_n that_o a_o great_a ship_n may_v pass_v under_o and_o this_o city_n stand_v upon_o the_o water_n as_o veâ—iâ—e_n do_v and_o the_o people_n of_o this_o city_n every_o one_o of_o they_o must_v use_v the_o science_n of_o his_o father_n and_o of_o his_o predecessor_n in_o this_o city_n there_o stand_v a_o lake_n which_o be_v in_o compass_n thirty_o mile_n and_o in_o this_o lake_n there_o be_v build_v the_o fair_a palace_n that_o ever_o i_o see_v and_o in_o the_o mid_n of_o this_o lake_n stand_v two_o palace_n wherein_o they_o do_v celebrate_v all_o the_o wedding_n of_o that_o city_n and_o ever_o there_o remain_v within_o they_o all_o the_o thing_n necessary_a which_o belong_v unto_o the_o wedding_n also_o there_o be_v round_o about_o this_o city_n other_o city_n but_o they_o be_v small_a one_o in_o this_o city_n they_o do_v use_v money_n of_o tartary_n to_o wit_n of_o a_o mulberry_n tree_n as_o it_o be_v use_v in_o the_o great_a cane_n court_n and_o as_o it_o be_v afore_o mention_v upon_o every_o one_o of_o these_o 12000._o bridge_n of_o stone_n continual_o there_o stand_v watch_n and_o ward_n because_o there_o shall_v be_v no_o evil_n do_v and_o that_o the_o city_n do_v not_o rebel_v in_o this_o city_n there_o be_v a_o high_a mountain_n and_o upon_o it_o there_o stand_v a_o very_a high_a tower_n and_o upon_o it_o there_o be_v a_o thing_n to_o sound_v upon_o and_o it_o be_v sound_v when_o there_o be_v any_o fire_n or_o any_o rumour_n in_o the_o country_n there_o be_v be_v this_o city_n fourteen_o bath_n and_o the_o great_a cane_n have_v great_a watch_n and_o ward_n in_o this_o city_n of_o the_o city_n name_v gansu_v chap._n 99_o beyond_o quinsay_n fifteen_o mile_n border_v the_o ocean_n sea_n between_o east_n and_o north_n and_o there_o stand_v a_o city_n name_v gansu_v which_o have_v a_o fair_a port_n or_o haven_n and_o thither_o come_v many_o ship_n out_o of_o the_o india_n between_o the_o city_n and_o the_o sea_n run_v a_o great_a river_n that_o pass_v through_o many_o country_n and_o out_o that_o way_n there_o go_v many_o ship_n unto_o the_o sea_n of_o the_o division_n which_o the_o great_a cane_n make_v of_o the_o province_n mangi_n chap._n 100_o the_o province_n mangi_n be_v divide_v into_o 8._o kingdom_n by_o the_o great_a cane_n and_o of_o every_o kingdom_n there_o be_v about_o .140_o city_n under_o a_o king_n there_o be_v in_o all_o the_o province_n of_o mangi_n .1202_o city_n all_o subject_n unto_o the_o great_a cane_n and_o all_o those_o which_o be_v bear_v in_o this_o province_n of_o mangi_n be_v write_v by_o day_n and_o hour_n that_o the_o province_n may_v know_v the_o number_n of_o that_o people_n and_o that_o they_o may_v not_o rebel_v when_o they_o do_v go_v on_o any_o journey_n they_o consult_v with_o the_o astrologer_n and_o when_o any_o die_v the_o parent_n do_v cloth_n the_o dead_a in_o canvas_n and_o burn_v the_o body_n with_o paper_n whereupon_o be_v paint_v money_n horse_n slave_n beast_n for_o their_o house_n apparel_n with_o all_o other_o thing_n for_o they_o do_v say_v that_o the_o dead_a use_v all_o this_o in_o the_o other_o world_n and_o that_o with_o the_o smoke_n of_o the_o dead_a body_n and_o of_o those_o paper_n whereon_o there_o be_v paint_v all_o those_o thing_n rehearse_v beléeve_v that_o it_o go_v all_o with_o he_o into_o the_o other_o world_n and_o whâ—n_o they_o burn_v those_o body_n they_o sing_v and_o play_v upon_o all_o kind_n of_o instrument_n and_o music_n that_o they_o can_v find_v and_o say_v that_o in_o that_o order_n and_o pleasure_n their_o god_n do_v receive_v they_o in_o the_o other_o world_n in_o this_o city_n stand_v the_o great_a palace_n of_o estnâ—fogi_n which_o be_v lord_n and_o king_n of_o that_o province_n of_o mangi_n this_o palace_n be_v make_v after_o this_o wise_a it_o be_v square_a and_o strong_o wall_v ten_o mile_n in_o compass_n it_o be_v high_a and_o fair_a with_o fair_a chamber_n hals_n garden_n fruit_n fountain_n and_o a_o lake_n with_o many_o fish_n in_o this_o palace_n there_o be_v twenty_o halles_n wherein_o there_o may_v sit_v down_o at_o meal_n twenty_o thousand_o person_n by_o this_o it_o may_v be_v comprehend_v how_o big_a this_o city_n be_v in_o this_o city_n there_o be_v a_o famous_a church_n or_o temple_n of_o christian_n nestorian_n and_o every_o one_o that_o dwell_v in_o this_o city_n have_v write_v his_o name_n and_o of_o his_o wife_n child_n man_n servant_n and_o woman_n servant_n and_o horse_n that_o he_o have_v in_o his_o house_n over_o the_o porth_n of_o his_o door_n also_o when_o there_o be_v any_o that_o go_v to_o another_o city_n it_o behove_v that_o the_o inholder_n that_o lodge_v stranger_n do_v bring_v a_o register_n unto_o the_o officer_n appoint_v give_v relation_n how_o long_o they_o do_v remain_v and_o when_o they_o go_v away_o of_o the_o rent_n which_o the_o great_a cane_n have_v of_o the_o province_n of_o quynsay_v chap._n 101._o sing_v i_o have_v declare_v unto_o you_o of_o the_o city_n and_o province_n of_o quinsay_n now_o i_o will_v declare_v you_o what_o rend_v the_o great_a cane_n have_v yearly_a out_o of_o this_o province_n only_o of_o the_o salt_n every_o year_n 4500._o haneg_n or_o bushel_n of_o gold_n and_o to_o every_o measure_n go_v 18000._o sazos_n and_o every_o sazo_n of_o gold_n be_v worth_a seven_o ducat_n and_o of_o the_o other_o rent_n over_o and_o above_o the_o salt_n he_o have_v every_o year_n 10000_o haneg_n of_o gold_n of_o the_o city_n name_v thampinguy_a and_o of_o many_o other_o marvelous_a thing_n chap._n 102._o go_v from_o quinsay_n travel_v towards_o solano_n a_o day_n journey_n you_o do_v go_v by_o city_n and_o town_n and_o many_o garden_n and_o at_o the_o end_n you_o come_v unto_o the_o city_n name_v thampinguy_a which_o be_v fair_a and_o great_a have_v abundance_n of_o all_o thing_n and_o it_o be_v under_o the_o signiory_n of_o the_o great_a cane_n the_o people_n be_v idolater_n and_o pass_v other_o 3._o day_n journey_n you_o come_v unto_o a_o other_o city_n name_v vguy_a &_o go_v two_o day_n journey_n beyond_o towards_o salano_n or_o east_n and_o by_o south_n there_o be_v so_o many_o city_n &_o town_n that_o he_o that_o travel_v think_v that_o he_o never_o go_v out_o of_o town_n &_o there_o be_v great_a plenty_n of_o all_o provision_n there_o be_v cane_n great_a and_o thick_a of_o four_o
span_n in_o compass_n and_o fifteen_o in_o length_n at_o two_o journey_n end_n strand_v the_o city_n name_v greguy_a very_o noble_a and_o great_a have_v abundance_n of_o all_o thing_n needful_a the_o people_n be_v idolator_n and_o under_o the_o great_a cane_n and_o go_v from_o this_o city_n three_o day_n journey_n toward_o solano_n you_o shall_v find_v many_o city_n and_o town_n and_o many_o lion_n the_o people_n do_v kill_v they_o in_o this_o manner_n the_o man_n do_v put_v of_o his_o hose_n and_o apparel_n and_o put_v on_o a_o weed_n of_o canvas_n carry_v a_o certain_a thing_n pitch_v upon_o his_o shoulder_n and_o carry_v a_o sharp_a knife_n in_o his_o hand_n with_o a_o point_n and_o in_o this_o manner_n he_o go_v unto_o the_o lion_n den_n and_o as_o the_o lion_n see_v he_o come_v he_o make_v towards_o he_o lion_n and_o the_o man_n when_o he_o be_v near_o cast_v unto_o he_o the_o pitch_a thing_n which_o he_o have_v upon_o his_o shoulder_n the_o lion_n take_v it_o in_o his_o mouth_n think_v that_o he_o have_v the_o man_n and_o then_o the_o man_n do_v wound_n he_o with_o the_o sharp_a point_a knife_n and_o as_o soon_o as_o the_o lion_n feel_v himself_o hurt_v he_o run_v away_o and_o as_o soon_o as_o the_o cold_a enter_v into_o the_o wound_n he_o die_v in_o this_o manner_n they_o do_v kill_v many_o lion_n in_o that_o country_n which_o be_v of_o the_o province_n of_o mangi_n of_o the_o city_n name_v cinaugnary_a and_o of_o many_o other_o noble_a city_n and_o of_o the_o cruelty_n of_o the_o people_n that_o inhabit_v there_o and_o of_o other_o thing_n chap._n 101._o travel_v forward_o four_o day_n journey_n you_o come_v unto_o a_o city_n name_v cinaugnary_a a_o great_a and_o a_o famous_a city_n stand_v upon_o a_o mountain_n which_o part_v a_o river_n into_o two_o part_n and_o travel_v four_o day_n journey_n forward_o you_o come_v unto_o a_o city_n name_v signy_n which_o be_v under_o the_o signory_n of_o quinsay_n and_o after_o you_o enter_v into_o the_o realm_n of_o fuguy_a and_o travel_v forward_o six_o day_n journey_n towards_o solano_n or_o east_n and_o by_o south_n through_o mountain_n and_o valley_n you_o shall_v find_v many_o city_n and_o town_n have_v plenty_n of_o all_o victual_n and_o singular_a for_o hunt_v and_o hawk_v and_o plenty_n of_o spice_n and_o sugar_n so_o plenty_n sugar_n that_o you_o may_v buy_v forty_o pound_n of_o sugar_n for_o a_o venice_n groat_n there_o grow_v a_o certain_a sweet_a fruit_n like_a unto_o saffron_n and_o they_o use_v it_o instead_o of_o saffron_n the_o people_n of_o this_o country_n eat_v man_n flesh_n so_o that_o he_o die_v not_o of_o natural_a death_n when_o the_o people_n of_o this_o country_n go_v unto_o the_o war_n they_o do_v make_v certain_a sign_n in_o their_o forehead_n to_o be_v the_o better_o know_v and_o they_o go_v all_o on_o foot_n except_o their_o lord_n who_o ride_v on_o horseback_n they_o be_v very_o cruel_a people_n and_o use_v the_o spear_n and_o sword_n they_o do_v eat_v the_o flesh_n of_o those_o man_n that_o they_o kill_v and_o drink_v their_o blood_n in_o the_o mid_n of_o these_o six_o day_n journey_n stand_v the_o city_n name_v belimpha_n which_o have_v four_o bridge_n of_o marble_n with_o very_o fair_a pillar_n of_o marble_n every_o bridge_n of_o these_o be_v a_o mile_n in_o length_n &_o nine_o pace_n in_o breadth_n unto_o this_o city_n there_o come_v great_a plenty_n of_o spice_n also_o there_o be_v in_o this_o city_n very_o fair_a man_n and_o more_o fair_a woman_n and_o there_o be_v black_a hen_n and_o fat_a without_o feather_n feather_n and_o very_o perfect_a to_o eat_v in_o this_o country_n there_o be_v lion_n and_o other_o wild_a &_o perilous_a beast_n so_o that_o they_o travail_n in_o this_o country_n in_o great_a fear_n at_o these_o six_o day_n journey_n end_n stand_v the_o city_n name_v vguca_n where_o there_o be_v make_v great_a plenty_n of_o sugar_n which_o be_v all_o carry_v unto_o the_o great_a cane_n court_v of_o the_o city_n name_v friguy_n and_o of_o many_o other_o marvelous_a thing_n which_o be_v there_o chap._n 104._o pass_o out_o of_o the_o city_n of_o vgucu_n and_o travel_v fifteen_o mile_n you_o come_v unto_o the_o city_n name_v friguy_n which_o be_v the_o head_n of_o the_o realm_n of_o tonca_n which_o be_v one_o of_o the_o nine_o kingdom_n of_o mangi_n through_o the_o midst_n of_o this_o city_n run_v a_o river_n of_o seven_o mile_n in_o breadth_n make_v and_o in_o this_o city_n there_o be_v make_v many_o ship_n and_o be_v lade_v great_a plenty_n of_o spice_n and_o diverse_a other_o merchandize_n that_o be_v gather_v near_o to_o that_o river_n and_o precious_a stone_n which_o be_v bring_v out_o of_o india_n mayor_n this_o city_n stand_v very_o near_o unto_o the_o ocean_n sea_n and_o have_v abundance_n of_o all_o kind_n of_o victual_n or_o any_o thing_n else_o needful_a of_o the_o city_n name_v jaython_n and_o of_o many_o other_o thing_n chap._n 105._o go_v from_o quinsay_n and_o pass_v the_o say_a river_n travel_v five_o day_n journey_n towards_o solano_n or_o east_n and_o by_o south_n you_o find_v many_o city_n and_o town_n have_v abundance_n of_o all_o victual_n and_o at_o the_o end_n of_o these_o five_o day_n journey_n stand_v a_o great_a and_o a_o fair_a city_n name_v jaython_n world_n which_o have_v a_o good_a haven_n and_o thither_o come_v many_o ship_n from_o the_o indies_n with_o many_o merchandise_n and_o this_o be_v one_o of_o the_o best_a haven_n that_o be_v in_o the_o world_n and_o there_o come_v ship_n unto_o it_o in_o such_o quantity_n that_o for_o one_o ship_n that_o come_v unto_o hundred_o alexandria_n there_o come_v .100_o unto_o it_o the_o great_a cane_n have_v great_a custom_n for_o merchandise_n in_o and_o out_o of_o that_o haven_n for_o the_o ship_n that_o come_v thither_o pay_v ten_o in_o the_o hundred_o for_o custom_n and_o of_o precious_a stone_n and_o spice_n and_o of_o any_o other_o kind_n of_o fine_a ware_n they_o pay_v thirty_o in_o the_o hundred_o and_o of_o pepper_n .44_o of_o the_o hundred_o so_o that_o the_o merchant_n in_o freight_n tribute_n and_o custom_n here_o pay_v the_o one_o half_a of_o their_o good_n in_o this_o country_n and_o city_n there_o be_v great_a abundance_n of_o victual_n of_o the_o island_n name_v ciampagu_n and_o of_o thing_n which_o be_v find_v there_o and_o how_o the_o great_a cane_n will_v conquer_v it_o chap._n 106._o i_o will_v pass_v from_o hence_o unto_o the_o country_n of_o india_n where_o i_o marcus_n paulus_n dwell_v a_o â—ong_a time_n and_o although_o the_o thing_n which_o i_o will_v declare_v seem_v not_o to_o be_v believe_v of_o they_o that_o shall_v hear_v it_o but_o have_v it_o in_o a_o ceretainty_n and_o of_o a_o truth_n for_o that_o i_o see_v it_o all_o with_o my_o own_o eye_n land_n and_o now_o i_o will_v begin_v of_o the_o island_n name_v ciampagu_n which_o stand_v in_o the_o high_a sea_n towards_o the_o orient_a and_o it_o be_v separate_v from_o the_o main_n land_n .1500_o mile_n the_o people_n of_o this_o country_n be_v fair_a and_o of_o good_a manner_n although_o they_o be_v all_o idolater_n there_o be_v in_o this_o island_n a_o king_n frank_a and_o free_a for_o he_o pay_v no_o tribute_n at_o all_o to_o any_o prince_n the_o people_n of_o this_o country_n speak_v the_o persian_a tongue_n gold_n and_o there_o be_v find_v in_o this_o island_n great_a plenty_n of_o gold_n and_o they_o never_o have_v it_o forth_o unto_o any_o place_n out_o of_o the_o island_n for_o that_o there_o come_v thither_o few_o ship_n and_o little_a merchandise_n the_o king_n of_o this_o island_n have_v a_o marvelous_a fair_a and_o great_a palace_n stone_n all_o cover_v with_o gold_n in_o pasâ—e_n of_o the_o thickness_n of_o a_o piece_n of_o two_o rial_n of_o plate_n and_o the_o window_n and_o pillar_n of_o this_o palace_n be_v all_o of_o gold_n also_o there_o be_v great_a plenty_n of_o precious_a stone_n and_o the_o great_a cane_n know_v of_o the_o great_a fame_n and_o riches_n of_o this_o island_n determine_v to_o conquer_v it_o and_o cause_v to_o be_v make_v great_a provision_n of_o munition_n and_o victual_n and_o a_o great_a number_n of_o ship_n and_o in_o they_o he_o put_v many_o horseman_n and_o footman_n and_o send_v they_o under_o the_o governance_n of_o two_o of_o his_o captain_n the_o one_o be_v name_v abatan_n and_o the_o other_o vonsaucin_n and_o these_o two_o go_v with_o this_o great_a army_n from_o the_o haven_n of_o jaython_n and_o of_o glunsay_n and_o they_o go_v unto_o the_o island_n ciampagu_n where_o they_o go_v aland_o and_o have_v do_v great_a hurt_n in_o mountain_n and_o valley_n there_o enter_v such_o envy_n and_o hatred_n between_o these_o two_o captain_n and_o so_o
long_o also_o there_o be_v strong_a serpent_n and_o great_a very_o venomous_a seem_n that_o they_o be_v serte_z there_o to_o keep_v the_o adamantes_fw-la that_o they_o may_v not_o be_v take_v away_o and_o in_o no_o part_n of_o the_o world_n there_o be_v find_v fine_a adamant_n but_o there_o thâ—re_o be_v in_o this_o country_n the_o big_a sheep_n in_o the_o world_n and_o in_o the_o province_n of_o moabar_n aforenamed_a lie_v the_o body_n of_o the_o apostle_n saint_n thomas_n bury_v in_o a_o small_a city_n whither_o there_o go_v but_o few_o merchant_n for_o that_o it_o stand_v far_o from_o the_o sea._n there_o dwell_v many_o christian_n and_o moor_n have_v great_a reverence_n unto_o the_o body_n of_o saint_n thomas_n for_o they_o do_v believe_v and_o say_v that_o he_o be_v a_o moor_n and_o a_o great_a prophet_n and_o they_o do_v call_v he_o thomas_n davana_n which_o be_v to_o say_v a_o holy_a man_n the_o christian_n that_o go_v on_o pilgrimage_n to_o visit_v the_o body_n of_o saint_n thomas_n take_v of_o that_o earth_n where_o he_o be_v martyr_v and_o when_o any_o fall_v sick_a they_o do_v give_v he_o of_o it_o to_o drink_v with_o wine_n and_o water_n in_o the_o year_n of_o our_o lord_n .1297_o it_o chance_v there_o to_o be_v a_o miracle_n in_o this_o wise_a a_o knight_n gather_v so_o much_o rice_n that_o he_o have_v no_o place_n to_o put_v it_o in_o but_o put_v it_o into_o a_o house_n of_o saint_n thomas_n and_o the_o christian_a man_n desire_v he_o not_o to_o pester_v the_o holy_a apostle_n house_n with_o his_o rice_n where_o the_o pilgrim_n do_v lodge_v yet_o the_o knight_n will_v not_o hear_v they_o and_o the_o same_o night_n the_o spirit_n of_o saint_n thomas_n appear_v with_o a_o gallow_n of_o iron_n in_o his_o hand_n put_v it_o about_o the_o knight_n neck_n and_o say_v if_o thou_o cause_v not_o thy_o rice_n to_o be_v take_v out_o of_o the_o house_n of_o saint_n thomas_n i_o will_v hang_v thou_o this_o miracle_n the_o knight_n tell_v with_o his_o own_o mouth_n unto_o all_o the_o people_n of_o that_o country_n and_o forthwith_o the_o christian_n render_v hearty_a thanks_n to_o the_o holy_a apostle_n who_o do_v many_o miracle_n on_o the_o christian_n that_o commit_v themselves_o devoute_o unto_o he_o all_o the_o people_n of_o this_o country_n be_v black_a not_o because_o they_o be_v so_o bear_v but_o for_o that_o they_o will_v be_v black_a they_o anoint_v themselves_o with_o a_o kind_n of_o oil_n call_v oil_n of_o aiâ—niolly_n for_o the_o black_a be_v esteem_v most_o fair_a also_o the_o people_n of_o this_o country_n cause_v their_o idol_n to_o be_v paint_v black_a and_o the_o devil_n to_o be_v paint_v white_a say_v that_o god_n and_o his_o saint_n be_v black_a and_o the_o devil_n white_a when_o they_o of_o this_o country_n go_v on_o warfare_n they_o wear_v hat_n upon_o their_o head_n make_v of_o the_o hide_v of_o wild_a ox_n and_o upon_o their_o shield_n and_o to_o the_o foot_n of_o their_o horse_n they_o fasten_v the_o hair_n of_o a_o ox_n say_v that_o ox_n hear_v be_v holy_a and_o have_v this_o virtue_n that_o whosoever_o carry_v of_o they_o about_o he_o can_v receive_v no_o hurt_n nor_o danger_n of_o the_o province_n lahe_n and_o of_o the_o virtue_n that_o be_v in_o the_o people_n chap._n 118._o go_v from_o that_o town_n of_o saint_n thomas_n towards_o the_o occident_n you_o come_v unto_o a_o province_n name_v lahe_n and_o there_o dwell_v the_o man_n name_v bragmanos_fw-la which_o be_v the_o true_a man_n in_o the_o world_n they_o will_v not_o lie_v for_o all_o the_o world_n nor_o yet_o consent_v unto_o any_o falsehood_n for_o all_o the_o world_n they_o be_v very_o chaste_a people_n be_v content_v only_o with_o one_o woman_n or_o wife_n they_o never_o drink_v wine_n and_o by_o no_o manner_n of_o mean_n they_o will_v take_v another_o man_n good_n nor_o will_v eat_v flesh_n nor_o kill_v any_o kind_n of_o beast_n for_o all_o the_o world_n they_o do_v honour_v the_o idol_n and_o have_v much_o understanding_n in_o the_o art_n of_o fortune_n before_o they_o do_v conclude_v any_o great_a bargain_n and_o before_o they_o do_v any_o thing_n of_o importance_n first_o they_o do_v consider_v their_o shadow_n against_o the_o sun_n whereby_o they_o judge_v the_o thing_n that_o they_o must_v do_v by_o certain_a rule_n which_o they_o have_v depute_v for_o it_o they_o do_v eat_v and_o drink_v temperate_o they_o be_v never_o let_v blood_n therefore_o they_o be_v very_o wise_a in_o this_o country_n there_o be_v many_o religious_a man_n which_o be_v name_v cingnos_n and_o live_v a_o hundred_o and_o fifty_o year_n for_o their_o great_a abstinence_n and_o good_a live_n in_o this_o country_n there_o be_v also_o certain_a religious_a man_n idolater_n who_o go_v altogether_o naked_a cover_v no_o part_n of_o their_o body_n say_v that_o of_o themselves_o they_o be_v pure_a and_o clean_a from_o all_o sin_n these_o do_v worship_n the_o ox_n these_o religious_a man_n wear_v each_o of_o they_o upon_o his_o forehead_n a_o ox_n make_v in_o mettle_n they_o do_v oynt_v all_o their_o body_n with_o a_o ointment_n which_o they_o make_v with_o great_a reverence_n of_o the_o marou_fw-fr of_o a_o ox_n they_o do_v neither_o eat_v in_o dish_n nor_o upon_o trencher_n but_o upon_o the_o leaf_n of_o the_o apple_n tree_n of_o paradise_n and_o other_o dry_a leaf_n and_o not_o green_a by_o no_o manner_n of_o mean_n for_o they_o say_v that_o the_o green_a leaf_n have_v life_n and_o soul_n they_o do_v sleep_v naked_a upon_o the_o ground_n of_o the_o kingdom_n name_v orbay_n and_o of_o many_o thing_n and_o strange_a beast_n find_v there_o and_o of_o their_o beastly_a live_n chap._n 119._o orbay_n be_v a_o kingdom_n that_o stand_v towards_o the_o orient_a or_o the_o east_n beyond_o marbar_n five_o mile_n in_o this_o kingdom_n there_o be_v christian_n jew_n and_o moor_n the_o king_n of_o orbay_n pay_v no_o tribute_n here_o grow_v more_o pepper_n than_o in_o any_o place_n of_o the_o world_n there_o be_v a_o thing_n in_o colour_n red_a which_o they_o do_v call_v indyaco_n there_o be_v plenty_n and_o it_o be_v good_a to_o die_v withal_o and_o be_v make_v of_o herb_n a_o man_n can_v scarce_o keep_v himself_o in_o health_n for_o the_o great_a heat_n that_o be_v there_o which_o be_v so_o vehement_n that_o if_o you_o shall_v put_v a_o egg_n in_o the_o water_n of_o the_o river_n at_o such_o time_n as_o the_o sun_n have_v his_o strength_n it_o will_v seethe_v it_o as_o though_o it_o be_v put_v in_o seethe_n or_o scald_a water_n there_o be_v great_a trade_n of_o merchandise_n in_o this_o country_n quantity_n by_o reason_n of_o the_o great_a gain_n there_o be_v very_o much_o pepper_n and_o very_o good_a cheap_a in_o this_o country_n there_o be_v many_o and_o strange_a beast_n to_o behold_v there_o grow_v no_o other_o kind_n of_o grain_n for_o sustenance_n but_o rice_n there_o be_v many_o physician_n and_o astrologer_n the_o man_n and_o woman_n be_v black_a and_o go_v naked_a save_v that_o they_o do_v cover_v their_o privity_n here_o they_o do_v marry_v the_o cousin_n with_o the_o cousin_n and_o the_o son_n in_o law_n with_o the_o mother_n in_o law_n and_o throughout_o all_o india_n they_o do_v keep_v this_o manner_n of_o wedding_n of_o the_o province_n name_v comate_n and_o of_o the_o people_n and_o strange_a beast_n that_o be_v there_o chap._n 120._o comate_n be_v a_o country_n of_o india_n from_o whence_o you_o can_v not_o see_v the_o north_n star_n nor_o yet_o it_o can_v not_o be_v see_v from_o the_o island_n name_v java_n to_o this_o place_n but_o go_v from_o hence_o sail_v upon_o the_o sea_n thirty_o mile_n you_o shall_v discover_v the_o north_n star_n straight_o in_o this_o country_n there_o be_v very_o strange_a people_n and_o very_o strange_a beast_n but_o special_o ape_n that_o be_v like_o man_n of_o the_o kingdom_n name_v hely_n and_o of_o the_o strange_a beast_n find_v there_o chap._n 121._o go_v from_o comate_n against_o the_o occident_n or_o the_o west_n thirty_o mile_n you_o shall_v plain_o see_v the_o north_n star_n and_o come_v to_o the_o region_n of_o hely_n where_o they_o be_v all_o idolater_n the_o king_n of_o this_o place_n be_v very_o rich_a of_o treasure_n but_o he_o be_v weak_a of_o people_n this_o country_n be_v so_o strong_a that_o no_o man_n can_v enter_v into_o it_o perforce_o and_o when_o any_o ship_n come_v thither_o by_o force_n of_o weather_n or_o otherwise_o those_o of_o the_o country_n rob_v he_o say_v that_o those_o ship_n come_v not_o thither_o but_o to_o rob_v they_o and_o therefore_o they_o do_v earnest_o believe_v that_o it_o be_v no_o sin_n to_o rob_v they_o here_o be_v lion_n and_o other_o wild_a beast_n a_o great_a number_n of_o
maugy_a maugy_a here_o be_v find_v plenty_n of_o gold_n their_o money_n be_v make_v of_o coral_n here_o be_v cloth_n of_o gold_n cloth_n of_o silk_n and_o chamlet_n make_v here_o grow_v spice_n mastiff_n as_o big_a as_o ass_n plenty_n of_o pearl_n and_o precious_a stone_n here_o they_o have_v a_o ill_a custom_n here_o be_v moneâ—_n of_o gold_n here_o be_v great_a plenty_n of_o spice_n here_o be_v find_v great_a plenty_n of_o gold_n a_o river_n into_o the_o sea_n here_o be_v many_o horse_n breed_v a_o sazo_n of_o gold_n be_v worth_a eight_o of_o silver_n which_o be_v a_o ounce_n here_o be_v great_a plentâ—_n of_o gold_n the_o man_n of_o this_o country_n have_v their_o tooth_n cover_v with_o gold_n here_o be_v a_o custom_n that_o the_o good_a man_n be_v much_o make_v of_o after_o his_o wife_n be_v bring_v a_o bed_n a_o sazo_n of_o gold_n be_v a_o ounce_n and_o be_v worth_a five_o of_o siâ—â—er_n a_o strange_a kind_n of_o physic_n unicorn_n great_a plenâ—â—_n of_o cloth_n of_o gold_n and_o silk_n mangi_n mangi_n mangi_n the_o river_n tnoguron_n the_o great_a river_n in_o the_o world_n five_o thousannd_a vessel_n on_o this_o river_n seven_o thousand_o bridge_n of_o stone_n plenty_n of_o rhubarb_n five_o pound_n of_o ginger_n for_o six_o penny_n quinsay_n the_o nobless_a city_n of_o the_o world_n it_o be_v a_o hundred_o mile_n compass_n twelve_o thousand_o bridge_n of_o stone_n the_o manner_n how_o they_o do_v kill_v the_o lion_n good_a cheap_a sugar_n fair_a man_n and_o woman_n here_o black_a henâ—_n and_o fatie_n without_o feather_n a_o river_n of_o seven_o mile_n broad_a there_o be_v many_o ship_n make_v this_o city_n have_v the_o best_a haven_n in_o the_o world_n for_o one_o ship_n that_o come_v to_o alâ—xanâ—ria_n there_o come_v in_o their_o a_o hundred_o great_a custom_n be_v pay_v here_o the_o island_n of_o ciampagu_n be_v fifteen_o hundred_o mile_n from_o the_o main_n land_n in_o this_o island_n be_v great_a plentâ—_n of_o gold_n the_o king_n palace_n be_v cover_v with_o clean_a gold_n the_o window_n and_o pillar_n thereof_o be_v gold_n great_a plenty_n of_o precious_a stone_n man_n have_v stone_n that_o be_v enchant_v can_v not_o be_v slay_v with_o weapon_n of_o iron_n but_o with_o club_n the_o city_n take_v by_o a_o pretty_a mean_n in_o this_o sea_n be_v .7448_o land_n which_o be_v very_o fruitful_a and_o pleasant_a here_o grow_v white_a pepper_n this_o king_n have_v .325_o child_n a_o very_a rich_fw-fr island_n of_o spice_n and_o gold_n in_o great_a plenty_n here_o be_v find_v plenty_n of_o gold_n great_a trade_n for_o pepper_n by_o reason_n of_o the_o quantity_n melibar_n plenty_n of_o pepper_n and_o ginger_n and_o turbit_n a_o dark_a land_n the_o introduction_n for_o that_o this_o treatise_n which_o i_o find_v in_o the_o second_o book_n towards_o the_o end_n that_o master_n pogio_n florentine_n secretary_n unto_o pope_n eugenius_n the_o four_o write_v of_o the_o variety_n or_o change_n of_o fortune_n it_o make_v much_o unto_o the_o confirmation_n and_o proof_n of_o the_o thing_n that_o master_n marcus_n paulus_n write_v in_o hâ—s_n book_n for_o that_o by_o the_o mouth_n of_o two_o or_o three_o as_o our_o redeemer_n say_v there_o be_v prove_v the_o truth_n i_o think_v good_a to_o translate_v it_o out_o of_o eloquent_a latin_a which_o he_o do_v write_v it_o in_o and_o to_o communicate_v it_o into_o my_o rude_a castilian_a and_o natural_a tongue_n for_o that_o joint_o such_o two_o witness_n in_o this_o present_a work_n may_v make_v a_o full_a or_o almost_o a_o sure_a proof_n of_o some_o thing_n for_o that_o it_o have_v not_o be_v see_v in_o our_o europa_n or_o that_o in_o any_o ancient_a writing_n appear_v it_o may_v be_v think_v hard_a or_o difficile_a credence_n and_o the_o say_a pogio_n follow_v in_o this_o manner_n in_o the_o end_n of_o his_o second_o book_n it_o seem_v not_o unto_o i_o a_o thing_n strange_a from_o reason_n if_o i_o decline_v from_o the_o stile_n that_o hitherto_o i_o have_v use_v in_o this_o book_n declare_v of_o the_o hard_a fortune_n make_v a_o end_n count_v the_o diversity_n of_o thing_n wherein_o the_o heart_n of_o the_o reader_n find_v more_o taste_n and_o amiable_a gladness_n than_o in_o those_o that_o already_o i_o have_v write_v notwithstanding_o that_o also_o in_o the_o cause_n i_o will_v declare_v appear_v plain_o the_o force_n of_o fortune_n in_o return_v a_o man_n unto_o italy_n out_o of_o the_o extreme_a part_n of_o the_o world_n of_o the_o orient_a after_o that_o he_o have_v suffer_v and_o pass_v five_o and_o twenty_o year_n such_o great_a fortune_n aswell_o by_o sea_n as_o by_o land_n the_o old_a author_n do_v write_v many_o thing_n of_o the_o indian_n with_o the_o common_a fame_n of_o the_o which_o the_o certain_a knowledge_n that_o since_o we_o have_v have_v show_v they_o to_o be_v rather_o fable_n than_o of_o truth_n as_o it_o appear_v by_o the_o refer_v of_o one_o nicholas_n a_o venetian_a that_o after_o he_o have_v travail_v the_o entrail_n of_o the_o india_n he_o come_v unto_o eugenius_n the_o four_o pope_n of_o that_o name_n who_o then_o be_v in_o florence_n to_o reconcile_v himself_o and_o to_o have_v pardon_n for_o that_o come_n out_o of_o india_n and_o neâ—re_v unto_o egypt_n towards_o the_o red_a sea_n he_o be_v constrain_v to_o renounce_v and_o forsake_v the_o faith_n for_o fear_v of_o death_n more_o of_o his_o wife_n and_o child_n than_o of_o himself_o and_o for_o that_o i_o hear_v by_o many_o that_o he_o declare_v of_o many_o singular_a thing_n i_o desire_v much_o to_o hear_v he_o and_o not_o only_o to_o demand_v of_o he_o concern_v the_o thing_n which_o he_o have_v see_v in_o the_o presence_n of_o wise_a baron_n and_o of_o great_a authority_n but_o also_o to_o inform_v myself_o with_o he_o in_o my_o own_o house_n and_o to_o take_v a_o note_n of_o his_o relation_n for_o that_o there_o may_v remain_v a_o remembrance_n of_o it_o unto_o those_o that_o hereafter_o shall_v come_v after_o i_o and_o of_o a_o truth_n he_o tell_v so_o certain_o so_o wise_o and_o so_o attentive_o all_o his_o travail_n make_v amongst_o people_n of_o so_o far_o country_n the_o use_n manner_n and_o custom_n of_o the_o indian_n the_o diversity_n of_o wild_a beast_n tree_n the_o lineage_n of_o spice_n and_o in_o what_o place_n it_o grow_v that_o it_o appear_v well_o he_o do_v not_o declare_v a_o feign_a tale_n but_o the_o truth_n of_o that_o which_o he_o have_v see_v and_o as_o it_o seem_v this_o man_n go_v so_o far_o as_o none_o of_o the_o old_a time_n have_v be_v for_o he_o pass_v the_o river_n gangy_n and_o go_v beyond_o the_o island_n taprobana_n where_o we_o read_v there_o come_v none_o except_o one_o captain_n of_o alexander_n fleet_n name_v onesycrito_n and_o a_o citizen_n of_o rome_n that_o by_o fortune_n of_o tempest_n arrive_v in_o those_o party_n in_o the_o time_n of_o tiberius_n cesar._n this_o nicholas_n venetian_a be_v young_a be_v as_o a_o merchant_n in_o the_o city_n of_o damascus_n in_o syria_n and_o have_v learn_v the_o arabian_a tongue_n he_o depart_v from_o the_o say_a city_n in_o the_o company_n of_o .600_o merchant_n the_o which_o company_n they_o do_v call_v carovana_n or_o caravana_n &_o travail_v with_o his_o merchandise_n through_o the_o desert_n of_o arabia_n otherwise_o name_v petrea_n and_o from_o thence_o thoroughe_o chaldie_n he_o come_v unto_o the_o great_a river_n euphrates_n he_o say_v that_o at_o the_o go_v out_o of_o the_o desert_n he_o see_v a_o marvellous_a thing_n that_o about_o midnight_n be_v all_o at_o rest_n he_o hear_v a_o great_a noise_n and_o sound_n that_o they_o think_v it_o have_v be_v company_n of_o alarabe_n wild_a naked_a man_n or_o robber_n and_o that_o they_o be_v come_v to_o do_v they_o some_o hurt_n and_o all_o the_o whole_a company_n arise_v and_o be_v all_o ready_a with_o the_o fear_n and_o they_o see_v many_o battle_n of_o horseman_n which_o pass_v hear_v by_o their_o tent_n much_o like_o a_o host_n do_v unto_o they_o no_o hurt_n at_o all_o and_o those_o that_o have_v use_v that_o way_n say_v it_o be_v certain_a company_n of_o fiend_n which_o do_v over_o run_v in_o that_o sort_n the_o desert_n there_o stand_v above_o euphrates_n a_o noble_a city_n that_o the_o wall_n of_o it_o be_v of_o fouretéene_fw-mi thousand_o pace_n and_o this_o city_n be_v a_o part_n of_o the_o old_a babylon_n and_o those_o of_o that_o country_n name_v it_o by_o a_o new_a name_n baldachia_n and_o euphrates_n run_v in_o the_o mid_n of_o it_o and_o they_o do_v pass_v over_o a_o bridge_n that_o have_v fourteen_o arch_n of_o each_o side_n where_o appear_v many_o remembrance_n of_o the_o old_a babylon_n and_o many_o edification_n throw_v down_o it_o have_v a_o strong_a and_o
a_o great_a palace_n royal_a stand_v upon_o a_o mountain_n the_o king_n of_o this_o province_n be_v of_o a_o mighty_a power_n from_o hence_o up_o the_o river_n twenty_o day_n sail_v he_o see_v many_o noble_a and_o populous_a and_o earable_a ground_n of_o island_n and_o so_o he_o travail_v eight_o day_n journey_n by_o land_n unto_o the_o city_n balsera_n and_o from_o thence_o in_o four_o day_n he_o come_v unto_o the_o sea_n of_o persia_n which_o ebb_v and_o flow_v as_o we_o do_v and_o so_o there_o sail_a five_o day_n he_o arrive_v at_o a_o haven_n call_v chalcou_n and_o from_o thence_o he_o go_v unto_o a_o island_n name_v omersia_n which_o be_v a_o small_a island_n &_o distant_a from_o the_o firm_a land_n about_o .12000_o pace_n &_o from_o thence_o he_o pass_v towards_o india_n a_o hundred_o mile_n and_o come_v unto_o a_o city_n name_v calabatia_n which_o be_v a_o noble_a city_n of_o the_o persian_n where_o merchant_n use_v to_o traffic_v and_o here_o he_o be_v a_o certain_a time_n and_o learn_v the_o persian_a tongue_n and_o make_v he_o apparel_n as_o the_o persian_n have_v and_o so_o he_o pass_v from_o thence_o forward_a all_o his_o time_n and_o travel_n and_o here_o he_o take_v ship_v in_o a_o ship_n with_o company_n of_o the_o persian_n and_o of_o the_o moor_n &_o among_o they_o they_o keep_v much_o their_o promise_n law_n and_o oath_n make_v in_o company_n and_o so_o sail_v a_o month_n he_o come_v unto_o a_o noble_a city_n name_v cambayta_n situate_v at_o the_o second_o entrance_n that_o the_o river_n of_o india_n make_v in_o the_o land_n in_o this_o country_n there_o be_v find_v the_o precious_a stone_n which_o be_v call_v sardins_n or_o sardonicas_fw-la and_o here_o when_o the_o husband_n die_v they_o do_v burn_v his_o wife_n or_o wife_n that_o he_o have_v with_o his_o body_n and_o she_o that_o he_o most_o love_a lay_v her_o neck_n upon_o her_o husband_n arm_n and_o in_o this_o wise_a be_v in_o her_o husband_n arm_n they_o burn_v they_o and_o the_o other_o wife_n they_o burn_v in_o a_o other_o fire_n which_o be_v make_v for_o that_o purpose_n and_o of_o this_o use_v it_o shall_v be_v rehearse_v hereafter_o and_o pass_v on_o twenty_o day_n journey_n he_o find_v two_o city_n the_o one_o name_v pacamunria_n and_o the_o other_o hely_n in_o this_o country_n there_o grow_v ginger_n which_o be_v call_v in_o that_o country_n bellyedy_n gebelly_n and_o belly_n and_o it_o be_v the_o root_n of_o tree_n of_o two_o cubit_n in_o height_n the_o leaf_n be_v great_a and_o after_o the_o fashion_n of_o a_o kettle_n the_o bark_n be_v hard_a like_o the_o bark_n of_o cane_n &_o it_o cover_v his_o fruit_n out_o of_o it_o proceed_v the_o ginger_n which_o mingle_v with_o ash_n &_o lay_v against_o the_o sun_n it_o dry_v in_o three_o day_n from_o hence_o he_o go_v travail_v from_o the_o sea_n coast_n three_o hundred_o mile_n and_o he_o come_v unto_o the_o great_a city_n name_v berengalia_n which_o be_v in_o compass_n three_o score_n mile_n be_v environ_v on_o the_o one_o side_n with_o hard_a and_o high_a rock_n and_o on_o the_o other_o side_n towards_o the_o valley_n and_o plain_a ground_n with_o strong_a adarne_n and_o bough_n they_o say_v here_o be_v .900000_o man_n that_o may_v wear_v armour_n the_o man_n of_o that_o country_n take_v as_o many_o wife_n as_o they_o lift_v and_o be_v burn_v with_o they_o when_o they_o die_v in_o this_o their_o king_n have_v over_o they_o great_a vantage_n for_o he_o take_v twelve_o thousand_o wife_n and_o of_o these_o there_o go_v on_o foot_n after_o he_o wheresoever_o he_o go_v four_o thousand_o which_o do_v only_o prepare_v and_o dress_v his_o victual_n and_o there_o ride_v four_o thousand_o on_o horseback_n well_o apparel_v and_o of_o more_o estimation_n than_o the_o first_o the_o other_o four_o thousand_o ride_n in_o cart_n and_o wagon_n and_o of_o these_o at_o the_o jest_n there_o be_v two_o thousand_o or_o three_o thousand_o of_o they_o that_o he_o take_v with_o condition_n that_o when_o the_o king_n be_v dead_a they_o of_o their_o own_o free_a will_n must_v be_v burn_v with_o he_o unto_o these_o they_o do_v great_a service_n and_o obedience_n this_o king_n have_v another_o very_a noble_a city_n which_o have_v ten_o thousand_o pace_n in_o compass_n be_v eight_o day_n journey_n from_o berengalia_n from_o whence_o in_o twenty_o day_n journey_n by_o land_n he_o come_v unto_o a_o city_n upon_o the_o sea_n cost_n with_o a_o good_a haven_n call_v pedifetaman_a and_o in_o these_o twenty_o day_n journey_n he_o go_v through_o two_o city_n the_o one_o name_v ode_n chyria_n and_o the_o other_o conteri_fw-la chyrian_n where_o there_o grow_v the_o red_a sandolos_n or_o saunders_n from_o hence_o he_o pass_v unto_o a_o city_n name_v malpurya_n which_o stand_v beyond_o the_o second_o enter_v that_o the_o river_n india_n make_v in_o the_o end_n where_o the_o body_n of_o saint_n thomas_n the_o apostle_n lie_v honourable_o in_o a_o fair_a and_o famous_a church_n where_o he_o be_v great_o honour_v and_o worship_v by_o the_o heretic_n nestorian_n and_o there_o live_v almost_o a_o thousand_o man_n of_o they_o in_o this_o city_n these_o do_v live_v throughout_o all_o india_n scatter_v as_o the_o jew_n do_v among_o we_o all_o this_o province_n be_v name_v mahabaria_n beyond_o there_o stand_v a_o city_n name_v cayla_n where_o there_o be_v plenty_n of_o pear_n and_o many_o tree_n that_o bear_v no_o fruit_n of_o six_o cubit_n high_a and_o as_o much_o in_o compass_n the_o leaf_n of_o these_o tree_n be_v so_o thin_a that_o be_v playt_v or_o fold_v up_o you_o may_v put_v one_o of_o they_o in_o the_o palm_n of_o your_o hand_n they_o do_v use_v these_o leaf_n in_o stead_n of_o paper_n to_o write_v upon_o and_o for_o to_o cover_v their_o head_n with_o when_o it_o rain_v for_o one_o leaf_n will_v cover_v three_o or_o four_o man_n when_o they_o do_v travel_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o this_o sea_n there_o stand_v a_o noble_a island_n name_v zaylan_n which_o be_v three_o thousand_o mile_n in_o compass_n where_o there_o be_v many_o precious_a stone_n as_o ruby_n saphire_n granate_n and_o those_o that_o be_v name_v cat_n eye_n which_o be_v much_o esteem_v there_o also_o there_o be_v plenty_n of_o cinnamon_n which_o be_v a_o tree_n much_o like_o unto_o we_o of_o the_o great_a hawthoâ—â—es_n save_v that_o the_o branch_n run_v not_o upward_o but_o open_a and_o straight_o slopewise_o the_o leave_v be_v much_o like_a unto_o our_o bay_a leaf_n save_v that_o those_o of_o the_o cinnamon_n be_v big_a the_o rind_n or_o bark_n of_o the_o branch_n be_v best_a and_o thin_a and_o the_o rind_n of_o the_o body_n and_o root_n be_v thick_a and_o of_o less_o taste_n the_o fruit_n be_v like_a unto_o the_o bay_n berry_n out_o of_o which_o there_o come_v a_o very_a sweet_a oil_n and_o the_o people_n use_v to_o make_v ointment_n of_o it_o wherewith_o the_o indian_n do_v anoint_v themselves_o they_o burn_v the_o wood_n of_o the_o tree_n when_o the_o rind_n be_v take_v away_o there_o be_v in_o this_o country_n a_o lake_n and_o in_o the_o midst_n of_o it_o stand_v a_o royal_a city_n of_o three_o mile_n compass_n the_o lord_n of_o this_o island_n be_v of_o the_o lineage_n of_o the_o bragmanos_fw-la and_o be_v take_v to_o be_v of_o more_o wit_n than_o the_o other_o the_o bragmanos_fw-la study_v philosophy_n all_o their_o life_n and_o also_o astrology_n and_o live_v honest_o from_o hence_o he_o pass_v unto_o the_o famous_a island_n name_v taprobana_n which_o the_o indian_n call_v scyamucera_n where_o be_v a_o noble_a city_n and_o there_o he_o be_v a_o twelve_o month_n it_o be_v six_o mile_n in_o compass_n and_o be_v a_o famous_a city_n have_v great_a trade_n of_o merchandise_n there_o and_o in_o all_o that_o island_n from_o hence_o be_v sail_v with_o a_o prosperous_a wind_n leave_v on_o the_o right_a hand_n the_o island_n adamania_n which_o be_v as_o much_o to_o say_v as_o the_o island_n of_o cold_a which_o be_v 800._o mile_n compass_n wherein_o the_o euitrofagitas_fw-la do_v live_v and_o no_o stranger_n go_v thither_o except_o it_o be_v for_o necessity_n of_o weather_n and_o immediate_o those_o barbarous_a people_n hew_v they_o in_o piece_n and_o eat_v they_o he_o say_v that_o taprobana_n be_v 1600000._o pace_n in_o compass_n the_o man_n be_v very_o cruel_a and_o of_o stubborn_a condition_n and_o the_o man_n and_o woman_n have_v very_o big_a ear_n lade_v with_o hoop_n of_o gold_n and_o with_o precious_a stone_n they_o do_v wear_v linen_n and_o cloth_n of_o silk_n or_o cruel_a down_o unto_o their_o knee_n they_o take_v many_o wife_n their_o house_n be_v low_a by_o reason_n of_o the_o great_a heat_n that_o the_o sun_n have_v there_o they_o be_v idolator_n
and_o have_v much_o pepper_n name_v the_o great_a and_o of_o the_o long_a pepper_n and_o great_a plenty_n of_o camphore_n and_o gold_n the_o tree_n that_o make_v the_o pepper_n be_v like_o the_o yedra_n or_o ivy_n tree_n the_o berry_n be_v green_a like_o unto_o the_o juniper_n berry_n and_o red_a and_o be_v mingle_v with_o ash_n they_o harden_v with_o the_o sun_n there_o be_v a_o green_a fruit_n name_v durians_n of_o the_o bigness_n of_o cucumber_n and_o there_o be_v some_o of_o they_o like_o orengy_n or_o lemon_n of_o diverse_a savour_n and_o taste_n as_o like_o butter_n like_o milk_n and_o like_a curd_n in_o that_o part_n of_o this_o land_n which_o be_v name_v bate_v the_o antropophagos_n dwell_v and_o have_v continual_a war_n with_o their_o neighbour_n and_o eat_v the_o flesh_n of_o their_o enemy_n that_o they_o do_v take_v and_o keep_v their_o head_n for_o treasure_n and_o use_v they_o in_o stead_n of_o money_n when_o they_o do_v buy_v any_o thing_n in_o give_v most_o head_n for_o the_o thing_n that_o be_v most_o worth_a and_o he_o that_o have_v most_o head_n of_o the_o dead_a man_n in_o his_o keep_v be_v esteem_v to_o be_v most_o rich_a have_v the_o island_n taprobana_n and_o sail_v fifteen_o day_n he_o arrive_v by_o tempest_n of_o weather_n unto_o the_o enter_v of_o a_o river_n call_v tenaserim_n and_o in_o this_o region_n there_o be_v many_o elephant_n and_o there_o grow_v much_o brasill_n and_o go_v from_o thence_o travel_v many_o day_n journey_n by_o land_n and_o by_o sea_n he_o enter_v at_o the_o mouth_n of_o the_o river_n gangey_a and_o sail_v fifteen_o day_n up_o the_o river_n and_o come_v unto_o a_o city_n name_v cernomen_fw-la very_o noble_a and_o plentiful_a this_o river_n gangey_a be_v of_o such_o breadth_n that_o sail_a in_o the_o midst_n you_o shall_v see_v no_o land_n on_o neither_o side_n and_o he_o affirm_v that_o it_o be_v in_o some_o place_n fifteen_o mile_n in_o breadth_n in_o the_o arm_n and_o branch_n of_o this_o river_n there_o be_v cane_n of_o such_o a_o marvelous_a length_n and_o so_o big_a that_o scarce_o a_o man_n may_v compass_v one_o of_o they_o with_o both_o his_o arm_n and_o of_o the_o hollowness_n or_o pith_n of_o they_o they_o do_v make_v thing_n to_o fish_n with_o and_o of_o the_o wood_n which_o be_v more_o than_o a_o span_n thick_a they_o do_v make_v boat_n to_o travel_v with_o upon_o the_o river_n and_o from_o knot_n to_o knot_n of_o these_o cane_n it_o have_v of_o hollowness_n the_o length_n of_o a_o man_n there_o be_v in_o this_o river_n certain_a beast_n have_v four_o foot_n name_v crocodile_n which_o live_v in_o the_o day_n time_n upon_o the_o land_n and_o in_o the_o night_n in_o water_n and_o there_o be_v many_o kind_n of_o fish_n which_o be_v not_o find_v among_o we_o and_o upon_o the_o branch_n of_o this_o river_n be_v many_o fair_a garden_n habitation_n and_o delectable_a ground_n on_o each_o side_n there_o grow_v a_o kind_n of_o fruit_n much_o like_o unto_o a_o fig_n which_o be_v name_v musa_n and_o it_o be_v very_o pleasant_a and_o more_o sweet_a than_o honey_n also_o there_o be_v another_o fruit_n which_o we_o call_v nut_n of_o india_n and_o many_o other_o diverse_a fruit_n go_v from_o hence_o up_o the_o river_n three_o month_n leave_v behind_o he_o four_o famous_a city_n he_o come_v to_o a_o goodly_a famous_a city_n name_v maarazia_n where_o there_o be_v great_a plenty_n of_o the_o tree_n call_v aloe_n and_o plenty_n of_o gold_n and_o silver_n pearl_n and_o precious_a stone_n and_o go_v from_o hence_o he_o direct_v his_o way_n unto_o the_o mountain_n of_o the_o orient_a for_o to_o have_v carbuncle_n and_o travel_v thirteen_o day_n he_o return_v first_o to_o cermon_n and_o afterwards_o unto_o buffetanya_n and_o after_o that_o sail_v a_o whole_a month_n by_o sea_n he_o come_v unto_o the_o enter_v of_o the_o river_n nican_n and_o sail_v upon_o it_o six_o day_n he_o come_v unto_o the_o city_n also_o name_v nican_n and_o he_o go_v from_o thence_o seventeen_o day_n journey_n through_o desert_n mountain_n and_o plain_a country_n the_o fifteen_o day_n of_o plain_a country_n until_o he_o come_v to_o a_o river_n great_a than_o the_o river_n gange_n which_o the_o people_n of_o that_o country_n call_v clava_fw-la and_o sail_v up_o this_o river_n a_o month_n he_o come_v unto_o a_o famous_a great_a city_n call_v avarice_n be_v 15._o mile_n in_o compaâ—â—e_n this_o province_n be_v name_v of_o the_o inhabitant_n marcinâ—_n they_o have_v great_a plenty_n of_o elephant_n for_o their_o king_n do_v keep_v ten_o thousand_o of_o they_o for_o the_o war_n â–ª_o and_o set_v upon_o every_o elephant_n back_o a_o castle_n which_o may_v carry_v eight_o or_o ten_o man_n with_o spear_n and_o shield_n or_o bow_n or_o crossbow_n he_o rehearse_v that_o they_o take_v the_o elephant_n in_o this_o manner_n pliny_n agree_v unto_o the_o like_a they_o let_v the_o tame_a elephant_n female_n go_v unto_o the_o mountain_n until_o such_o time_n as_o the_o wild_a be_v acquaint_v with_o they_o for_o the_o male_a common_o do_v content_v himself_o with_o one_o female_a and_o when_o they_o have_v once_o acquaintance_n the_o female_a bring_v the_o wild_a by_o little_a and_o little_a graze_a unto_o a_o small_a yard_n strong_o wall_v have_v two_o door_n one_o to_o come_v in_o at_o and_o another_o to_o go_v out_o at_o the_o female_a when_o she_o be_v in_o at_o the_o first_o gate_n she_o go_v out_o at_o the_o second_o and_o the_o male_a follow_v she_o the_o two_o door_n be_v lock_v against_o he_o and_o then_o have_v he_o within_o by_o certain_a loupe_z hole_n make_v for_o the_o purpose_n there_o come_v in_o to_o the_o number_n of_o a_o thousand_o man_n every_o one_o with_o his_o snare_n in_o his_o hand_n and_o one_o of_o those_o man_n present_v himself_o before_o the_o elephant_n which_o run_v think_v to_o kill_v the_o man_n and_o then_o all_o those_o man_n run_v unto_o the_o elephant_n fasten_v those_o snare_n on_o his_o foot_n and_o when_o they_o be_v fasten_v with_o great_a diligence_n they_o do_v tie_v the_o snare_n unto_o a_o great_a post_n which_o be_v set_v there_o for_o that_o purpose_n and_o they_o let_v he_o alone_o so_o three_o or_o four_o day_n till_o he_o be_v more_o feeble_a and_o after_o the_o space_n of_o fifteen_o day_n they_o give_v he_o a_o little_a grass_n in_o the_o which_o time_n he_o ware_v tame_a and_o then_o they_o do_v tie_v he_o among_o other_o tame_a elephant_n and_o carry_v he_o about_o the_o city_n and_o in_o ten_o day_n he_o become_v as_o gentle_a as_o one_o of_o the_o other_o also_o he_o say_v they_o do_v tame_v they_o in_o this_o other_o wise_a that_o they_o have_v and_o draâ—e_v they_o unto_o a_o valley_n compass_v round_o about_o where_o they_o do_v put_v unto_o they_o the_o female_n that_o be_v tame_a and_o be_v somewhat_o feeble_a with_o hunger_n they_o drive_v they_o into_o strait_a place_n make_v for_o the_o nonce_n where_o they_o be_v make_v tame_a and_o these_o the_o king_n do_v buy_v for_o their_o own_o use_n some_o be_v feed_v with_o rice_n and_o butter_n and_o some_o with_o grass_n the_o wild_a elephant_n feed_v upon_o grass_n and_o upon_o the_o tree_n of_o the_o field_n he_o that_o have_v charge_n of_o they_o rulâ—th_v they_o with_o a_o rod_n of_o iron_n or_o a_o ring_n which_o he_o put_v round_o about_o his_o head_n the_o elephant_n have_v so_o much_o providence_n that_o many_o with_o their_o foot_n pull_v away_o the_o spear_n from_o their_o enemy_n for_o that_o they_o shall_v not_o hurt_v those_o that_o be_v upon_o their_o back_n the_o king_n ride_v upon_o a_o white_a elephant_n which_o have_v a_o chain_n of_o gold_n about_o his_o neck_n be_v long_o unto_o his_o foot_n set_v full_a of_o many_o precious_a stone_n the_o man_n of_o this_o country_n have_v but_o one_o wife_n a_o piece_n both_o man_n and_o woman_n of_o this_o country_n prick_v themselves_o make_v diverse_a mark_n and_o of_o diverse_a colour_n on_o their_o body_n they_o be_v all_o idolater_n and_o assoon_o as_o they_o do_v rise_v in_o the_o morning_n they_o look_v into_o the_o orient_a hold_v their_o hand_n together_o and_o worship_n there_o be_v in_o that_o country_n a_o certain_a kind_n of_o fruit_n like_v unto_o the_o orange_n which_o they_o do_v call_v cyeno_n full_a of_o ivice_n and_o sweetness_n also_o there_o be_v a_o tree_n which_o they_o do_v call_v tall_a whereon_o they_o do_v write_v for_o in_o all_o india_n except_o it_o be_v in_o the_o city_n of_o combahita_n they_o do_v use_v no_o paper_n and_o it_o bear_v a_o fruit_n like_a unto_o the_o turnip_n but_o they_o be_v great_a and_o tender_a like_a unto_o jelly_n it_o be_v pleasant_a in_o eat_v but_o the_o ryne_n be_v
they_o do_v delight_n much_o to_o see_v child_n and_o for_o to_o see_v they_o they_o come_v where_o man_n be_v their_o head_n when_o they_o be_v lay_v seem_v like_a to_o celes_z head_n and_o when_o he_o lift_v up_o his_o head_n it_o seem_v big_a it_o have_v at_o the_o hinder_a part_n a_o face_n like_o to_o a_o man_n and_o as_o though_o it_o be_v paint_v of_o diverse_a colour_n they_o do_v take_v they_o by_o enchantment_n which_o the_o people_n use_v much_o there_o and_o carry_v they_o to_o be_v see_v and_o do_v no_o hurt_n to_o any_o body_n also_o there_o be_v in_o this_o province_n and_o in_o the_o next_o adjoin_v name_v susynaria_n another_o kind_n of_o serpent_n which_o have_v four_o foot_n and_o a_o long_a tail_n like_o mastye_n they_o do_v take_v they_o hunt_v and_o eat_v they_o for_o they_o do_v no_o hurt_n and_o be_v to_o eat_v as_o amongst_o we_o the_o hind_n or_o wild_a goat_n the_o people_n say_v they_o be_v good_a meat_n their_o skin_n be_v of_o diverse_a colour_n and_o those_o people_n use_v they_o for_o diverse_a cover_n for_o it_o be_v very_o fair_a to_o behold_v also_o there_o be_v other_o serpent_n of_o a_o marvelous_a figure_n in_o that_o country_n of_o the_o length_n of_o one_o cubite_fw-la with_o wing_n like_v unto_o bat_n they_o have_v seven_o head_n ordinary_o set_v of_o the_o length_n of_o his_o body_n they_o dwell_v among_o the_o tree_n and_o be_v of_o a_o swift_a flight_n the_o yare_a more_o venomous_a than_o the_o other_o that_o only_o with_o their_o breath_n they_o kill_v a_o man_n also_o there_o be_v cat_n of_o the_o mountain_n that_o fly_v for_o they_o have_v a_o small_a skin_n from_o the_o back_n unto_o the_o belly_n over_o all_o their_o body_n and_o foot_n which_o be_v gather_v up_o when_o they_o be_v still_o and_o when_o they_o will_v fly_v they_o spread_v it_o and_o move_v it_o like_o wing_n leap_v from_o one_o tree_n unto_o another_o the_o hunter_n do_v follow_v they_o till_o they_o be_v weary_v with_o fly_v that_o they_o fall_v down_o and_o so_o be_v take_v also_o there_o be_v in_o this_o country_n a_o tree_n name_v cachy_n that_o of_o the_o troncheon_n there_o grow_v a_o fruit_n like_o unto_o a_o pine_n but_o it_o be_v so_o great_a that_o a_o man_n can_v scarce_o bear_v it_o the_o hull_n be_v green_a and_o hard_a but_o it_o be_v of_o such_o a_o sort_n that_o if_o you_o thrust_v it_o with_o your_o finger_n it_o give_v place_n it_o have_v within_o it_o two_o hundred_o and_o fifty_o or_o three_o hundred_o apple_n like_v unto_o fig_n they_o be_v of_o a_o pleasant_a taste_n and_o be_v separate_v with_o a_o very_a thin_a rind_n the_o hull_n within_o be_v like_a unto_o the_o chestnut_n in_o hardness_n and_o savour_n and_o in_o like_a manner_n they_o be_v roast_v they_o be_v windy_a so_o that_o if_o they_o be_v put_v into_o the_o fire_n except_o they_o be_v cut_v they_o will_v start_v out_o they_o do_v give_v the_o utter_a rind_n unto_o the_o ox_n to_o eat_v sometime_o they_o find_v this_o fruit_n under_o ground_n in_o the_o root_n of_o the_o tree_n and_o those_o be_v of_o a_o pleasant_a taste_n therefore_o they_o do_v use_v to_o present_v they_o unto_o the_o king_n and_o noble_n the_o fruit_n within_o have_v no_o rind_n this_o tree_n be_v much_o like_a unto_o a_o great_a fig_n tree_n the_o leaf_n be_v like_a unto_o the_o leaf_n of_o platano_n or_o ragged_a the_o wood_n be_v like_a unto_o boar_n therefore_o it_o be_v have_v in_o estimation_n and_o be_v use_v about_o many_o thing_n also_o there_o be_v another_o fruit_n name_v amba_fw-la very_o green_a like_a unto_o a_o walnut_n but_o big_a than_o a_o peach_n the_o rind_n be_v bitter_a and_o within_o it_o have_v the_o savour_n of_o honey_n they_o lay_v they_o in_o water_n before_o they_o ripe_a and_o dress_v they_o as_o we_o do_v the_o green_a olive_n for_o to_o eat_v from_o coloen_n he_o go_v three_o day_n journey_n unto_o a_o city_n name_v cochin_n it_o be_v five_o mile_n in_o compass_n situate_v at_o the_o enter_v of_o a_o river_n of_o the_o which_o it_o have_v the_o name_n and_o sail_v a_o certain_a time_n upon_o the_o river_n he_o see_v many_o fierce_a and_o net_n fast_o by_o the_o river_n and_o think_v there_o have_v be_v fisherman_n and_o he_o demand_v what_o those_o fisherman_n do_v with_o those_o fire_v every_o night_n and_o those_o of_o that_o country_n give_v he_o answer_v yeepe_a yeepe_v that_o be_v to_o say_v they_o be_v fish_n or_o monster_n have_v humane_a form_n that_o on_o the_o day_n time_n live_v in_o the_o water_n and_o in_o the_o night_n they_o do_v come_v out_o of_o the_o water_n and_o gather_v wood_n together_o and_o make_v a_o fire_n strike_v one_o stone_n against_o another_o which_o monster_n do_v take_v and_o eat_v fish_n for_o there_o will_v come_v many_o unto_o the_o light_n of_o the_o fire_n and_o sometime_o there_o be_v take_v some_o of_o they_o and_o there_o be_v find_v no_o difference_n in_o they_o from_o other_o man_n and_o woman_n in_o this_o region_n the_o fruit_n be_v like_a unto_o those_o of_o colâ—en_n beyond_o this_o there_o stand_v another_o city_n name_v calonguria_n stand_v at_o the_o enter_v of_o another_o river_n into_o the_o sea_n and_o beyond_o there_o stand_v paluria_n and_o malyancora_n and_o this_o name_n among_o they_o signify_v a_o great_a city_n it_o be_v nine_o mile_n in_o compass_n he_o go_v through_o all_o those_o and_o come_v unto_o colychachia_n a_o city_n stand_v upon_o the_o sea_n coast_n it_o be_v eight_o mile_n in_o compass_n it_o be_v the_o most_o noble_a in_o trade_n of_o merchandise_n that_o be_v in_o all_o india_n there_o be_v here_o very_a much_o pepper_n laccar_n ginger_z gross_a cinnamon_n and_o other_o spice_n aromatic_a and_o of_o a_o sweet_a savour_n only_o in_o this_o region_n the_o woman_n take_v as_o many_o husband_n as_o she_o list_v and_o the_o husband_n agree_v among_o themselves_o what_o each_o shall_v give_v towards_o the_o maintenance_n of_o the_o wife_n every_o husband_n be_v in_o his_o own_o house_n and_o when_o he_o go_v unto_o his_o wife_n he_o set_v a_o sign_n at_o the_o door_n and_o when_o another_o of_o they_o come_v and_o see_v the_o sign_n he_o go_v another_o way_n the_o child_n be_v the_o husband_n that_o the_o wife_n list_v to_o give_v they_o unto_o the_o son_n do_v not_o inherit_v his_o father_n land_n but_o his_o son_n son_n from_o hence_o he_o travel_v â—iftéene_v day_n till_o he_o come_v to_o a_o city_n call_v cambayta_n stand_v near_o the_o sea._n it_o be_v twelve_o mile_n in_o compass_n towards_o the_o occident_n there_o be_v plenty_n of_o espico_n nardo_n or_o lacca_n indigo_n or_o gome_n laka_n myrabolanos_n &_o crewill_n there_o be_v here_o a_o certain_a kind_n of_o priest_n which_o be_v name_v bachales_n have_v but_o one_o wife_n a_o piece_n and_o she_o by_o their_o law_n be_v burn_v with_o her_o husband_n this_o kind_n of_o people_n eat_v no_o flesh_n but_o only_a fruit_n of_o the_o ground_n and_o rice_n milk_n and_o herb_n here_o be_v many_o wild_a ox_n they_o have_v mane_n like_a unto_o horse_n but_o long_o and_o his_o horn_n be_v so_o long_o that_o when_o he_o turn_v his_o head_n they_o reach_v unto_o his_o tail_n and_o for_o that_o they_o be_v so_o big_a they_o do_v use_v they_o in_o stead_n of_o bottle_n to_o drink_v in_o by_o the_o way_n return_v to_o colicuchia_n he_o pass_v unto_o a_o island_n name_v secutera_n which_o stand_v towards_o the_o occident_n distant_a from_o the_o main_n land_n a_o hundred_o mile_n it_o be_v six_o hundred_o mile_n in_o compass_n and_o it_o be_v replenish_v for_o the_o most_o part_n with_o christian_n nestorian_n heretic_n right_o against_o this_o island_n no_o more_o than_o five_o mile_n there_o stand_v two_o land_n a_o thousand_o mile_n distant_a the_o one_o from_o the_o other_o the_o one_o be_v of_o man_n the_o other_o of_o woman_n sometime_o the_o man_n pass_v unto_o the_o woman_n and_o sometime_o the_o woman_n go_v over_o unto_o the_o man_n and_o they_o return_v back_o unto_o their_o island_n before_o six_o month_n for_o if_o they_o shall_v tarry_v any_o long_o they_o think_v shall_v die_v from_o hence_o he_o pass_v by_o sea_n unto_o a_o city_n name_v adena_n in_o five_o day_n which_o have_v many_o edification_n and_o from_o thence_o in_o seven_o day_n he_o go_v unto_o ethiopia_n unto_o a_o haven_n name_v barbara_n and_o from_o thence_o in_o a_o month_n sail_v he_o come_v unto_o the_o red_a sea_n unto_o a_o haven_n call_v byonda_n and_o from_o thence_o he_o sail_v two_o month_n with_o great_a difficulty_n and_o land_v in_o a_o country_n near_o unto_o mount_n sinai_n &_o from_o thence_o travel_v through_o the_o desert_n he_o come_v
unto_o carras_n a_o city_n in_o egypt_n with_o his_o wife_n four_o son_n and_o as_o many_o servant_n in_o this_o city_n his_o wife_n two_o son_n and_o his_o servant_n die_v of_o the_o plague_n and_o final_o after_o long_o perilous_a and_o dangerous_a pilgrimage_n he_o come_v unto_o venice_n his_o own_o country_n pogio._n i_o demand_v he_o of_o the_o life_n and_o custom_n of_o the_o indian_n he_o give_v i_o answer_n that_o all_o india_n be_v divide_v into_o three_o part_n the_o one_o from_o persia_n unto_o the_o river_n indo_fw-la another_o from_o the_o river_n indo_fw-la unto_o the_o river_n gange_n and_o the_o other_o stand_v beyond_o these_o and_o exceed_v the_o other_o in_o riches_n humanity_n and_o policy_n and_o be_v equal_a unto_o we_o in_o custom_n life_n and_o policy_n for_o they_o have_v sumptuous_a and_o neat_a house_n â–ª_o and_o all_o their_o vessel_n and_o household_n stuff_n very_o clean_o they_o esteem_v to_o live_v as_o noble_a people_n avoid_v of_o all_o villainy_n and_o cruelty_n be_v courteous_a people_n &_o rich_fw-fr merchant_n in_o so_o much_o that_o there_o be_v one_o merchant_n have_v forty_o ship_n for_o his_o own_o trade_n and_o every_o one_o of_o they_o be_v esteem_v in_o 50000._o ducat_n these_o only_a use_n as_o we_o do_v table_n cover_v with_o table_n clothes_n and_o have_v their_o cupboarde_n of_o plate_n for_o the_o other_o indian_n eat_v upon_o a_o thing_n lay_v upon_o the_o ground_n the_o indian_n have_v neither_o vine_n nor_o wine_n they_o do_v make_v their_o drink_n of_o ground_n rice_n mingle_v with_o water_n put_v unto_o it_o a_o certain_a red_a colour_n all_o temper_v with_o the_o juice_n of_o a_o certain_a tree_n also_o they_o make_v their_o pottage_n like_a unto_o their_o wine_n in_o the_o island_n name_v taprobana_n they_o do_v cut_v the_o branch_n of_o a_o certain_a tree_n which_o be_v name_v tall_a and_o leave_v they_o hang_v and_o out_o of_o they_o there_o run_v a_o sweet_a liquor_n which_o they_o use_v to_o drink_v also_o there_o be_v a_o lake_n between_o the_o river_n indo_fw-la and_o gange_n of_o a_o marvelous_a savoury_n and_o pleasant_a water_n to_o drink_v and_o all_o those_o that_o dwell_v there_o about_o drink_n of_o it_o and_o also_o far_o off_o for_o they_o have_v set_v horse_n from_o place_n to_o place_n â—or_a the_o purpose_n so_o that_o they_o have_v it_o bring_v fresh_a every_o day_n they_o have_v all_o want_n of_o bread_n they_o live_v upon_o far_o or_o rice_n flesh_n milk_n and_o cheese_n they_o have_v great_a plenty_n of_o hen_n capon_n partridge_n feysaunte_n and_o many_o other_o wildefoule_n they_o do_v use_v much_o fowl_a and_o hunt_v they_o shave_v their_o beard_n and_o nourish_v a_o hear_v tail_n and_o some_o tie_v their_o hair_n with_o a_o silken_a lace_n behind_o their_o shoulder_n like_o a_o tail_n and_o so_o they_o wear_v they_o unto_o the_o war_n they_o have_v barber_n as_o we_o have_v they_o be_v tall_a of_o body_n as_o we_o be_v and_o also_o in_o their_o time_n of_o life_n they_o do_v lie_v in_o sumptuous_a bed_n and_o cover_v with_o quill_n of_o cotten_n their_o apparel_n be_v diverse_a according_a unto_o the_o diversity_n of_o the_o country_n they_o have_v all_o scant_o of_o woollen_a cloth_n they_o do_v use_v cloth_n of_o line_n and_o of_o cruel_a and_o make_v apparel_n of_o it_o as_o well_o the_o man_n as_o the_o woman_n cover_v their_o secret_n unto_o their_o ham_n with_o a_o piece_n of_o linen_n &_o upon_o it_o they_o put_v a_o vesture_n of_o linen_n or_o of_o silk_n for_o the_o great_a heat_n will_v not_o suffer_v they_o to_o wear_v more_o apparel_n and_o therefore_o they_o do_v go_v so_o single_a tie_v with_o crimson_a lace_n and_o of_o gold_n tie_v as_o we_o do_v see_v the_o painter_n make_v on_o the_o ancient_a picture_n the_o woman_n use_v certain_a thin_a shoe_n of_o leather_n trim_v with_o gold_n and_o cruel_a also_o they_o do_v wear_v for_o gallauntnesse_n hoop_n of_o gold_n on_o their_o arm_n and_o about_o their_o neck_n about_o their_o breast_n and_o on_o their_o leg_n the_o weight_n of_o three_o pound_n set_v with_o precious_a stone_n the_o common_a woman_n keep_v their_o house_n as_o bawd_n there_o be_v many_o and_o easy_a to_o find_v for_o they_o be_v almost_o in_o every_o street_n the_o which_o with_o perfume_n and_o soft_a ointment_n with_o their_o tender_a age_n and_o beauty_n provoke_v much_o the_o man_n for_o in_o that_o country_n they_o be_v much_o incline_v unto_o those_o woman_n and_o for_o this_o cause_n the_o indian_n know_v not_o what_o thing_n be_v that_o abominable_a sin_n of_o many_o way_n they_o do_v dress_v their_o head_n but_o common_o most_o of_o they_o use_n to_o cover_v their_o head_n with_o fine_a lawn_n wreathe_v and_o their_o hair_n lace_v with_o a_o silken_a lace_n in_o some_o other_o place_n they_o bind_v their_o hair_n up_o to_o their_o head_n in_o manner_n like_a unto_o a_o pear_n and_o on_o the_o knot_n above_o on_o their_o hair_n they_o set_v a_o pinnâ—_n of_o gold_n whereby_o they_o do_v hang_v certain_a cord_n of_o gold_n be_v of_o diverse_a colour_n hang_v between_o the_o hair_n some_o woman_n use_v common_o black_a hair_n and_o among_o they_o it_o be_v most_o esteem_v some_o woman_n cover_v their_o head_n with_o certain_a paint_a leaf_n of_o tree_n and_o they_o do_v not_o paint_v their_o face_n but_o those_o inhabit_v the_o province_n name_v cataya_n do_v in_o the_o india_n within_o they_o do_v not_o consent_v to_o a_o man_n to_o have_v but_o one_o wife_n in_o the_o other_o they_o have_v as_o many_o as_o their_o carnal_a lust_n will_v save_v the_o christian_a heretic_n nâ—storians_n which_o dwell_v scatter_v throughout_o all_o the_o india_n for_o they_o take_v but_o one_o woman_n the_o manner_n of_o their_o tomb_n be_v not_o as_o one_o in_o all_o the_o india_n for_o the_o most_o india_n exceed_v other_o in_o diligence_n and_o sumptuousness_n for_o they_o do_v make_v cave_n under_o ground_n in_o trim_v it_o with_o a_o fine_a wall_n and_o lie_v in_o the_o dead_a body_n in_o a_o precious_a bed_n trim_v with_o ornament_n of_o gold_n set_v certain_a basket_n round_o about_o with_o his_o most_o precious_a apparel_n and_o put_v on_o ring_n as_o though_o the_o dead_a body_n shall_v enjoy_v those_o thing_n in_o hell._n they_o close_v the_o mouth_n of_o the_o cave_n very_o strong_o that_o none_o may_v enter_v and_o upon_o it_o they_o do_v make_v a_o sumptuous_a and_o rich_a tomb_n strong_a to_o abide_v rain_n and_o to_o be_v the_o more_o durable_a but_o in_o the_o middle_a india_n they_o do_v burn_v the_o dead_a body_n and_o most_o common_o they_o do_v burn_v their_o wife_n alive_a with_o the_o dead_a body_n one_o or_o many_o according_a as_o he_o have_v they_o do_v by_o law_n burn_v the_o first_o wife_n with_o he_o although_o it_o be_v but_o one_o also_o they_o do_v take_v other_o wife_n on_o this_o condition_n for_o to_o honour_n he_o in_o death_n burn_v herself_o with_o he_o and_o this_o among_o they_o be_v no_o little_a honour_n they_o do_v lay_v the_o dead_a body_n in_o a_o bed_n trim_v with_o the_o best_a apparel_n that_o he_o have_v they_o do_v make_v a_o fire_n round_o about_o with_o sweet_a wood_n and_o when_o it_o burn_v his_o wife_n be_v trun_o dress_v with_o her_o best_a array_n and_o come_v with_o trumpet_n and_o shawm_n and_o song_n merry_o as_o though_o she_o do_v sing_v she_o go_v round_o about_o the_o fire_n at_o this_o there_o be_v present_v the_o priest_n which_o they_o name_v bachale_n in_o a_o pulpit_n preach_v unto_o she_o how_o she_o must_v not_o esteem_v the_o life_n nor_o death_n say_v that_o she_o shall_v have_v in_o the_o other_o world_n with_o her_o husband_n much_o pleasure_n and_o shall_v possess_v great_a riches_n honour_n and_o apparel_n she_o inflame_v with_o those_o word_n that_o he_o tell_v she_o after_o that_o she_o have_v go_v a_o certain_a time_n round_o about_o the_o fire_n she_o stand_v nigh_o the_o priest_n chair_n or_o pulpit_n and_o put_v off_o all_o her_o apparel_n &_o put_v on_o a_o white_a linen_n sheet_n and_o leap_v into_o the_o fire_n if_o some_o of_o they_o be_v fearful_a for_o they_o have_v see_v the_o like_a of_o some_o that_o lament_v and_o strive_v with_o death_n after_o that_o she_o have_v leap_v in_o than_o the_o stander_n by_o do_v throw_v she_o in_o whether_o she_o will_v or_o no._n after_o they_o be_v burn_v they_o gather_v the_o ash_n and_o put_v they_o into_o pot_n and_o some_o into_o the_o grave_n ¶_o they_o do_v weep_v for_o the_o dead_a after_o diverse_a manner_n the_o inner_a indian_n cover_v their_o head_n with_o a_o sack_n and_o some_o put_v bough_n of_o tree_n in_o the_o high_a way_n and_o do_v hang_v from_o the_o
more_o pleasant_a there_o be_v in_o that_o country_n dangerous_a serpent_n of_o six_o cubit_n in_o length_n and_o as_o thick_a as_o a_o man_n have_v no_o foot_n the_o people_n of_o that_o country_n have_v great_a delight_n in_o eat_v of_o those_o serpent_n roast_v also_o they_o do_v eat_v a_o certain_a red_a ant_n as_o big_a as_o a_o crab_n esteem_v it_o much_o dress_v with_o pepper_n also_o there_o be_v a_o certain_a beast_n have_v a_o head_n like_o unto_o a_o hog_n the_o tail_n like_v unto_o a_o ox_n and_o a_o horn_n in_o his_o forehead_n like_a unto_o a_o unicorn_n but_o small_a by_o a_o cubite_fw-la he_o be_v colour_n and_o bigness_n like_v unto_o the_o elephante_fw-la he_o be_v a_o enemy_n to_o the_o elephant_n the_o utter_a part_n of_o his_o horn_n be_v good_a for_o medicine_n against_o poison_n and_o for_o this_o cause_n he_o be_v have_v in_o great_a price_n and_o estimation_n at_o the_o end_n of_o this_o region_n towards_o catay_n there_o be_v oren_n both_o black_a and_o white_a have_v in_o great_a estimation_n they_o have_v a_o mane_n and_o a_o tail_n like_o unto_o a_o horse_n but_o more_o hairy_a and_o reach_v unto_o their_o foot_n the_o hear_v of_o their_o tail_n be_v very_o fine_a and_o like_v unto_o feather_n and_o they_o be_v sell_v by_o weight_n and_o thereof_o they_o do_v make_v moscaderos_n or_o table_n clothes_n for_o the_o altar_n of_o their_o god_n or_o for_o to_o cover_v the_o table_n of_o their_o king_n or_o for_o to_o trim_a they_o with_o gold_n and_o silver_n to_o cover_v the_o buttock_n or_o breast_n of_o their_o horse_n for_o beautyfulnesse_n &_o they_o esteem_v they_o for_o principal_a ornament_n also_o the_o knight_n hang_v of_o these_o hear_v fast_o by_o the_o iron_n of_o their_o spear_n in_o token_n among_o they_o of_o singular_a nobility_n beyond_o the_o say_a marcino_n there_o be_v another_o province_n more_o principal_a than_o the_o other_o which_o be_v name_v cataya_n cataya_n and_o he_o be_v lord_n of_o it_o that_o be_v name_v the_o great_a cane_n which_o be_v as_o much_o to_o say_v in_o their_o tongue_n as_o emperor_n the_o great_a cane_n and_o the_o city_n royal_a which_o be_v .28_o mile_n in_o compass_n four_o square_a be_v name_v cymbalechya_n there_o stand_v in_o the_o midst_n thereof_o a_o very_a fair_a and_o strong_a palace_n that_o serve_v for_o the_o king_n at_o every_o corner_n stand_v a_o round_a fortress_n of_o .4_o mile_n compass_n which_o serve_v for_o house_n of_o all_o manner_n of_o armour_n and_o necessary_a engine_n for_o the_o war_n and_o combat_n against_o any_o city_n and_o from_o the_o palace_n royal_a there_o run_v a_o wall_n with_o arch_n unto_o every_o one_o of_o these_o fortress_n whereon_o the_o king_n may_v go_v unto_o any_o of_o they_o if_o in_o case_n they_o will_v rise_v against_o he_o in_o the_o city_n from_o this_o city_n fifteen_o day_n journey_n there_o stand_v another_o city_n new_o edify_v by_o the_o great_a cane_n and_o be_v name_v nentay_n it_o be_v in_o compass_n thirty_o mile_n and_o be_v most_o populous_a of_o all_o the_o rest_n and_o this_o nicholas_n affirm_v that_o the_o house_n and_o palace_n and_o all_o other_o policy_n of_o these_o two_o city_n seem_v much_o like_a unto_o those_o of_o italy_n the_o man_n be_v modest_a and_o courteous_a and_o of_o more_o riches_n than_o the_o other_o be_v go_v from_o avarice_n upon_o a_o small_a river_n seaventene_v day_n journey_n he_o come_v unto_o a_o haven_n city_n be_v very_o great_a name_v zeitano_n and_o from_o thence_o he_o enter_v into_o another_o river_n and_o in_o ten_o day_n he_o come_v unto_o another_o great_a and_o populous_a city_n which_o be_v in_o comapasse_n .12000_o pace_n which_o be_v call_v paconya_n where_o he_o remain_v four_o month_n in_o this_o city_n he_o find_v vine_n though_o they_o be_v few_o for_o all_o india_n lack_v vine_n and_o wine_n nor_o they_o make_v no_o wine_n of_o the_o grape_n this_o grape_n grow_v among_o the_o tree_n and_o after_o the_o grape_n be_v cut_v the_o first_o thing_n of_o all_o if_o they_o do_v not_o sacrifice_v with_o it_o unto_o their_o god_n it_o be_v by_o and_o by_o avoid_v out_o of_o their_o sight_n also_o there_o be_v in_o this_o country_n pines_n aberrycocks_n chestnut_n and_o melon_n although_o they_o be_v small_a and_o green_a here_o be_v white_a sandale_n or_o saunders_n and_o camphora_n or_o camphire_n there_o be_v in_o india_n far_o within_o almost_o at_o the_o further_a end_n of_o the_o world_n two_o island_n and_o both_o of_o they_o be_v name_v lava_fw-la the_o one_o be_v of_o two_o mile_n in_o length_n and_o the_o other_o of_o three_o towards_o the_o orient_a and_o they_o be_v know_v in_o the_o name_n for_o the_o one_o be_v call_v the_o great_a and_o the_o other_o the_o less_o and_o turn_v unto_o the_o sea_n he_o go_v unto_o they_o be_v distant_a from_o the_o main_n land_n a_o month_n sail_v and_o the_o one_o be_v a_o hundred_o mile_n distant_a from_o the_o other_o he_o be_v in_o these_o with_o his_o wife_n and_o child_n nine_o month_n for_o in_o all_o his_o pilgrimage_n he_o have_v they_o ever_o with_o he_o the_o dweller_n in_o these_o land_n be_v the_o most_o cruel_a and_o uncharitable_a people_n in_o the_o world_n they_o eat_v rat_n cat_n dog_n and_o other_o vile_a beast_n they_o esteem_v it_o nothing_o to_o kill_v a_o man_n and_o he_o that_o do_v any_o crime_n have_v no_o penalty_n and_o the_o debtor_n be_v give_v to_o be_v as_o slave_n unto_o the_o creditor_n and_o some_o debtor_n will_v rather_o die_v than_o serve_v and_o take_v a_o sword_n and_o kill_v those_o that_o be_v weak_a than_o they_o till_o they_o find_v one_o that_o be_v of_o more_o strength_n than_o themselves_o who_o kill_v they_o &_o then_o they_o carry_v the_o creditor_n of_o that_o murderer_n before_o the_o judge_n and_o cause_v he_o to_o pay_v the_o debt_n of_o the_o deble_a if_o any_o of_o they_o do_v buy_v a_o new_a sword_n or_o knife_n he_o prove_v it_o upon_o the_o body_n of_o the_o first_o that_o he_o meet_v and_o there_o be_v no_o penalty_n for_o it_o those_o that_o come_v by_o look_n upon_o the_o wound_n and_o praise_v the_o hardiness_n of_o he_o that_o do_v it_o if_o it_o be_v a_o great_a wound_n they_o take_v as_o many_o wife_n as_o they_o listen_v they_o do_v use_v much_o the_o game_n of_o cockfighting_a and_o they_o that_o bring_v they_o as_o well_o as_o the_o looker_n on_o lay_v wager_n which_o cock_n shall_v overcome_v and_o win_v the_o game_n in_o lava_fw-la the_o great_a there_o be_v a_o fowl_n like_o unto_o a_o dove_n which_o have_v no_o foot_n his_o feather_n light_a and_o a_o long_a tail_n he_o rest_v always_o on_o the_o tree_n his_o flesh_n be_v not_o eat_v the_o skin_n and_o tail_n be_v esteem_v for_o they_o do_v use_v to_o wear_v they_o on_o their_o head_n sail_v fifteen_o day_n beyond_o these_o two_o island_n towards_o the_o orient_a you_o come_v unto_o two_o other_o land_n the_o one_o be_v name_v sanday_n where_o there_o be_v nutmeg_n and_o almaxiga_n or_o mastic_n the_o other_o be_v call_v bandan_n where_o clove_n grow_v and_o from_o thence_o it_o be_v carry_v unto_o the_o land_n name_v clavas_fw-la in_o bandan_n there_o be_v three_o kind_n of_o popinjay_n or_o parrot_n with_o red_a feather_n and_o yellow_a bill_n and_o other_o of_o diverse_a colour_n which_o be_v call_v noros_n that_o be_v to_o say_v clear_a they_o be_v as_o big_a as_o dove_n there_o be_v other_o white_a one_o as_o big_a as_o hen_n name_v cachos_n that_o be_v to_o say_v better_a for_o they_o exceed_v the_o other_o and_o they_o speak_v like_o man_n in_o so_o much_o that_o they_o do_v answer_v unto_o the_o thing_n that_o they_o be_v ask_v of_o the_o people_n of_o these_o two_o island_n be_v black_a by_o reason_n of_o the_o great_a heat_n beyond_o these_o land_n there_o be_v a_o main_n sea_n but_o the_o contrary_a wind_n will_v not_o suffer_v man_n to_o travel_v on_o it_o leave_v these_o say_a land_n and_o have_v do_v his_o merchandise_n he_o take_v his_o way_n towards_o the_o occident_n or_o west_n and_o come_v unto_o a_o city_n name_v cyampa_n have_v abundance_n of_o aloe_n and_o of_o camphora_n or_o camphire_n and_o of_o gold_n and_o in_o so_o much_o time_n as_o he_o come_v hither_o which_o be_v a_o month_n he_o come_v unto_o a_o city_n name_v coloen_n which_o be_v a_o noble_a city_n of_o three_o mile_n compass_n where_o there_o be_v ginger_z name_v conbobo_n and_o pepper_n and_o vergino_n and_o cinnamon_n which_o be_v name_v gruessa_n this_o province_n be_v name_v melibarya_n also_o there_o be_v serpent_n of_o six_o cubit_n in_o length_n and_o fearful_a to_o behold_v but_o they_o do_v no_o hurt_n except_o they_o receive_v hurt_v